
Class 
Book 



- 



Copyrights 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 







JULIUS CAESAR. 

Naples. 



A FIRST YEAR 
LATIN COURSE 



BY 

JAMES B^lvlILEY, A.M. 

PRINCIPAL, LINCOLN HIGH SCHOOL, CLEVELAND, OHIO 
AND 

HELEN L/STORKE,.A.B. 

ASST. PRINCIPAL, WEST HIGH SCHOOL, CLEVELAND, OHIO 




AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 

NEW YORK CINCINNATI CHICAGO 



« 



(\ 



^//* 

w 



* ■* 



Copyright, 1914, by 
JAMES B. SMILEY and HELEN L. STORKE. 

Copyright, 1914, in Great Britain. 



FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE. 

E. P. I 



JUL 17 1914 

©CI.A374829 



PREFACE 

The aim of this book is to furnish to the pupil an ade- 
quate preparation for the intelligent reading of Caesar. 
Its vocabulary consists almost entirely of words used at 
least five times in the Gallic War or the Civil War. Many 
of them are common to Caesar, Nepos, and the Viri Romae, 
and many are found also in Cicero and Vergil. They are 
mostly of concrete signification and include a number of 
compound verbs whose meanings are easily derived from 
those of the primitive verb and the prepositional prefix. 
Their conquest will afford an efficient help in the sight 
reading of the second year, as well as in the translation of 
Caesar. 

The selection of words has been made by the authors 
from the texts themselves, and these words have been veri- 
fied by reference to Lodge's Vocabulary of High School 
Latin, and Browne's Latin Word-List. The special vocab- 
ularies have been gathered into lists which appear at inter- 
vals throughout the book, giving opportunity for the study 
of English derivatives and for almost unlimited exercises 
in form and construction. 

The noun and the verb have been treated in alternating 
series of lessons in such a way as to give variety and scope to 
the work. The passive voice appears in the twelfth lesson 
and is used constantly in connection with the active voice 
to the end of the book. The subjunctive mood has been 
introduced quite early, and repeated practice in its use pro- 
vided. The infinitive and the participle have been devel- 

3 



4 PREFACE 

oped gradually and their uses clearly defined. The bases 
of nouns and the several verb stems are so clearly presented 
that the learning of forms is greatly simplified. 

The constructions introduced are, with few exceptions, 
those most frequently used by Caesar. We have not hesi- 
tated, however, to include in these exceptions the condi- 
tional sentence, the active periphrastic conjugation, and the 
former and latter supine; but we have so placed and treated 
these that any teacher who desires to omit them can do so 
without detriment to the rest of the work. 

Special attention has been given to the explanation of 
the Ablative Absolute and Indirect Discourse. Repeated 
examples and exercises illustrate and clinch these difficult 
subjects, and clear directions emphasize the difference be- 
tween the English and the Latin idioms. 

The personal, demonstrative, reflexive, and possessive 
pronouns have been discussed carefully and thoroughly 
and the distinctions in their use made very evident. 

Reading lessons, forty-six in number, occur at intervals 
at first, and later in successive lessons throughout the book. 
They increase in difficulty by easy stages and are gradually 
led up to by vocabulary, forms, and constructions found in 
preceding lessons. They are, with two exceptions, either 
adapted from Caesar or taken directly from the easier por- 
tions of his text. 

The Latin syntax has been presented from the English 
point of view. It has not been thought best to assume the 
pupil's previous knowledge of even the simplest facts of 
English grammar. The space occupied by this feature of 
the book is fully offset by the greater ease with which the 
student will grasp the subject. 

Word formation and derivation, suggested and carried 



PREFACE 5 

forward by the use of the word lists, are systematically 
treated in Lessons 45 and 46 and illustrated in brief exer- 
cises in the succeeding lessons. Attention to these subjects 
will greatly aid the pupil in acquiring a Latin vocabulary 
and will keep constantly before his mind the debt our lan- 
guage owes to the Latin. 

Every lesson not only contains new material, but is in 
itself a review of preceding lessons. In addition special 
reviews occur from time to time, and a general review of 
forms and constructions is found in the concluding lessons 
of the book. 

The appendix contains J J pages of supplementary mat- 
ter, including tables of forms, a classified statement of rules 
of syntax, a list of abbreviations, the general vocabularies, 
and a carefully prepared and complete index. 

Numerous illustrations bring before the eyes of the pupil 
the arms and utensils which the Romans used, their homes 
and camps, the way they lived, the country they inhabited, 
the things they did, the wars they fought, the conquests 
they won, the triumphs they celebrated. The historical 
and cultural value of such illustrations is self-evident. 

We send forth this book in the belief that, by preparing 
the student gradually and surely for the work of the later 
years of his school life, it will accomplish the purpose for 
which it was written. 

JAMES B. SMILEY, 
HELEN L. STORKE. 



CONTENTS 



Suggestions to Teachers 
Hints to Pupils 



PAGE 
II 

. . . 13 

LESSON 

1. The Alphabet — Pronunciation . . „ . . 15 

2. Syllables — Quantity — Accent . . . . . .16 

3. The Sentence — Parts of Speech ...... 19 

4. Inflection — Case; Nominative, Accusative, Genitive . . 21 

5. Case {Continued) — Direct and Indirect Object — Number 

— Verb Agreement ....... 27 

6. Case {Continued') — The Ablative and the Vocative . . 30 

7. Gender — Adjective Agreement -33 

8. The First Declension . . . . . . . 37 

9. Verb Inflection — Present Tense of voco, Active Voice, In- 

dicative Mood ........ 39 

10. Principal Parts — The First Conjugation — Active Voice, In- 
dicative Mood, Imperfect and Future Tenses — Review 

59-63, 65-69 43 

n. The Second Conjugation — Active Voice, Indicative Mood, 

Present, Imperfect, and Future Tenses — Order of Words 48 

12. First and Second Conjugations — Passive Indicative, Present, 

Imperfect, and Future Tenses — Predicate Nominative 

and Appositive ........ 52 

13. Use of Word Lists — Word List I — How to Translate — 

Reading Lesson ........ 57 

14. The Second Declension, Nouns in -us and -um ... 59 

15. The Second Declension (Continued), Nouns in -ius and -ium 62 

16. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions in -us, -a, 

-um — Reading Lesson . . . . . • .64 

17. The Third Conjugation — Active Indicative, Present, Imper- 

fect, and Future Tenses — The Ablative of Separation . 68 
6 



CONTENTS 



1 8. The Second Declension (Continued), Nouns in -er and -ir 

— The Complementary Infinitive — The Infinitive as 
Subject and Object — Reading Lesson . . . . 73 

19. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions in -er, -a, 

-um — The Ablative of Means or Instrument — Word 
List II 77 

20. The Third Declension, Consonant Stems — Reading Lesson 81 

21. The Third Declension, Consonant Stems (Continued) . . 85 

22. The Fourth Conjugation — Active Indicative, Present, Imper- 

fect, and Future Tenses — The Ablative of Specification 88 
23 The Third Conjugation — Verbs in -io — Active Indicative, 
Present, Imperfect, and Future Tenses — sum — The 
Dative of the Possessor — Reading Lesson — Word 
List III 91 

24. The Third and Fourth Conjugations — Passive Indicative, 

Present, Imperfect, and Future Tenses — The Ablative 

of the Personal Agent — Review of Forms in Lesson 12 96 

25. The Third Conjugation — Verbs in -io — Passive Indicative, 

Present, Imperfect, and Future Tenses — Synopses . 100 

26. The Third Declension, I-Stems — The Ablative of Accom- 

paniment — Reading Lesson 103 

27. Review of the Third Declension — Two Accusatives — Adjec- 

tives used as Nouns — Classes of Sentences . . .108 

28. Adjectives of the Third Declension — The Present Participle 

— Reading Lesson — Word List IV . . . .111 

29. The First Conjugation — Active Indicative, Perfect, Pluper- 

fect, and Future Perfect Tenses — The Ablative and 
Genitive of Description . . . . . . .116 

30. The Second, Third, and Fourth Conjugations — Active In- 

dicative, Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Tenses 

— The Ablative of Manner — Reading Lesson . .122 

31. Simple Examples of Indirect Discourse .... 127 

32. The Participle — The Ablative Absolute .... 130 

33. The Demonstrative Pronoun is — The Possessive Pronouns 

— Reading Lesson ....... 136 

34. The Fourth Declension — The Relative Pronoun — Reading 

Lesson . . . . . . . . . .142 



CONTENTS 



35. The Passive Voice, Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect 

Tenses — The Ablative of Cause ..... 147 

36. The Subjunctive Mood — sum — Independent Uses of the 

Subjunctive — Reading Lesson — Word List V . . 152 

37. The Subjunctive Mood, First Conjugation — Sequence of 

Tenses — Reading Lesson . . . . . .158 

38. The Subjunctive Mood, Second Conjugation — Adverbial 

and Adjectival Clauses of Purpose . . . . .162 

39. The Cardinal Numerals — The Accusative of Time and 

Space — Reading Lesson . . . . . .165 

40. The Subjunctive Mood, Third Conjugation — Substantive 

Clauses of Purpose with ut and ne — The Double Da- 
tive — Reading Lesson ....... 169 

41. The Subjunctive Mood, Fourth Conjugation and -io Verbs 

of the Third — Review of Purpose Clauses — Verbs of 
Fearing. . . . . . . . . .174 

42. The Third Declension, General Rules for Gender — Irregular 

Nouns — Reading Lesson 177 

43. The Ordinal Numerals — The Fifth Declension — The Abla- 

tive of Time — Reading Lesson — Word List VI . . 181 

44. The Classes of Pronouns — Personal and Reflexive Pronouns 186 

45. Word Formation . . . . . . . . .191 

46. Word Formation {Continued) — Root due- .... 193 

47. Comparison of Adjectives, Regular — Constructions with 

Comparatives — Reading Lesson — Root spec- . 197 

48. Tenses of the Infinitive — Indirect Discourse (Continued) — 

possum — Reading Lesson — Root mit- . . . 202 

49. The Comparison of Adjectives, Irregular — The Dative with 

Adjectives — Reading Lesson — Root fac- . . . 208 

50. Adverbial and Substantive Clauses of Result — Review of 

the Subjunctive Mood — Reading Lesson — Word List 

VII — Root leg- 213 

5 1 . Irregular Adjectives — Review of Comparison — Subjunctive 

of Characteristic — Reading Lesson — Root ac- . .218 

52. Formation and Comparison of Adverbs — Review of Com- 

parison of Adjectives — Reading Lesson — Root sta- . 223 



CONTENTS 



53. The Interrogative Pronoun — Direct and Indirect Questions 

— Reading Lesson — Root fa- ..... 226 

54. Review of the Passive Voice — Questions with nonne, num 

and -ne — Reading Lesson — Root die- .... 230 

55. Deponent Verbs — The Ablative with Certain Deponents — 

Reading Lesson — Root es Word List VIII . . 233 

56. Semi-Deponents — Dative with Special Verbs — Reading 

Lesson — Root da- ....... 238 

57. The Demonstrative and Intensive Pronouns — Reading Les- 

son — Root ag- ........ 241 

58. The Gerund — Reading Lesson — Root ten- . . . 246 

59. The Gerund and Gerundive — Some Ways of Expressing 

Purpose — Reading Lesson — Root cap- . . . 250 

60. Prepositions — Review of Means and Agency — Reading 

Lesson — Root reg Word List IX .... 255 

61 . Constructions of Place — Root man-, ma- .... 260 

62. Review of Cardinals and Ordinals — Ablative of Degree of 

Difference — cum Causal and Concessive — Reading 
Lesson — Root luc- ....... 264 

63. Compounds of sum — Review of Purpose and Result Clauses 

— Reading Lesson — Root mu-, mov- . . . . 267 

64. The Irregular Verb fero and its Compounds — The Dative 

with Compounds — Reading Lesson — Root fer- . .271 

65. The Indefinite Pronoun — The Genitive of the Whole — 

Reading Lesson — Root iug- ..... 277 

66. The Irregular Verb volo and its Compounds — Temporal 

Clauses — Reading Lesson — Root ped- . . . 282 

67. The Irregular Verbs eo and fio — Review of the Irregular 

Verbs — Reading Lesson — Root i Word List X . 288 

68. Noun and Adjective Review — The Conditional Sentences 

— Conditions of Fact — Reading Lesson — Root cla- . 293 

69. Noun and Adjective Review (Continued) — Conditions Con- 

trary to Fact — Reading Lesson — Root voc- . . 297 

70. Noun Review — Review of Conditions of Fact and Contrary 

to Fact — Conditions of Possibility — Reading Lesson 

— Root flu- 301 



IO 



CONTENTS 



LESSON 

71. The Imperative Mood — Review of Nouns Completed — 

Reading Lesson — Root cad Word List XI 

72. Pronoun Review — The Imperative Mood, Irregular Verbs — 

Reading Lesson — Root col- ..... 
72>- General Verb Review — The Supine — Expressions of Pur 
pose — Reading Lesson — Root hab- . 

74. Review of Agreement — The Periphrastic Conjugations — 

Reading Lesson ....... 

75. Review of Case Constructions —Complex Sentences in In 

direct Discourse — Reading Lesson 

76. Review of Case Constructions (Continued) — Reading Lesson 
7J. Review of Clause Constructions, Gerund, Gerundive, Supine 

— Reading Lesson — Word List XII 



Tables of Declensions . 
Tables of Conjugations 
Rules of Syntax 
List of Abbreviations . 
Latin-English Vocabulary 
English-Latin Vocabulary 
Index .... 



304 
309 
3*3 
3i7 

322 
3 2 7 

329 

333 
342 
358 
368 
369 
392 
405 



SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS 

i. Every Latin exercise should be carefully pro- 
nounced by the pupils. 

2. Groups of words in common phrases should be 
committed to memory and frequently recited, and brief 
passages in Latin prose should be learned by the pupils. 

3. No word should be accepted as correctly written 
unless every syllable long by nature has its mark of 
quantity. 

4. Constant attention should be called to related words. 

5. The word lists should be made in each case a sepa- 
rate lesson and used for emphasizing suggestion 4, as well 
as for drill in remembering words. 

6. "Vocabulary and form" should be made a daily 
watchword, and frequent attention should be called to the 
terminal parts of inflected words as showing their relation 
to others. 

7. Rapid oral work should be demanded in translating 
from Latin into English and from English into Latin. 

8. Easy sight sentences and dictation exercises in 
Latin may very profitably be given to the pupil. 

9. No pupil should be allowed in translating to violate 
in the slightest degree the purity of the English idiom. 

10. Stories of Roman life should be told in the class 
and the pupils encouraged in every way to learn more of 
the people whose language they are studying ; Caesar, 



12 



SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS 



Cicero, Pompey, and other eminent Romans should be 
made living personalities to them. 

ii. Some ideas of the house and of the home life of 
the Romans should be given to the pupils. 

12. The Roman arms, armor, and utensils should be 
described and, as far as possible, shown in pictures and 
models. The illustrations in this book could be made the 
basis of profitable study along these lines. 




Arch of Constantine. 




A Roman School. 



HINTS TO PUPILS 



i. Observe closely every word, form, and construction 
as you meet it in your work. In your written work mark 
the quantity of all vowels long by nature. 

2. Study every note and follow up every reference, 
grasping and remembering each point discussed. 

3. Learn each lesson with absolute thoroughness. 

4. Connect each lesson with the preceding one by a 
systematic review in thought of its prominent points. No 
teacher's assigned review can benefit you so much. 

5. Compare words with one another and note care- 
fully those that are related in form and meaning. 

6. Observe the turn in meaning given to the body or 
root of a word by the various prefixes and suffixes. 

7. Try to gain an idea of a new sentence or paragraph 
by seeing the words in the Latin order. Think your way 
into the meaning. Use your imagination to guide you 
in deciding what a person would be likely to say under 
the circumstances. 

13 



14 HINTS TO PUPILS 

8. Consult the general vocabulary sparingly, and never 
until you have used your utmost endeavor to discern the 
meaning of a word through association or connection. 

9. Observe sharply and pronounce accurately such 
words as you must look up, and make them thoroughly 
your own. Then turn to the vocabulary for their meaning. 

10. Learn to use all helps in the most effective way. 
Look up all references and learn them. Never shirk the 
effort to understand and use every suggestion made in 
note and example. 

11. Read these hints frequently and follow the instruc- 
tions here given. 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

LESSON 1 

THE ALPHABET 

1. The Latin alphabet has twenty-four letters, and is 
the same as the English, except that it lacks j and w. The 
character i has the force of both a vowel and a consonant ; 
k is seldom used ; y and z occur chiefly in words borrowed 
from the Greek. 

2. Vowels. — The vowels are a, e, i, o, u, and y; the 

other letters are consonants. 

3. Vowels may be either long or short. In this book 
long vowels are marked (~); all others are to be regarded 
as short. 

Pronunciation 

4. The vowels are pronounced as follows : — 

a like the second a in aha' a like the first a in aha 1 
e like e, in prey e like e in met 

I like i in machine i like i in pin 

6 like o in tone like in obey 

u like 00 in tool u like 00 in took 

y is pronounced like the German ii, a sound intermediate 
between u and i. 

15 



16 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

5. The diphthongs are pronounced as follows : — 

ae like ai in aisle oe like oi in toil 

au like on in our eu nearly like eu in feud 1 

ei like ei in eight ui nearly like ui in quit 1 

6. Most of the consonants are pronounced as in English. 
The following points are to be emphasized : — 

c is like c in can ch, ph, and th are like k, />, 
g is like g in go and /, followed by a faint 

i consonant 2 is like/ in yes h sound ; cf. Eng. uphill 

s is like s in so n before c, g, gu, is like ng 
t is like / in tin in bringing 

v is like w in wine gu and qu, sometimes su be- 
x is like x in extra fore a vowel, are like gw, 

bs is like ps in lips qw, and sw ; here u is not 

bt is like pt in apt a vowel 

h is a mere breathing 

Note. — Doubled consonants stand for distinct sounds and should be 
pronounced separately with a slight pause between them ; ges'-sus. 
In all consonant combinations each letter should have its distinct 
sound. 



LESSON 2 

SYLLABLES — QUANTITY — ACCENT 

7. Syllables. — Each Latin word has as many syllables 
as it has separate vowels and diphthongs. 

1 But with both vowels pronounced. 

2 i is usually a consonant when it stands between two vowels, or before a 
vowel at the beginning of a word ; cuius, pronounced coo'-ytis ; iam, 
pronounced yam. 



SYLLABLES, QUANTITY 17 

8. A single consonant between two vowels is joined with 
the following vowel : a'-ni-mus, mind. 

9. Doubled consonants are always separated : pu-el'-la, 

girl. 

10. When two or more consonants stand between two 
vowels, the division is made after the first ; but a consonant 
is never separated from 1 or r immediately following : 
e-pis'-tu-la, letter; mag'-nus, great ; but tri'-plex, triple ; 
ma-gis'-tri, masters. In compounds the component parts 
are separated : sub'-levo, / lift up. 

11. The last syllable of a word is called the ultima ; the 
next to the last, the penult ; the one before that, the ante- 
penult. 

12. Quantity of Vowels. — The quantity of a vowel or a 
syllable is determined by the time used in pronouncing it. 
A long syllable requires twice the time of a short syllable. 
Difference in the quantity of a vowel represents also an 
actual difference in sound. 

Note. — A few general rules for determining the lengths of vowels 
are here given, but in many cases the quantity can be learned from ob- 
servation only. The pupil should carefully observe and learn the length 
of each vowel in every Latin word as it first occurs in this book. Too 
much stress cannot be laid upon this point. 

1. A vowel before another vowel or h is short : co'-pi-a, 
abundance ; mi' -hi, to me. 

2. A vowel before nd and nt is short, also before final 
m and t ; and before final 1 and r, except in words of one 
syllable: sum, I am ; vo'-cat, he calls ; a'-ni-mal, animal ; 
a'-mor, love ; but sol, sun ; par, equal. 

3. A vowel formed by contraction is long : nil, con- 
tracted from ni' nil, nothing. 



1 8 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

4. A vowel before nf, ns, nx, net, is long : In'-fe-ro, / 
bring in; in'-su-la, island; iun'-xi, I joined ; iunc'-tus, 

joined. 

5. Diphthongs are long : cau'-sa, cause. 

13. Quantity of Syllables. — 1. A syllable is short if it 
ends in a short vowel. In the case of final syllables, the 
short vowel may be followed by a single consonant; as, in 
a-ma'-bam the first and last syllables are short. 

2. A syllable containing a long vowel or a diphthong 
is long by nature : aV-des, temple. 

3. A syllable containing a short vowel followed by a 
double consonant, or by two or more consonants, is long 
by position, but the vowel retains its short sound : mit'-to, / 
send ; vo'-cant, they call. In these words i and a are 
short, as marked ; but the syllables in which they stand 
are long. 

14. Accent. — 1. Words of two syllables are accented 
on the penult : ma'-ter, mother; pa 1 '".-tar, father. 

2. Words of more than two syllables are accented on 
the penult if it is long, otherwise on the antepenult : 
a.-mi' -cus, friend ; vo-can'-tur, they are called; but do'-mi- 
nus, master. 

3. The ultima is never accented. 

4. Certain words, like -ne, sign of a question, -que, and, 
and -ve, or, called enclitics and always attached to some 
other word, draw the accent to the syllable next preceding, 
whether this is long or short: vo-caV-ne, do you call? 
vo-cat'-ne, does he call? re-gl-na'-que, and the queen. 

15. The following list of words should be divided into 
syllables, accented, and properly pronounced : — 



PARTS OF SPEECH 



19 



bene, well 
cotldie, daily 
debeo, / owe 
enim, for 
etiam, also 
fere, almost 
fllius, son 
Idem (masc.), the 
same 



idem (neut.), 

the same 
Inf ero, / bring in 
insula, island 
ita, thus 
Italia, Italy 
item, likewise 
magistrl, masters 
mater, mother 



mihi, to me 
modo, only 
pater, father 
quia, because 
quid am, a certain 

one 
regina, queen 
regno, / rule 
sagitta, arrow 



LESSON 3 

THE SENTENCE — PARTS OF SPEECH 

16. The Sentence. — A thought expressed in words is 
called a sentence : agricola arat, the farmer plows. The 
words which make up sentences are grouped in classes 
called Parts of Speech. 

17. Parts of Speech. — 1. A noun is the name of a 
person, place, or thing : puella, girl; Roma, Rome ; rosa, 
rose. 

2. A pronoun is a word used instead of a noun to avoid 
repetition. John studies Latin, he is an able boy ; ego, I ; 
quis ? who ? 

3. An adjective is used to describe a noun or pronoun, 
or to limit its meaning : puella bona, a good girl ; ille puer, 
that boy ; fossa est alta, the ditch is deep. 

4. A verb is a word used to express an act or state (of 
some person, place, or thing) : nauta nat, the sailor 
swims ; musa est dea, the muse is a goddess. 

5. An adverb is a word used to modify a verb, adjective, 



20 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

or other adverb : agricola saepe nat, the farmer often 
swims ; nimis acer, too keen ; nimis acriter, too keenly. 

6. A preposition is a word used to show the relation of 
a word to some noun or pronoun : nauta a rlpa properat, 
the sailor hastens from the river bank. 

7. A conjunction is a word used to connect words or 
groups of words : nauta et agricola nant, the sailor and 
the fanner swim. The English words when, where, etc., 
and their Latin equivalents, are often used as conjunctions. 

8. An interjection is a word used to show some sudden 
emotion : heu ! alas ! 

18. Subject and Predicate. — Every sentence has two 
parts, the subject and the predicate. The subject is that 
of which something is asserted, and is therefore a noun, or 
some word or group of words which can fill the same 
office. The predicate is that which is asserted of the 
subject, and is a verb with or without modifying or con- 
nected words. 

Subject Predicate 

agricola 2 arat 

the fa rm er plo ws 

musa est dea 

a muse is a goddess 

19. In the sentence, The queen loves her* daughter, 
Regina filiam amat, the act expressed by loves, amat, passes 
over from the subject, queen, regina, to another word 
daughter, filiam, called the object. Such verbs are said to 

1 The words a or an, and the, called articles in English, do not occur in 
Latin; agricola means farmer, a farmer, or the farmer. 

2 Such words as my, his, her, etc., called possessive adjectives, are not 
translated into Latin except for emphasis or clearness. 



INFLECTION 21 

be transitive. When the act does not pass over to an 
object, the verb is intransitive. Certain verbs, like est, is, 
videtur, seems, are used to join the subject with some other 
word. Such verbs are called copulative : musa est dea, a 
muse is a goddess. 

In the following sentences, name the parts of speech ; 
subjects, predicates, transitive, intransitive, and copulative 
verbs : — 

i. We learn Latin most easily when we learn our daily 
lessons perfectly. 

2. " That life is long which answers life's great end." 

3. " O Rome ! my country, city of the soul ! " 

4. He came on the following day from the forest into 
the camp by the side of the river. 



LESSON 4 

INFLECTION— CASE; NOMINATIVE, ACCUSATIVE, 
GENITIVE 

20. Inflection. — Certain words change their form to 
show some change in meaning or use. This change is 
called inflection. The inflection of nouns, pronouns, and 
adjectives is called declension. The inflection of verbs is 
called conjugation: girl, puella; girl's, puellae ; star, 
Stella ; stars, stellae ; who ? quis ? whose ? cuius ? was, 
erat ; will be, erit. 

21. Stem. — That part of a word to which terminations 
are attached is called the stem. These terminations 
cannot in all instances be separated from their combina- 
tion with the final vowel of the stem, which is frequently 



22 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

lost or changed before them. In this book the term 
" case ending," or simply "ending," is used to represent 
this combination of the final vowel of the stem with the 
termination. 

22. Base. — That part of a word which remains un- 
changed in inflection is called the base. A noun is 
declined by joining to the base the proper case endings. 

23. Case. — The form of a noun, pronoun, or adjective 
used to show its relation to other words gives what we call 
case. In the sentence, The farmer plows, farmer is the 
subject; in its Latin translation, Agricola arat, agricola is 
the subject (18). Words so used are said to be in the 
nominative case. This relation is indicated in such words 
as agricola by the case ending -a. Agricol-, the part to 
which the case ending is added, is the base. 

24. Rule 

Case of the Subject. — The subject of a finite 1 verb is in 
tJie nominative case. 

25. The Genitive Case. — In the expression, the sailor s 
anchor, the word sailor's limits the word anchor, shows 
the possessor of the anchor, and is in the possessive 
case. The sign of the possessive case is 's or the simple 
apostrophe. In the Latin translation, ancora nautae, the 
relation of nautae, the possessor, to ancora, the thing pos- 
sessed, is shown by the ending -ae. The case used is 
called the genitive and corresponds in many of its uses to 
the English possessive, or to the objective with of. 

1 A finite verb is one used in the Indicative, Subjunctive, or Imperative 
Mood. These terms will be defined later. 



CASE 



23 



26. 



Rule 



The Possessive Genitive. — A noun denoting the owner 
or possessor of a tiling limits the word denoting tJie thing 
possessed, and is in the genitive case. 

27. The Accusative Case. — In the sentence, The queen 
gives money, the word money is the direct object of gives 
and is in the objec- 
tive case. In the 
Latin translation, 
Reglna pecuniam 
dat, pecuniam is the 
direct object of dat 
and is in the accusa- 
tive case, which in 
many of its uses cor- 
responds to the Eng- 
lish objective. This 
relation is shown, 
in words having the 
nominative in -a and 
the genitive in -ae, by 
the case ending -am. 




Roman War Galley and Anchor. 



28. The object in English has the same form as the 
subject, except in the case of a few pronouns, as: whom, 
him, me. The order of the words shows their relation. 
In Latin the order of words does not in general affect the 
meaning in this way, as is shown by the following sen- 
tences, each of which means, The queen loves the girl, 
a. 1. Regina puellam amat. 

2. Reglna amat puellam. 

3. Puellam reglna amat. 



24 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



In the following, however, each means, The girl loves the 
queen. 

b. i . Puella regmam amat. 

2. Puella amat regmam. 

3. Reginam puella amat. 

Note carefully the endings of the subjects and objects 
in the above sentences. 

29. Rules 

Case of Direct Object. — The direct object of a transitive 
verb represents that to which something is done, and is in 
the accusative case. 

Case Relations. — Case relations in Latin are shown by 
case e 71 dings, not by tJie order of words, 

30. Learn the following list of words, being careful to 
give the correct pronunciation and accent. Divide the 
words into syllables. 



NOM. 


Gen. 


Meaning 


NOM. 


Gen. 


Meaning 


agricola 


agricolae 


farmer 


fuga 


fugae 


flight 


ancora 


ancorae 


anchor 


nauta 


nautae 


sailor 


Diana 


Dianae 


Diana 


puella 


puellae 


girl 


filia 


filiae 


daughter 


regina 


reginae 


queen 


rosa 


rosae 


rose 


sagitta 


sagittae 


arrow 




amat, 1 lie loves 


laudat, lie praises 






arat, he plows 


portat, he 


carries 





31. We have already seen that the base of a noun is the 
part which remains unchanged in inflection. It is found 
by dropping any case ending. What is the base of each 
of the above nouns ? What are the endings of the nom- 

1 amat means : he loves, she loves, it loves, or, with a noun as subject, 
simply loves. So, also, of other verbs. 



CASE 25 

inative, genitive, and accusative cases ? The accusative 
forms of these nouns ? 

32. EXERCISES 

I. I. Sagitta Dianae, ancora nautae, rosa puellae, filia 
reginae, fuga agricolae. 2. Puella sagittam portat. 




Roman Plow. 

3. Puella sagittam Dianae portat. 4. Regina puellam 
laudat. 5. Regina sagittam portat. 6. Puella reglnam 
laudat. 

II. 1. The girl's rose, the sailor's flight, Diana's arrow. 
2. The farmer praises the sailor. 3. The girl carries an 
arrow. 4. The sailor praises the farmer. 5. The queen 
loves the girl. 

Write 2 and 4, using three different arrangements of the 
words and paying careful attention to the case endings. 




Diana of the Louvre. 



(26) 



DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJECT 2J 

LESSON 5 

CASE {Continued) — DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJECT — 
NUMBER — VERB AGREEMENT 

33. The Dative Case. — In the sentence, The queen 
gives her daughter money, daughter is the indirect object 
of gives, and money the direct object. This sentence may 
also be written, The queen gives money to her daughter. 
In Latin one form only is used: Regina filiae pecuniam 
dat. Here filiae is the indirect object of dat and is in a 
case called the dative. The relation of indirect objects, in 
words having the nominative in -a and the genitive in -ae, is 
expressed by the ending -ae. Observe that pecuniam, the 
direct object, is used to denote the thing given, in con- 
nection with the indirect object denoting the person to 
whom it is given. The indirect object usually precedes 
the direct. 

34. Rules 

1. The Indirect Object. — The indirect object is in the 
dative case with verbs of giving, telling, and announcing, 
and others of similar meaning, to denote the person to 
whom anything is given, told, announced, etc. 

2. The Direct and Indirect Object. — A direct object may 
be used in connection with an indirect object of the same 
verb. 

Caution. — Do not use the dative case to express motion 
to a person, place, or thing. Prepositions with the accusa- 
tive case show this relation. 

35. Number. — In English when we mention one person, 
place, or thing, we use a word in a certain form. When 



28 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



we mention more than one we change this form, generally 
by adding -s or -es to the word: boy, pi. boys ; box, pi. 
boxes. In Latin for the same purpose we change the 
form by adding certain case endings to the base. This 
distinction in form is called number. In Latin, as in 
English, there are two numbers, the singular and the 
plural. 

36. In the following table name base and case end- 
ings : — 

Plural 

Nom. puellae, the girls (as subject) 

Gen. puellarum, of the girls, the girls' 

Dat. puellis, to or for the girls 

Ace. puellas, the girls (as object) 
What case endings already given are like that of the 
nominative plural? Does this ending always show the 
same relation ? Prove your answer. 




Silver Coins of Caesar, showing Gallic Trophies. 



copia, abundance dat, gives 

musa, muse navigat, sails 

pecunia, money nuntiat, announces, reports 

parat, prepares, prepares for, provides 

37. Learn the above list of words. Write in a table 
like the following the declension of the nouns through the 
four cases already learned. 



VERB AGREEMENT 



29 



N. 
G. 
D. 
Ac 



N. 
G. 
D. 
Ac. 



reglna, queen, base regin- 

Singular Ending 

reglna, the queen (as subject) -a 

reginae, of the queen, the queen's -ae 

reginae, to ox for the queen -ae 

reglnam, the queen (as object) -am 

Plural Ending 

reginae, the queens (as subject) -ae 

regmarum, of the queens, the queens'' -arum 
reglnis, to ox for the quee7is -Is 

reginas, the queens (as object) -as 



Decline the same words orally, giving base, cases, forms, 
case endings, and meanings of forms. 

38. Agreement of Verb. — When the subject changes 
from the singular to the plural, the verb 
also changes its form and is said to agree 
with its subject : nauta nat, the sailor 
swims; nautae nant, the sailors swim. 
Here -t is a singular, -nt a plural, ending. 
These endings show also that the subject 
is the person or persons spoken of (the 
third person), as distinguished from the 
speaker (the first person) and the person 
spoken to (the second person). They are therefore called 
personal endings. 




Roman Silver 
Coin used in 
Gaul, showing 
Head of Gal- 
lic Woman. 



39- 



Rule 



Verb Agreement. — A finite verb agrees zvith its subject 
in person and number. 



30 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



40. EXERCISES 

I. I. Pecunia reginarum, rosae agricolarum, copia pe- 
cuniae. 2. Puella musas amat 3. Nautae puellls 

rosas dant. 4. Agri- 
cola reglnls fugam 
nautarum nuntiat. 
5 . Nautae fugam 
parant. 6. Reglna 
nautls pecuniam dat. 
II. 1. The farm- 
ers (as subject), of 
the farmers, to the 
farmers, the farm- 
ers'. 2. The girls 
give roses to the 
queens. 3. The 
farmer gives money 
to the sailors. 4. The 
queen's daughters 
give money to the girls. 5. The farmer reports to the 
queen the flight of the sailors. 6. The sailor reports to 
the queen the flight of the farmers. 




Coins of Litavicos and Epasnactus, 
German Chieftains. 



LESSON 6 

CASE {Continued)— THE ABLATIVE AND THE VOCATIVE 

41. The Ablative. — This case is used in Latin, some- 
times with and sometimes without a preposition, to express 
relations shown in English by the use of from, with, by, in, 
and some other prepositions. Nouns with their nominative 



THE ABLATIVE AND THE VOCATIVE 31 

singular in -a and their genitive singular in -ae, form their 
ablative singular in -a and their ablative plural in -is. How 
does the ablative singular differ in form from the nomina- 
tive singular ? From the ablative plural ? The dative 
plural ? What is the quantity of the vowel -a in the ending 
of the accusative plural ? The genitive plural ? The ac- 
cusative singular ? Of -i in the dative plural ? The abla- 
tive plural ? Write a table of the endings of these cases in 
the singular and plural. 

42. Prepositions with the Ablative. — Some of the prepo- 
sitions most frequently used with the ablative case are : — 

{1. a 1 or ab, away front, from 
2. de, down from, from 
3. e 1 or ex, out of , from 

These express separation or source. 

b. cum, with 

This expresses accompaniment, association. 

c. in, in, on, upojt, over, among 
This expresses position. 

Learn these prepositions with their meanings and asso- 
ciate them with the ablative case. Use them wherever 
they are appropriate with the nouns in the vocabulary of 
this lesson. 

43. The Vocative Case. — Another case, called the voca- 
tive or case of address, is like the nominative in most 
words : reginam, filia, ama, daughter, love the queen. The 
vocative seldom stands first in a sentence. 

1 The forms a, e, are used before words beginning with a consonant; ab 
and ex before words beginning with either a consonant or a vowel. 



32 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



Write the declension of musa, base mus-, and insula, 
base Insul-, adding the vocative and ablative cases and 
using the model in 37. Notice the cases having like 
endings. 

Decline the nouns in the following vocabulary and state 
the quantity of the final syllable in each case, singular and 
plural. 




A Roman Country Estate, or Villa. 

(Restoration.) 



44- 



VOCABULARY 



copia, abundance ; pi., supplies, via, way, road 

troops villa, farmJiouse 

insula, island est, 1 he, she, or it is, there is 

patria, country {native land) nant, they swim 

provincia, province nat, lie, she, or it swims 

silv a, forest sunt, they a?'e, there are 

1 See 30, note. 



GENDER 33 

45. EXERCISES 

I. I. In silva, in silvls, de silvls, de silva, e silvis, e 
silva. 2. Cum puellis, cum puella, in via, in provincils, 
a patria. 3. Agricola est in insula. 4. Nautae in silva 
sunt. 5. Copia pecuniae in provincils est. 6. Nauta in 
villa agricolae est. 

II. 1. In the forest, with the queen, with the queens, 
down from the roads. 2. In the queen's forests, with the 
girls, in the farmhouses. 3. The goddess is in the forest. 
4. Out of the forests, out of the provinces. 5. The farmer 
gives the queen money. 6. The farmers give money to 
the queens. 7. There are troops in the forest. 



LESSON 7 

GENDER — ADJECTIVE AGREEMENT 

46. Gender. — In English such words as man, woman, 
forest, are distinguished from each other in gender by their 
meaning; man is masculine, woman is feminine, forest is 
neuter. In Latin the gender is determined partly by the 
meaning (natural gender), but more largely by the termina- 
tion (grammatical gender) : agricola, masc, farmer ; puella, 
fern., girl ; nihil, neut, nothing; but ager, masc, field; 
silva, fern., forest; flumen, neut., river. 

47. Gender of Nouns. — 1. Masculine are: names of 
males, winds, rivers, mountains, and months. 

2. Feminine are : names of females, countries, cities, 
islands, trees, and plants. 

3. Neuter are indeclinable nouns. 

The gender of all nouns must be thoroughly learned. 
No success in Latin is possible without this. It is equally 



34 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

necessary to learn the nominative and genitive singular. 
In future vocabularies the nouns will be given with these 
points indicated : 

Word Gen. Ending Gender Meaning 

ripa -ae f . river bank 

48. The Adjective. — In English the adjective has the 
same form when used with a noun of any gender, number, 
and case : a good boy, good boys, a good girl's, to the good 
farmer, of a good answer. In Latin an adjective has the 
same gender, number, and case as the noun to which it 
belongs, and is said to agree with it in these points : puella 
bona, a good girl; puellis bonis, to or for good girls. Name 
gender, number, and case of these adjectives. 

49. Rule 

Adjective Agreement. — Adjectives agree with their nouns 
in gender, number, and case. 

50. silva, base silv-, f., forest ; densa, base dens-, f., dense 

Singular Case Endings 

N. silva densa, the dense forest (as subject) -a 

G. silvae densae, of the dense forest -ae 

D. silvae densae, to ox for the dense forest -ae 

Ac. silvam densam, the dense forest (as object) -am 

V. silva densa, O dense forest ! -a 

Ab. silva densa, from, by, with, or in the dense -a 
forest 1 

Plural Case Endings 

N. silvae densae, the dense fores ts(a.s subject) -ae 
G. silvarum densarum, of the dense forests -arum 

1 These translations hold in most instances only when prepositions are used 
with the case. 



ADJECTIVES 35 

D. silvis densis, to ox for the dense forests -Is 

Ac. silvas densas, the dense forests (as object) -as 

V. silvae densae, dense forests! -ae 

Ab. silvis densis,/n?/^, by, with, or in the dense -Is 
forests 1 

Learn, with their specifications, 2 all words given in the 
paradigms 3 and examples ; also table of case endings. 

51. Adjective Uses. — Puella bona, a good girl ; puella 
est bona, the girl is good. Notice here two uses of the 
adjective, the first in direct connection with the noun, 
called the attributive use ; the second after the copulative 
verb (19) est, called the predicate use. In both instances 
the adjective is in the same gender, number, and case as 
its noun (49). 

52. VOCABULARY 4 

porta, -ae, f., door, gate bona, -ae, f., good 

rlpa, -ae, f., river bank clara, -ae, f., bright, famous 

stella, -ae, f., star lata, -ae, f., broad, wide 

alta, -ae, f., high, deep longa, -ae, f., long 

Which of the above words are nouns ? Which are ad- 
jectives ? 

53. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Puella bona, puellae bonae, puellarum bonarum, 
portae latae. 2. Stellam claram, stellis clarls, stellae 

1 See footnote 1, page 34. 

2 The term "specifications" is used to include all the points given in a vo- 
cabulary about a word. 

3 A paradigm is a table of word forms, as given in 50. 

4 In giving a vocabulary name the specifications in full : porta, portae, 
feminine, door or gate. 



36 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



clarae, stella clara. 3. Puellis bonis, cum puellls bonis, 
riparum altarum, rlpas altas, in viis longis. 4. Stellae 
sunt clarae. 5. Puella est bona. 6. Sagittae Dianae 

longae sunt. 




Roman Gate. 

(Porta Negra at Trier.) 



II. I. Long arrows, of a long arrow, to or for a long 
arrow. 2. The roads are long, on 1 a long road. 3. The 
road is broad, on a broad road. 4. The bright stars, the 

1 Use the proper preposition. 



THE FIRST DECLENSION 37 

stars are bright. 5. The sailor's arrows are long. 

6. The sailors' arrows are long. 7. The gate is high. 

8. The sailor is on 1 the high river bank. 



LESSON 8 

THE FIRST DECLENSION 

54. There are five declensions in Latin, distinguished by 
the ending of the genitive singular and the final letter of 
the stem (21). 

55. The First Declension. — Latin nouns of the first de- 
clension end in -a in the nominative singular, and in -ae in 
the genitive singular. They are usually feminine, but 
some names of males occur which are masculine. The 
stem ends in -a, and is found by dropping -rum of the 
genitive plural. The base is found by dropping the end- 
ing of any case. 

a. Review declension of silva densa (50). 

b. Write the declension of hasta, -ae, a spear, and terra, 
-ae, la?td, stating stem, base, endings, and meanings of case 
forms. Decline ripa alta and via longa. 

56. VOCABULARY 

dea, -ae, f., goddess hasta, -ae, f., spear, lance 

filia, -ae, f., daughter terra, -ae, f., land, country 

fossa, -ae, f., ditch, trench magna, -ae, f., large, great 

Gallia, -ae, f., Gaul, a coun- vocat, he, she, or it calls 

try in Europe et, conj., and 

57. Filia and dea add -abus instead of -is to the base to 
form the dative and ablative plural : pecuniam filiabus dat, 

1 Use the proper preposition. 



38 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 




VERB INFLECTION 39 

he gives money to his daughters ; arae deabus stant, altars 
stand for the goddesses. 

Learn the above vocabulary thoroughly with all its speci- 
fications. Do the same with each vocabulary in the book, 
as you come to it, giving all forms in full. Name stem 
and base of each noun, and decline all but dea and filia 
like silva, translating the forms. Decline dea and filia. 

58. EXERCISES 

I. I. Silva densa, dea bona, silva densa est, porta lata 
est, portae altae et longae sunt. 2. Viarum longarum, 
terrae magnae sunt. 3. Hasta nautae longa est. 4. In- 
sulae reglnae magnae sunt. 5. In Gallia sunt silvae 
magnae et densae. 6. Regina filiabus pecuniam dat. 
7. Reglnae filiabus pecuniam dant. 

II. 1. High gates (nom. and ace), a large island, on 
a large island, down from the high river bank. 2. The 
good queen of the island. 3. The queen of the large 
island. 4. A long way, a broad ditch, a long spear. 
5. Gaul is large, the ditches are deep. 6. There are 
deep ditches in the large forest. t 7. The gate is high 
and wide. 8. The sailor gives money to his daughters. 
9. The farmers give money to their daughters. 



LESSON 9 

VERB INFLECTION — PRESENT TENSE OF voco, ACTIVE 
VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD 

59. Conjugation. — As already stated (20), the inflection 
of a verb is called conjugation. In English we conju- 



40 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



gate a verb partly by changing its form, but more largely 
by using with it personal pronouns and auxiliary verbs: 
he praised, she was praised, they may praise, we shall be 
praised. In this way we show differences in voice, mood, 
tense, person, and number. In Latin these differences are 
shown by a change in the form of a 
verb : vocavit, he praised ; vocabimur, 
we shall be praised. 

60. Voice. — In the English sen- 
tence, / call (am calling, or do call), 
the subject, /, is represented as per- 
forming the act of calling, and the 
verb is said to be in the active voice. 
In the sentence, I am called {am being 
called), the subject is represented as 
having the act of calling performed 
upon it, and the verb is said to be in 
the passive voice. 




Roman Common 
Soldier. 



61. Mood. — A change in the form 
of a word to show the manner of the 
action gives what is called its moods. In Latin there are 
three moods, the indicative, the subjunctive, and the im- 
perative, besides other forms of the verb, to be ex- 
plained later. Among these are the infinitive and the 
participle. 

62. The Indicative Mood. — This mood states the action 
of the verb as a fact, or asks a question of fact : he praises, 
laudat ; who praises ? quis laudat ? 

63. The Infinitive. — This form of the verb states the 
action without limitation of person and number : laudare, 



VERB INFLECTION 



41 



to praise, to be praising ; laudavisse, to Jiave praised, to 
have been praising. 

64. The Participle. — A participle fills the office of both 
a verb and an adjective. As a verb it has tense and 
voice, and may govern an object; as an adjective it is in- 
flected to agree in gender, number, and case with the word 
it modifies. 

65. Tense. — Tense expresses, through different forms 
of the verb, the general idea of time as past, present, or 
future. There are six tenses in the indicative mood : the 
Present, Imperfect, Future, Perfect, Plu- 
perfect, and Future Perfect. . 

66. The Present Tense. — This tense 
expresses what is occurring or regularly 
occurs at the present time : each of the 
forms, / am. praising, I praise, or / do 
praise, is expressed in Latin by the single 
form laudo. 

67. Person and Number. — In English 
the person and number of a verb are 
shown largely by the person and num- 
ber of its noun or pronoun subject. In 
Latin they are shown by special endings 
having the meaning of pronouns, and 
called personal endings (38). Learn thoroughly the fol- 
lowing table of active personal endings, associate their 
meanings with their forms, and remember that you must 
look at the end of a verb to know its number and 




Roman Common 
Soldier. 



person. 



42 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

68. Singular Plural 
First person, -m or -o, I -mus, we 

Second person, -s, you (one -tis, you (more than one per- 

person) son) 

Third Person, -t, he, she, it -nt, they 

69. The Present Stem. — In Latin the verb has three 
stems, the present, perfect, and the participial (21). In 
such verbs as we have had, the present stem ends in -a, 
and is best found by dropping the ending -re of the present 
active infinitive : as, laudare, to praise ; present stem lauda-. 
All verbs whose present stem ends in -a belong to the first 
conjugation. The present tense is formed by joining the 
personal endings directly to the present stem. 

Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Pres. Stem 2d Per. Sing. Ending Verb Form 

laudo laudare lauda- -s laudas, you praise 

70. Present tense of voco, / call. 

Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Pres. Stem 

voco, / call vocare, to call voca- 

Singular Plural 

1. voco, I call vocamus, we call 

2. vocas, you call (thou call- vocatis, you call 
est) 

3. vocat, he calls vocant, they call 

71. In English, present action is expressed in three 
different ways ; as, / call, I am calling, I do call. In Latin 
one form, voco, stands for all three of these expressions. 
Translate the above paradigm, using these three forms. 
Repeat the process in later work. 

72. Instead of -m, -o is generally used as the ending of 
the first person singular of the present indicative active. 



VERB INFLECTION 43 

In the first conjugation it absorbs -a of the stem ; as, voca 
-(- 5 = voco. 

a. Write the present stem and the present indicative 
active of the following verbs : — 

arare, to plow navigare, to sail 

armare, to arm nuntiare, to report, announce 

nare, to swim parare, to prepare, prepare 

for 
Learn these words. 

b. What are the meanings of -t, -mus, -nt, -m, -s, -0 ? To 
what are they joined to form the present tense ? 



LESSON 10 

PRINCIPAL PARTS — THE FIRST CONJUGATION — ACTIVE 
VOICE, INDICATIVE MOOD, IMPERFECT AND FU- 
TURE TENSES — REVIEW 59-63, 65-69 

73. The regular verb in Latin is inflected through four 
conjugations, distinguished from each other by the final 
vowel of the present stem. This vowel is best seen in the 
present infinitive active. 

Conj. Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Pres. Stem Stem Vowel 

I. voco, / call vocare, to call voca -a 

II. moneo, I advise monere, to advise mone -e 

III. rego, I rule regere, to ride rege -e 

IV. audio, / hear audire, to hear audi -I 

74. Principal Parts. — The principal parts of a Latin 
verb are certain forms which contain stems from which all 
forms of the verb may be made. They should be learned 
with every verb as it appears. They are : — 



44 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



I. 


First Per. Sing. 
Pres. Ind. Act. 


voco, / call, etc. 






2. 


Pres. Inf. Act. 


vocare, to call, etc. 1 


Pres. Stem 


voca- 


.v 


First Per. Sing. 
Perf. 2 Ind. Act. 


vocavi, / called, 
have called 


Perf. Stem, 


vocav- 3 


4- 


Perfect Parti- 


vocatus, called, 


Participial 


Stem, 




ciple 2 Passive 


having been 
called 


vocat- 3 





a. These may be named the first, second, third, and 
fourth principal parts, respectively, and are written in the 
vocabularies as follows : voco, -are, -avi, -atus. 

b. Be able to translate the principal parts of every verb 
you meet. 

75. The present stem in all the conjugations may be 
found by dropping final -re of the present infinitive active 
(6 9 ). 

76. Tense Signs. — In English, as we have already seen 
(59), we often use helping or auxiliary verbs to show a 
change in tense : / shall go, I have gone, I shall have 
gone. In Latin this change is made by joining tense signs 
to verb stems. In the indicative mood -ba is the sign of 
the imperfect tense. This tense is made up of the present 
stem + the imperfect tense sign -ba + the personal end- 
ings, as : — 

Pres. Stem Tense Sign 2d Per. Sing. Ending Verb Form 

voca- -ba -s vocabas, yon were call- 

ing, etc. 

1 To be calling. 

2 This term will be explained later. 

3 This stem will be treated as the work progresses. 



VERB INFLECTION 45 

a. The vowel of the tense sign is shortened before the 
endings -m, -t, and -nt : vocabam, / was calling. 

77. The Imperfect Tense. — This tense is generally used 
to express an act as going on or repeated, or a state of 
things as existing in past time ; as, natabam, / was swim- 
ming ; ara stabat in Insula, an altar stood on the island. 
In English four forms are used to cover the idea expressed 
by the Latin imperfect indicative ; as, laudabam, / was 
praising, I praised, I did praise, or / used to praise. Use 
these four forms in translating the imperfect tense as you 
meet it in the paradigms. 

78. voco, / call ; present stem voca- 
Principal Parts : voco, vocare, vocavi, vocatus 

Imperfect Tense 

Singular Plural 

1. vocabam, 1 / was calling, vocabamus, we were calling, 
etc. etc. 

2. vocabas, you were calling, vocabatis, you were calling, 
etc. etc. 

3. vocabat, he was calling, vocabant, they were calling, 
etc. etc. 

79. The Future Tense. — This tense represents an act 
as occurring in future time. Its tense sign in the first con- 
jugation is -bi. The future tense consists of the present 
stem + the tense sign + the personal ending, as : — 

Pres.Stem Tense Sign 2d Per. Sing. Ending Verb Form 

voca- -bi -s vocabis, you will call 

1 Tn the imperfect -m, not -5, is the personal ending of the first person 
singular. 



46 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

Note in the following paradigm that -i of the tense sign 
is lost before -o, and changed to -u before -nt. 

80. Future Tense 

Singular Plural 

1. vocabo, / shall call or be vocabimus, we shall call, etc. 

calling 

2. vocabis, you will call, etc. vocabitis, you will call, etc. 

3. vocabit, he will call, etc. vocabunt, they will call, etc. 

81. VOCABULARY 

Belgae, 1 -arum, m. pi., the erat, he was, there was 

Belgae, a people of Gaul in, prep, with ace, into, 

Celtae, 1 -arum, m. pi, the against, among, used with 

Celts, a people of Gaul verbs of motion 

convoco, -are, -avi, -atus, call in, prep, with abl., in, on, 

together among, used with verbs of 

erant, they were, tJiere wei'e rest 

a. Fix firmly in mind the difference between in with the 
accusative and in with the ablative. Recall examples of 
the latter use already given and notice, before translating, 
the meaning of both verb and preposition. 

b. Inflect laudo and convoco in the present, imperfect, 
and future tenses with the proper forms of agricola and 
nauta, singular and plural, as objects. 

82. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Nautas 2 convocant, convocatis, convocabam, con- 
vocabo. 2. Agricolam laudat, laudabamus, laudabas, 

1 Many proper names in Latin are translated by the Latin nominative 
form. These are pronounced as English words but with the Latin accent. 

2 Could such a form be the subject of a finite verb ? What is its relation 
to convocant ? How must you translate convocant ? 



VERB INFLECTION 47 

laudabat, laudabunt. 3. In silva, in silvam, in provin- 
ciam, in provincial, in provincia, in provinciis. 4. Nautae 
agricolas in silvam convocabunt. 5. Nauta in provincia 
magna erat. 6. Nautas in densas silvas convocabimus. 
7. Nautae in alta. rlpa. erant. 8. Silva erat densa et 




Gallic Chieb- and Fallen Roman. 

magna. 9. Reginas bonas laudabimus. 10. Belgae et 
Celtae in Gallia sunt. 

II. 1. I was praising, you will praise, I do praise, they 
are praising, he praises, we shall praise. 2. In the prov- 
ince, into the province, on the island, into the forests. 
3. He does love, we shall love, you were loving, he used 



48 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

to love. 4. The sailor was calling the farmers together. 
5. The farmers were in the dense forests. 6. The queen's 
province was large. 7. You will call the good girls together 
into the island. 8. You will give roses to the sailor's 
daughters. 

LESSON 11 

THE SECOND CONJUGATION —ACTIVE VOICE, INDICA- 
TIVE MOOD, PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE 
TENSES — ORDER OF WORDS 

83. All verbs whose present stem ends in -e belong to 
the second conjugation. 

84. moneo, I advise or warn ; present stem mone- 
Principal Parts : 1 moneo, monere, monui, monitus 

Present Tense 
Singular Plural 

1. moneo, I advise, etc. 2 monemus, we advise, etc. 

2. mones, you advise, etc. monetis, you advise, etc. 

3. monet, he advises, etc. monent, they advise, etc. 

In the present tense the personal endings are joined 
directly to the present stem with shortening of the stem 
vowel before final -0, -t, -nt. 

Imperfect Tense 
Singular Plural 

1. monebam, I was advis- monebamus, we were advis- 
ing, etc. 3 ing, etc. 

2. monebas, you were advis- monebatis, you were advis- 
ing, etc. ing, etc. 

3. monebat, he was advis- monebant, they were advis- 
ing, etc. ing, etc. 

1 Translate the principal parts (73). 2 See 66. 3 See 77. 



4 Longitude 2 



West Longit 



£v Cervix 







First Tear Latin Course, Smiley and Storke 



East from 4 Greenwich 8 




THE SECOND CONJUGATION 49 

The imperfect tense, as in the first conjugation, consists 
of the present stem + the imperfect tense sign + the per- 
sonal endings : — 

Pres. Stem Tense Sign 2d Per. Sing. Ending Verb Form 

mone- -ba -s monebas, you were 

advising 

Future Tense 
Singular Plural 

1. monebo, / shall advise, monebimus, we shall advise, 
etc. 1 etc. 

2. monebis, you will advise, monebitis, you will advise, 
etc. etc. 

3. monebit, he will advise, monebunt, they will advise, 
etc. etc. 

In the second conjugation, as in the first, the future 
tense sign is -bi. The future tense consists of the present 
stem + the future tense sign + the personal endings : — 



res. Stem 


Tense Sign 


2d Per. Sing. Ending 


Verb Form 


mone- 


-bi 


-S 


monebis, you will 
advise 



For the dropping of -i before -0 and its change to -u be- 
fore -nt see 79. 

85. Word Order. — We have seen (28) that the order of 
the words in a Latin sentence does not determine their 
relation, as subject, object, modifier, etc., to each other. 
The order of words is, however, a matter of great impor- 
tance in reading and writing Latin, as will be seen in the 
following examples. 

1 See 80. 



50 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



86. The good farmer often gives roses to his daughter, 
becomes in Latin : — 

1. Agricola bonus 1 filiae rosas saepe dat, with no special 
emphasis on any word. 

2. Saepe bonus 1 agricola filiae rosas dat, with special 
emphasis on saepe and bonus. 

3. Saepe dat agricola bonus 1 rosas filiae, with emphasis 
on dat and filiae. 







^§e>^)^ 



Roman Camp and Boats. 

(Column of Trajan.) 

These examples suggest the following : — 

87. Rule 

Order of Words. — The norma/ order in a Latin sentence 
is: Subject, Modifiers of Subject, Indirect Object, Direct 
Object, Adverb, Verb. But this order is constantly changed 
for the sake of emphasis. 

1 The masculine nominative of bona, used because agricola is masculine. 



ORDER OF WORDS 5 1 

88. The most emphatic place in the sentence is the first, 
the next in importance the last, the least important the 
middle. A descriptive adjective normally follows its noun, 
but is made emphatic by being placed before it. The ad- 
verb as a modifier of the verb precedes it, but is made em- 
phatic by separation from it by intervening words. The 
verb normally stands last, but is made emphatic by being 
brought to a position at or near the beginning of the sen- 
tence. 

a. In Exercise 90, I, 6-10, name all words in emphatic 
positions. In II write the sentences in their normal order, 
then rewrite them, using emphasis and underscoring the 
words you have made emphatic. 

89. VOCABULARY 

cymba, -ae, f., boat, skiff propero, -are, -avi, -atus, has- 
fera, -ae, f., wild animal ten 

or a, -ae, f., shore pugno, -are, -avi, -atus, fight 

ora maritima, seashore video, -ere, vidi, visus, see 

maritima, adj., belonging to ad, prep, with ace, to} to- 

the sea ward, near 

pulchra, beautiful .per, prep, with ace, through, 
habeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, have, along 

hold non, adv., not 
saepe, adv., often 

90. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Habemus, habebimus, habebamus, vocabimus, vi- 
dent. 2. Armant, videtis, pugnabitis, pugnabis, habet, 
armabant. 3. In insula, per pulchram insulam, in ora 

1 Distinguish carefully between to as the sign of the indirect object and of 
the person or thing to which motion extends. In the latter case use ad with 
the accusative. 



52 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

maritima, in oram maritimam, ad oram maritimam. 4. Per 
provinciam properabant Belgae. 5. Nautas in provincia 
saepe video. 6. Non vocabant copias in provinciam. 
7. N5n in viis longls videbimus feras. 8. Ad oram mari- 
timam non navigabit agricola. 9. Videbamus pulchras 
feras in silva magna. 10. Saepe properabant ad oram 
maritimam. 

II. 1. You have, were having, will have, they are hav- 
ing, did have, will have. 2. He sees, was seeing, will 
see the beautiful boats. 3. I hastened, we shall love, 
they called together. 4. We often saw wild animals in 
the forests of Gaul. 5. You will see the sailors in the 
boats. 6. We often saw farmers on the road. 7. The 
Belgae will often arm the troops in the forest. 8. You 
will not hasten to the seashore. 



LESSON 12 

FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS— PASSIVE INDICA- 
TIVE. PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE TENSES- 
PREDICATE NOMINATIVE AND APPOSITIVE 

91. A verb in the passive voice (60) has the following 
principal parts : — 

Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Perf. Ind. 

amor, / am loved or amari, to be amatus sum, / was loved 
bei?i^ loved loved or have been loved 

92. The personal endings of the passive voice are : — 

Singular Plural 

-r, -or, / -mur, we 

-ris or -re, you (one person) -mini, you (two or more persons) 

-tur, he -ntur, they 



PASSIVE INDICATIVE 53 

93. The tense signs of the imperfect and future are the 
same as in the active voice, and these tenses are formed 
in the same way, except that they use the passive personal 
endings instead of the active (68). 

94. In the present -or is used in the first person singular 
as the personal ending, and in the first conjugation -a of 
the stem is dropped before it. In the future the tense 
sign -bi is changed to -be in the second person singular, 
and to -bu in the third person plural. 

95. The principal parts of voco in the passive voice 
are : vocor, vocarl, vocatus sum ; present stem voca-. 

The present stem in the passive of all conjugations is 
the same as in the active. 

Present Tense 

Singular Plural 

1. vocor, I am called, etc. 1 vocamur, we are called, etc. 

2. vocaris (or vocare), you vocamini, you are called, etc. 
are called, etc. 

3. vocatur, he is called, etc. vocantur, they are called, etc. 

Imperfect Tense 

1. vocabar, / was being vocabamur, we were being 
called, etc. 2 called, etc. 

2. vocabaris (-re), you were vocabamini, you were being 
being called, etc. called, etc. 

3. vocabatur, he was being vocabantur, they were be- 
called, etc. ing called, etc. 

1 Or am being called. 

2 Or was called. 



54 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

Future Tense 

1. vocabor, I shall be called vocabimur, we shall be called 

2. vocaberis (-re), you will vocabimini, you will be called 
be called 

3. vocabitur, he zvill be called vocabuntur, they will be 

called 

moneor, I am advised • present stem mone- 
Principal Parts : moneor, monerl, monitus sum 

Present Tense 
Singular Plural 

1. moneor, / am advised, monemur, we are advised, 
etc. etc. 

2. moneris (-re), you are monemini, you are advised, 
advised, etc. etc. 

3. monetur, he is advised, monentur, they are advised, 
etc. etc. 

Imperfect Tense 

1. monebar, / was being ad- monebamur, we were being 
vised, etc. advised, etc. 

2. monebaris (-re), you were monebamini, you were being 
being advised, etc. advised, etc. 

3. monebatur, he was being monebantur, they were be- 
advised, etc. ing advised, etc. 

Future Tense 

1. monebor, / shall be ad- monebimur, we shall be ad- 
vised vised 

2. moneberis (-re), you will monebiminl, you zvill be ad- 
be advised vised 

3. monebitur, he will be ad- monebuntur, they zviH be 
vised advised 



PREDICATE NOMINATIVE 



55 




Arch of Trajan. 

(Timgad, Algeria.) 



Supply omitted translations in these paradigms. 

96. Examine the following : — 

1. Agricolae sunt incolae Galliae, the farmers are in- 
habitants of Ganl. 

2. In Aquitania, pulchra terra, multa bella gerunt, they 
wage many wars in Aquitania, a beautiful country. 

a. In 1, incolae is a predicate noun, refers to the same 
persons as the subject agricolae, and agrees with it in case ; 
in 2, terra limits Aquitania directly, denotes the same place, 
and is in the same case. These uses are the same as in 
English. 

97. Rules 

1. Predicate Nominative. — A noun in the predicate with 
an intransitive or passive verb agrees with the subject in 
case. 



56 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

2. Appositive. — A noun limiting another noun and denot- 
ing the same person or tiling agrees with it in case. 

Note. — An appositive is always in the same part of the sentence — 
subject or predicate — as its noun. An adjective in the predicate agrees 
with the subject in gender, number, and case (49). 

98. VOCABULARY 

Aquitania, -ae, f., Aquitania, moveo, -ere, movi, motus, 

a country in Gaul move 

incola, -ae, m. and f., in- contra, prep, with ace, 

habitant against 

inopia, -ae, f., lack, scarcity quoque, conj., also, following 

appello, -are, -avi, -atus, the word which it empha- 

name, call sizes 
comparo, -are, -avi, -atus, 

prepare, provide 

99. EXERCISES 

I. i. Appellatur nauta, incolae Galliae appellamur. 

2. Laudabuntur, laudantur, laudabimini, laudaris. 

3. Aquitania pulchra terra appellatur. 4. Videor, 
videbitur, videbantur, videre, armabor, armabar. 
5. Armantur, armabaminl, armamini, videris, videmur, 
videmus. 6. Incolae Aqultaniae, pulchrae terrae, appel- 
labantur. 7. Nauta in pulchram Insulam vocabitur, 
nauta flliam in Insulam vocabit. 8. Portae villae in vias 
movebantur. 9. Portas villae in vias movebant. 

II. I. I provide, shall provide, was providing, was 
praised, am praised, am praising. 2. They were advised, 
they were advising, he shall be advised, they will be moved 
from (out of) the forest. 3. He is being armed, he will 
see the spear, the spear will be seen. 4. They were arm- 



USE OF WORD LISTS 57 

ing the farmers, inhabitants of Aquitania. 5. The sailors 
also are being armed against the farmers. 6. We do move 
the gates of the farmhouses to the road. 7. The gates 
of the farmhouses will be moved to the road. 8. The 
inhabitants of the land are sailors and farmers. 



LESSON 13 

USE OF WORD LISTS — WORD LIST I — HOW TO 
TRANSLATE — READING LESSON 

100. Study the following list with great care. Give the 
specifications (50, footnote 2) of each word and be able to 
decline all the nouns and adjectives and to conjugate all the 
verbs in the list in all the forms so far given. Note all 
resemblances, in form and meaning, to English words. Do 
the same with succeeding word lists. Translate with equal 
facility from Latin into English and from English into 
Latin. 



101. 




WORD 


LIST I 






a or ab 


Belgae 


dea 


fossa 


laudo 


non 


ad 


Celtae 


densa 


fuga 


longa 


nuntio 


agricola 


clara 


Diana 


Gallia 


magna 


ora 


alta 


comparo 


do 


habeo 


maritima 


paro 


amo 


contra 


e or ex 


hasta 


moneo 


patria 


ancora 


convoco 


erat 


in 


move5 


pecunia 


appello 


copia 


est 


incola 


musa 


per 


Aquitania 


cum 


et 


inopia 


nauta 


porta 


anno 


cymba 


fera 


Insula 


navigo 


porto 


aro 


de 


filia 


lata 


no 


propero 



58 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



pr5vincia pulchra rlpa sagitta sunt video 

puella quoque rosa silva terra villa 

pugno reglna saepe stella via voco 

102. How to Translate. — i. Read in the Latin the pas- 
sage assigned, taking in at one view as many words as the 
eye can see. 

2. Note the endings of all inflected words so as to see 
quickly the relation of subject, verb, and object, noun and 
agreeing adjective, preposition and the noun which it 
governs, etc., in order to arrive at the thought of the sen- 
tence before making any attempt at translation. In doing 
this follow strictly the Latin order, observing carefully the 
marks of punctuation. 

3. Try to recall words previously given and study into 
the meaning of those related to them in form. Look up 




A Roman Bakery, 



THE SECOND DECLENSION $9 

words that are new to you and find from their endings 
their connection with other words in the sentence. 

4. Try to make sense by giving the full meaning of the 
forms, taken in their Latin order. If you do not succeed 
in making sense, repeat the process from the beginning. 

5. Translate into clear and idiomatic English. To trans- 
late into idiomatic English is to take the thought of a writer 
in another language and put it into the kind of English we 
should use to express naturally the same thought; as, 
reglnae est rosa means, in idiomatic English, the queen has 
a rose, while its word for word translation reads, there is a 
rose to the queen. 

103. Reading Lesson — Gallia 

Gallia est terra magna et pulchra. Est patria multo- 
rum 1 agricolarum et nautarum. Agricolae terram arant et 
nautae ad oram maritiman in cymbis navigant. In viis 
latls et longis ludunt 2 pueri 3 et puellae. In latls et densis 
silvls sunt magnae ferae, quas 4 incolae saepe capiunt. 5 



LESSON 14 

THE SECOND DECLENSION, NOUNS IN -us AND -urn 

104. Nouns of the second declension in -us are usually 
masculine, those in -um are neuter. The stem ends in -0 
and may be found by dropping -rum of the genitive plural 
and shortening the -0. The base is found by dropping any 

1 of many ; multdrum modifies agricolarum. 

2 ludunt, play ; it agrees with its subjects pueri and puellae. 

3 pueri, boys. 4 quas, which, object of capiunt. 5 capiunt, capture. 



6o 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



case ending. Nouns of all declensions are declined by- 
adding the case endings to the base. 

105. legatus, -I, m., lieutenant, ambassador ; stem legato-, 
base legat- 









Case 


Endings 




Sing. 


PL. 


Sing. 


PL. 


N. 


legatus 


legati 


-US 


-I 


G. 


legati 


legatorum 


-I 


-orum 


D. 


legato 


legatis 


-0 


-is 


Ac. 


legatum 


legatos 


-um 


-OS 


V. 


legate 


legati 


-e 


-1 


Ab. 


legato 


legatis 


-0 


-Is 




bellum, -I, n.j 


, war; stem bello 


-, base bell- 








Case 


Endings 




Sing. 


PL. 


Sing. 


PL. 


N. 


bellum 


Bella 


-um 


-a 


G. 


belli 


bellorum 


-1 


-orum 


D. 


bello 


bellis 


-0 


-is 


Ac. 


bellum 


bella 


-um 


-a 


V. 


bellum 


bella 


-um 


-a 


Ab. 


bello 


bellis 


-0 


-Is 



a. Learn the declension and table of case endings given 
above. The nominative, accusative, and vocative of neuters 
are alike in each number and end in -a in the plural. The 
vocative singular has a distinct form in -e for masculine 
nouns in -us, -ius ; in all other nouns of all declensions the 
vocative is like the nominative. 

106. Masculine adjectives of the second declension end- 
ing in -us are declined like legatus ; those in -um are neuter 
and are declined like bellum. The feminine adjectives 



THE SECOND DECLENSION 



6l 



corresponding to those of the second declension in -us and 
-um end in -a and belong to the first declension. 

a. There are no feminine adjectives of the second de- 
clension. 

Decline together: puella bona, a good girl ; legatus 
bonus, a good lieutenant; and bellum longum, a long war. 

Review order of words, 85-88. 



107. 



VOCABULARY 



Casticus, -I, m., Casticus, a tribunus, -1, m., tribune, a 



Gallic nobleman 
iugum, -I, xv., yoke 
iumentum, -I, n., beast of 

burden, pack animal 
murus, -I, m., wall 
oppidum, -1, n., town 



I08. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Castici, muri, 
murorum, in muris, ad 
muros. 2. Iumenta, iu- 
mentis, iuga iumentorum, 
iugum iumenti. 3. Tri- 
buni ad murum oppidi 
properant, tribuni in mu- 
ris oppidorum sunt. 4. 
Moves, movebis, moveba- 
tur, oppida oppugnabi- 
mus, Casticum videbimus. 
5. Ad murum oppidi, in 
muris oppidorum. 6. 

Iumenta iuga portant, 



Roman officer 

oppugno, -are, -avi, -atus, at- 
tack, assault 

supero, -are, -avi, -atus, con- 
quer, overcome 




Iumentum. 



62 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



Casticus oppidum oppugnabat. 7. Nautae armabantur, 
agricolae quoque armabantur. 8. Tribunus appellabitur. 
II. 1. On the walls, along the wall, the walls of the 
towns, for the tribune, of the tribunes. 2. The yokes of 
the beasts of burden, you move, were moving, will move, 
will be moved. 3. You will be attacked, were seen, are 

being seen, they do see the tribunes on the walls. 4. We 
are hastening towards the towns of the Celts. 5. There 
were many beasts of burden near the walls of the 
towns. 6. The Belgae also were assaulting the towns 
of the Celts. 



LESSON 15 



THE SECOND DECLENSION, NOUNS IN -ius AND -ium 

109. Nouns of the second declension in -ius and -ium 
end in the genitive singular in -I instead of -ii and have 
the accent on the penult : gladius, gla'di, m., sword ; prae- 
sidium, praesi'di, n., garrison. 

no. gladius, gladi, m., 

sword 
Stem gladio-, base gladi- 



consilium, consili, n., plan 
Stem consilio-, base consili- 





Singular 


Plural 


Singular 


Plural 


N. 


gladius 


gladii 


consilium 


consilia 


G. 


gladi 


gladiorum 


consili 


consiliorum, 


D. 


gladio 


gladiis 


consilio 


consiliis 


Ac. 


gladium 


gladios 


c5nsilium 


consilia 


V. 


gladie 


gladii 


consilium 


consilia 


Ab. 


gladio 


gladiis 


consilio 


consiliis 



THE SECOND DECLENSION 



63 



a. Compare the declension of these nouns with those in 
Lesson 14. -i of the base does not appear in the geni- 
tive singular of nouns in -ius and -ium. 

b. Filius and proper names in -ius have the vocative 
singular in a single -i : fill, O son ; Vergili, VergiL 

c. Decline filius and Vergilius; 
auxilium and maleficium. 



in 



VOCABULARY 

aedificium, aedifici, n., building 
auxilium, auxili, n., aid, help 
filius, fill, m., son 
frumentum, -i, n., grain • pi., crops 

of gram 
Galll, -orum, m. pi., the Gauls 
iniuria, -ae, f., injury, injustice 
maleficium, malefic!, n., evil deed, 

zvrong 
nuntius, nunti, m., messenger 
populus, -1, m., people 
Romanus, -a, -um, Roman 
populus Romanus, the Roman peo- 
ple ; always in this order, in 
the sing, only, with verb in the 
sing. 




Gallic Swords anl> 
Daggers. 



112. 



EXERCISES 



I. I. Nunti, nuntil, popule Romane, magnae iniuriae, 
magni maleficl. 2. Magna maleficia, auxilio Gallorum, 
O nuntie popull Roman!. 3. Nuntil popull Roman! ad 
rlpam properant. 4. Multa aedificia in Italia sunt. 
5. Copia frumentl in aedificia portabitur. 6. Agricola 



6 4 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



copiam frumenti in aedificia portabit. 7. Magna, O fill, 
est iniuria nautarum. 8. Gladius nunti longus erat. 

II. 1. The plans of the messenger, of aid, to (for) aid, 
O son ! O messenger ! O Roman people ! 2. Of an 
evil deed, of evil deeds, of the messenger of the Roman 
people. 3. The evil deeds of the Gauls will be an- 
nounced to the Roman people. 4. Help was being 
given to the sailors. 5. There were many buildings 

in the broad lands of the Roman people. 



LESSON 16 

ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS 
IN -us, -a, -urn — READING LESSON 

In the following table give the forms across the page. 
Do the same in declining all other adjectives. 

113. fidus, m., fida, f., fidum, n., faithful 

Stems : fido-, m., fida-, f., fido-, n. ; base fid- 





Singular 






Plural 






Masc. 


Fein. 


Neut. 


Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


N. 


fidus 


fida 


fidum 


fidi 


fidae 


fida 


G. 


fidi 


fidae 


fidi 


fidorum 


fidarum 


fidorum 


D. 


fido 


fidae 


fido 


fidis 


fidis 


fidis 


Ac. 


fidum 


fidam 


fidum 


fidos 


fidas 


fida 


V. 


fide 


fida 


fidum 


fidi 


fidae 


fida 


Ab. 


fido 


fida 


fido 


fidis 


fidis 


fidis 



a. Adjectives of this class are declined in the feminine 
like nouns of the first declension, and in the masculine and 
neuter like nouns of the second declension. They agree 
with their nouns in gender, number, and case, but not 



ADJECTIVES 



65 



always in form. An adjective of the first declension form 
never goes with a masculine or neuter noun. Most of the 




Gallic Swords, Signal Horn, and Shields. 

feminine adjectives so far given have masculine and neuter 
forms in -us and -um. 



114. 

N. 

G. 

D. 

Ac. 

V. 

Ab. 

N. 

G. 

D. 

Ac. 

V. 

Ab. 



regina bona 
reginae bonae 
reginae bonae 
reginam bonam 
regina bona 
regina bona 



reginae bonae 
reginarum bonarum 
reglnis bonis 
reglnas bonas 
reginae bonae 
reglnis bonis 



Singular 

nauta bonus 
nautae boni 
nautae bono 
nautam bonum 
nauta bone 
nauta bono 
Plural 

nautae boni 
nautarum bonorum 
nautis bonis 
nautas bonos 
nautae boni 
nautis bonis 



66 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



a. Decline together: nauta fidus, frumentum bonum, 
carrus magnus. Decline the Latin for a faithful farmer. 

115. VOCABULARY 

arma, -orum, n. pi., arms do, 1 dare, dedi, datus, give 

carrus, -1, m., cart habito, -are, -avi, -atus, 

castra, -orum, n. pi., camp dwell, inhabit 

(in this meaning in pi. etiam, adv., also, still, even 

only) nunc, adv., now, at this time 

multus, -a, -um, much; pi., semper, adv., always 
many 




Plan of Roman Camp. 
Il6. EXERCISES 

I. I. Dat, dabas, dabit, dabis, das, dabo, dare, dant. 

2. Dabitur, dabuntur, comparabitur, comparabant. 

3. Est magna inopia frumenti in castris populi Roman!. 

1 This verb does not belong to the first conjugation. The stem vowel is 
short except in the second person singular das and two other forms to be 
given later. 



ADJECTIVES 



67 



4. Belgae contra populum Romanum multa bella compa- 
rabunt. 5. Galli multos carros incolis magni oppidi dant. 
6. Filia agricolae boni nautis frumenta dabat. 7. Nauta 
f ldus in castrls popull 
Roman! carros et 
iumenta saepe videt. 
II. 1. He gives, 
will give, was giving 
arms to the good lieu- 
tenants. 2. They 
are preparing, will 
prepare, were pre- 
paring arms for the 
faithful Gauls. 3. 
Aquitania, a large 
and beautiful coun- 
try, is in Gaul. 4. 
The faithful farmers 
were providing much 
grain for the Roman people. 5. 
of grain in the large province, 
dwelt in a beautiful country. 




Galltc Helmets. 



There is a great scarcity 
6. The Roman people 



117. Reading Lesson — Terra Clara 

In Italia, terra pulchra popull Roman!, habitabant 
mult! et clan 1 viri, inter quos 2 erant Caesar, 3 Cicero, 
Vergilius, alii 4 quoque quos non ndminabimus. 5 Caesar 
cum Celtis et Belgis saepe pugnabat et semper superabat. 

1 many famous men ; et is omitted in translation when multus and a 
descriptive adjective are used to modify the same word. 

2 Accusative plural of relative pronoun ; inter quos, among whom. 

3 If you cannot infer meaning from the form, consult the general vocabu- 
lary. 4 others. 5 nomino, name. 



68 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

Cicer5 orator magnus erat, Vergilius poeta clarus. 
Fabulae 1 pulchrae de els viris 2 in multis terris narra- 
bantur 3 et etiam nunc narrantur. 



LESSON 17 

THE THIRD CONJUGATION — ACTIVE INDICATIVE, PRES- 
ENT. IMPERFECT. AND FUTURE TENSES— THE ABLA- 
TIVE OF SEPARATION 

118. All verbs whose present stem ends in -e belong to 
the third conjugation. 

rego, / rule ; present stem rege- 
Principal Parts : rego, regere, rexi, rectus 

Present Tense 
Singular Plural 

i. rego, I rule, etc. regimus, we ride, etc. 

2. regis, you rule, etc. regitis, you rule, etc. 

3. regit, he rules, etc. regunt, they ride, etc. 

In the present tense of this conjugation -e is absorbed 
by the ending -0, and becomes -u before -nt and -i in the 

other forms. 

Imperfect Tense 
Singular Plural 

1. regebam, / zuas ruling, regebamus, we were ruling, 

etc. etc. 

2. regebas, you were ruling, regebatis, you zvere riding, 

etc. etc. 

3. regebat, lie was ruling, regebant, they were riding, 

etc. etc. 

1 stories. 2 about these ?nen. 3 used to be told. 



THE THIRD CONJUGATION 69 

The imperfect tense, as in conjugations I and II, is 
made up of the present stem + the tense sign -f the per- 
sonal endings, but -e of the stem is lengthened before the 
tense sign -ba. 

Pres. Stem Tense Sign 2d Per. Sing. Ending Verb Form 

rege- -ba -s regebas, you were 

ruling, etc. 

Future Tense 

1. regam, I shall rule, etc. regemus, we shall rule, etc. 

2. reges, you ivill rule, etc. regetis, you will rule, etc. 

3. reget, he will rule, etc. regent, they will rule, etc. 




Roman Curule Chair. 

a. The future tense sign in the third conjugation is not 
-bi as in the first and second conjugations, but -a in the first 
person singular and -e in other forms. The -a is shortened 
before -m and the -e is shortened before -t or -nt. The 
stem vowel -e is dropped before the tense sign of the 
future. 



70 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

119. Study carefully the following examples : — 

1. Legatum vita privat, he deprives the ambassador of 
life. 

2. Nuntiiim cura liberat, he frees the messenger from care. 
3. Gallos a Germanis liberabunt, they 

will free the Gauls from the Germans. 

a. In English verbs of depriving 
and freeing take the prepositions of or 
from with their objects. In Latin the 
ablative case is used, generally without 
a preposition. In case of other verbs 
of separation the usage varies, some 
taking the ablative with a preposition, 
some without, and some admitting either 
construction. For actual separation of 
some material thing from another and 
for separation from a person, a, de, or e 
with the ablative is ordinarily used. 

120. Rule 

The Ablative of Separation. — Verbs 
denoting separation are used with the 
ablative case, either with or without a 
preposition. 

Roman Candela- Note. — This rule extends to adjectives of 

brum. like meaning ; cura liber est, he is free from care. 

121. VOCABULARY 

animus, -I, m., mind, spirit telum, -I, n., missile, weapon, 
cura, -ae, f., care javelin 

proelium, proeli, n., battle vita, -ae, f., life 




r 




Now thy Forum roars no longer; fallen every purple Caesar's dome. — Tennyson. 

(71) At Vergil's Tomb. 

(Naples.) 



; 2 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



contendo, -ere, -di, -tentus, incolo, -ere, -ui, 

contend, hasten 
duco, -ere, duxi, ductus, lead 
educo, -ere, eduxi, eductus, 

lead out 
gero, -ere, gessi, gestus, wage, 

carry on 



-, live 



inhabit, used with ace. 

llbero, -are, -avi, -atus, free, 
deliver 

privo, -are, -avi, -atus, de- 
prive 

quondam, adv., once 



122. 



EXERCISES 



I. I. Contendebas, ducetis, geritis, incolunt, incolebant. 
2. Educit, educet, educebat, educunt, educent. 3. Gerunt, 

gerebant, gerent, geremus, geri- 
mus. 4. Belgae quoque fru- 
mento saepe prlvabuntur. 5. 
Animus puellae quoque cura 
Hberabitur. 6. Bellum longum 
cum populo Romano gerebatur. 
7. Legatum a tells privant. 8. 
Belgae ad proelium properabant. 
9. Populus Romanus quondam 
Galliam regebat. 10. Tela in- 
colls oppidorum saepe dabuntur. 
II. 1. The Celts were carry- 
ing on war, they will carry on 
war with the Roman people. 
2. The Aquitanians were con- 
tending, do contend, will contend. 3. They will deprive 
the Roman people of grain. 4. The farmers also were 
freed from care. 5. The tribune was being deprived of 
his weapons. 6. The messengers were hastening to the 
walls of the town. 7. The Roman people live in a 
famous land. 




Roman Lamps. 



THE SECOND DECLENSION 



73 



LESSON 18 

THE SECOND DECLENSION {Continued), NOUNS IN -er AND 
-ir— THE COMPLEMENTARY INFINITIVE — THE INFINI- 
TIVE AS SUBJECT AND OBJECT — READING LESSON 



123. 


puer, -eri, m., 


ager, agri, m., 


vir, viri, m., 






boy 


field 


man 


Case 




Stem puero-, 


Stem agro-, 


Stem viro-, 


Endings 




base puer- 


base agr- 

SlNGULAR 


base vir- 




N. V. 


puer 


ager 


vir 


— 


G. 


puerl 


agri 


viri 


-i 


D. 


puero 


agro 


viro 


-0 


Ac. 


puerum 


agrum 


virum 


-um 


Ab. 


puero 


agro 

Plural 


viro 


-0 


N. V. 


puerl 


agri 


viri 


-i 


G. 


puerorum 


agrorum 


virorum 


-orum 


D. 


pueris 


agris 


viris 


-is 


Ac. 


pueros 


agros 


viros 


-OS 


Ab. 


pueris 


agris 


viris 


-is 



124. Nouns of the second declension in er and -ir are 
masculine. The stem ends in -0 as in nouns in -us and -um. 
Note also the base to which the endings are joined to make 
the various case forms. The endings are the same as in 
nouns in -us except that the ending is lacking in the nomi- 
native and vocative singular. 

125. Examine the following : — 

1. Oppidum oppugnare constituunt, they decide to attack 
the town. 



74 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

2. Liberos convocare maturat, he hastens to call the chil- 
dren to°;ctJier. 

The use of the infinitive above is exactly the same as in 
English. 

126. Rule 

The Complementary Infinitive. — The infinitive is itsed 
with verbs meaning to decide, hasten, begin, wish, be able, 
and, in general, with those requiring a second act of tJie 
same subject to complete tJieir meaning. 

127. In the sentence, Casticus orders the Belgae to move 
their camp, the object of orders is the Belgae to move their 
camp. Similarly in the Latin translation, Casticus Belgas 
castra movere iubet, the object of iubet consists of the 
infinitive movere with its subject Belgas in the accusative. 

128. Rule 

The Infinitive as Object. — The infinitive with a subject 
in the accusative case may be the object ofa verb. 

a. This construction is used with iubeo, / order ; veto, / 
forbid ; sino, I permit, and some other verbs of like mean- 
ing. It is also used with certain verbs of wishing when the 
subject of the infinitive is different from that of the intro- 
ductory verb. 

129. In the sentence, To see is to believe, the infinitive 
to see is used as the subject and to believe as the predicate 
of is. In the Latin translation, Videre est credere, we see 
the same use of the infinitive as subject and predicate of 
est. In the sentence, Legatum pugnare est vincere, for the 
lieutenant to fight is to conquer, legatum is the subject, in 
the accusative case, of pugnare, and together with it forms 



THE INFINITIVE 75 

the subject of est, while vincere is its predicate. In the 
sentence, Nare est iucundum, to swim is pleasant (it is 
pleasant to swim), the predicate adjective iucundum is in 
the neuter singular to agree with the infinitive subject nare. 

130. Rule 

Infinitive as Subject and Predicate. — The infinitive, either 
with or ivithout a subject accusative, may be the subject or 
predicate of a verb. A predicate adjective used in this con- 
struction is in the neuter singular. 

131. VOCABULARY 

amicus, -a, -um, friendly ; as novus, -a, -um, new 

noun in m., friend periculosus, -a, -um, danger- 

aper, apri, m., wild boar ous 

Aquitani, -orum, m. pl„ the constituo, -ere, -ui, -utus, de- 
Aquitanians, a people of cide, determine, station 

Gaul iubeo, -ere, iussi, iussus, 

magister, -tri, m., master, order, w. inf. 

teacher maturo, -are, -avi, -atus, 

signum, -I, n., standard, sig- hasten 

nal prohibeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, pre- 

iucundus, -a, -um, pleasant vent, hinder 

a. Like puer decline : 

armiger, -eri, m., armor bearer 
liberl, -orum, m. pi., children 
signifer, -eri, m., standard bearer 
vesper, -eri, m., evening 

Most nouns of the second declension in -er are declined 
like ager. Learn the above list and give base and stem of 
each noun. 



7 6 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



132. 



EXERCISES 



I. 1. Constituunt,c5nstituebant, constituent, maturabunt, 
appellabantur. 2. Appellabitur, appellaberis, appellabi- 
mini, appellabere. 3. Magisterin agros liber5s convocare 
maturat. 4. Legatus bellum cum Helvetils gerere con- 




Destruction of a German Village by Roman Soldiers. 

(Pillar of Antoninus.) 

stituebat. 5. Legatus nunti5s ad castra properare iubet. 

6. Perlculosum est cum populo Romano bellum gerere. 

7. Apros in agrls videre non est iucundum. 8. Iucundum 
est claram terram incolere. 9. Vir in oppidum per agros 
maturare parabat. 



ADJECTIVES 77 

II. i. You will hasten, he will decide, they will be 
freed from care. 2. I was hastening, you do decide, he 
did prepare, you will be deprived. 3. It is pleasant to 
live-in the broad land of the Gauls. 4. They ordered the 
inhabitants of the island to arm the sailors. 5. The trib- 
unes decided to give new standards to the standard bear- 
ers. 6. It will be dangerous for the Gauls to fight against 
the Roman people. 7. The wild boars will be deprived 
of life. 

133. Reading Lesson 

Belgae et 1 Aquitanl et Celtae Galliam incolunt, qua de 
causa 2 Galli appellantur. Trans Rhenum incolunt Germanl. 
In agros Germanorum Galli saepe veniunt 3 et ibi 4 cum 
Germanls contendunt. Germanl quoque in agris Gallorum 
bellum gerunt, qua de causa f ortissiml 5 sunt. 

In future reading lessons and exercises consult the general vocabulary 
for any words not given in the special lists. 

LESSON 19 

ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLEN- 
SIONS IN -er, -a, -urn— THE ABLATIVE OF MEANS OR 
INSTRUMENT — WORD LIST II 

134. miser, misera, miserum, wretched 
Stems : misero-, misera-, misero- ; base miser- 





Singular 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


N. V. miser 


misera 


miserum 


G. miser! 


miserae 


miseri 


1 Omit in translating. 




2 and for this reason. 


3 come. 


4 there. 


5 very brave. 



78 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 





Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


D. 


misero 


miserae 


misero 


Ac. 


miserum 


miseram 


miserum 


Ab. 


misero 


misera 

Plural 


misero 


N. V. 


miser! 


miserae 


misera 


G. 


miserorum 


miserarum 


miserorum 


D. 


miserls 


miserls 


miserls 


Ac. 


miseros 


miseras 


misera 


Ab. 


miserls 


miserls 


miserls 



noster, nostra, nostrum, our, ours 
Stems : nostro-, nostra-, nostro- ; base nostr- 







Singular 






Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


N. V. 


noster 


nostra 


nostrum 


G. 


nostri 


nostrae 


nostri 


D. 


nostro 


nostrae 


nostro 


Ac. 


nostrum 


nostram 


nostrum 


Ab. 


nostro 


nostra 
Plural 


nostro 


N. V. 


nostri 


nostrae 


nostra 


G. 


nostrorum 


nostrarum 


nostrorum 


D. 


nostrls 


nostrls 


nostrls 


Ac. 


nostros 


nostras 


nostra 


Ab. 


nostrls 


nostrls 


nostrls 



135. Notice that the masculine of miser is declined like 
puer, and the masculine of noster like ager. Compare the 
nominative and genitive of miser with the same cases of 
noster and see the necessity of learning the genitive 
singular in order to know the base. 

a. Decline : agricola miser, noster puer, populus liber. 



ADJECTIVES 79 

136. Compare the English with the Latin in the follow- 
ing : — 

Gladio pugnat, he is fighting with a sword. 

Sagitta vulnerabitur, he will be wounded by an arrow. 

Here the idea of means or instrument is expressed in the 
English by the use of the prepositions 'with and by, with 
their objects. In the Latin the same idea is expressed by 
the use of the ablative case without a preposition. 

137. Rule 

The Ablative of Means or Instrument. — The means or 
instrument of an action is expressed by the ablative case 
without a preposition. 

a. Review passive forms in Lesson 12. 

138. VOCABULARY 

perlculum,-!, x\., danger, peril iuvo, -are, iuvi, iutus, help, 

pilum, -I, n., javelin assist 

scutum, -I, n., shield mitto, -ere, mlsi, missus, send 

cotidianus, -a, -um, daily posco, -ere, poposci, — — , 

fortissimus, -a, -um, very demand 

brave, bravest continenter, adv., continually 

liber, -era, -erum, free atque, conj., and, and also 

pulcher, -chra, -chrum, beau- quod, conj., because 

tiful 

139. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Iuvaris, iuvabantur, poscebatur, pugnabant, pri- 
vaberis, movebitur. 2. Viri gladiis et pills armabantur.^ 
3. Miserioppid6rumincolaefrument5 iuvabantur. 4. Ab' 
agrls pulchrls Helvetiorum prohibebuntur. 5. Pila et 
gladil et scuta carris iumentlsque portantur. 6. Fortissimi 



8o 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



appellantur quod continenter cum multis viris contendunt. 
y. Proeliis 1 superabant quod longls pills armabantur. 

8. Cotldianls proeliis gladiis 
atque pills pugnant agricolae 
fldi, et auxilium ad legatum mit- 
tunt. 9. Cura liberl erant quod 
amlcos fortissimos habebant. 

II. 1. You will be advised, 
they were being prevented, 
we shall be called, they are 
free from danger. 2. The 
wretched Helvetians will not 
be assisted with grain. 3. By 
our swords we freed the Gauls 
from danger. 4. They will 
send aid to many men because 
they are very brave. 5. The 
Roman people were being 
armed with swords and jave- 
lins. 6. They were contending in daily battles with the 
Germans. 7. They were armed with swords and shields 
and fought continually against the Celts. 




German Slingers. 

(Pillar of Marcus Aurelius.) 



140. 


WORD LIST II 




aedificium 


atque 


constituo 


ager 


auxilium 


contends 


amicus 


bellum 


continenter 


animus 


carrus 


cotidianus 


aper 


Casticus 


cotldie 


Aqultanl 


castra 


cura 


arma 


consilium 


duco 



Ablative of Means, translate in battles. 



THE THIRD DECLENSION 



educo 


liber 


populus 


etiam 


liberi 


posco 


fidus 


libero 


privo 


filius 


magister 


proelium 


fortissimus 


maleficium 


prohibeo 


frumentum 


matiiro 


puer 


Galll 


miser 


pulcher 


gero 


mitto 


quod 


gladius 


multus 


quondam 


habito 


murus 


rego 


Helvetii 


noster 


Romanus 


incol5 


novus 


scutum 


iniiiria 


nunc 


semper 


iubeo 


nuntius 


signum 


iucundus 


oppidum 


telum 


iugum 


oppugno 


tribunus 


iumentum 


periculosus 


vesper 


iuv5 


periculum 


vir 


legatus 


pilum 


vita 



Use this and subsequent word lists like List I (ioo). 



LESSON 20 

THE THIRD DECLENSION, CONSONANT STEMS — 
READING LESSON 






141. Nouns of the Third Declension. — These have stems 
ending in -i or a consonant. Nouns with consonant stems 
may be divided into two classes : — 

1. Nouns which add -s to the base to form the nomi- 
native singular. 



82 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



2. Nouns which add no termination to the base to form 
the nominative singular. 

142. Nominatives in -s. — Nouns which add -s to the 
base to form the nominative singular include masculines 
and feminines only and are declined as follows : — 

dux, ducis, m., leader lex, legis, f., law Case 

Stem and base due- Stem and base leg- Endings 





Sing. 


PL. 


Sing. Pl. 


Sing. 


PL. 


N. , 


V. dux 


duces 


lex leges 


-s 


-es 


G. 


ducis 


ducum 


legis legum 


-is 


-um 


D. 


duel 


ducibus 


legl legibus 


-1 


-ibus 


Ac. 


ducem 


duces 


legem leges 


-em 


-es 


Ab. 


duce 


ducibus 


lege legibus 


-e 


-ibus 




princeps, principis, m., 


miles, militis, m., 








chief 




soldier 








Stem and base princip- 


Stem and base milit- 






SlNG. 


PL. 


SlNG. PL. 


Sing. 


PL. 


N. V. princeps 


prlncipes 


miles milites 


-s 


-es 


G. 


principis 


principum 


militis militum 


-is 


-um 


D. 


prlncipi 


prlncipibus 


militi militibus 


-i 


-ibus 


Ac. 


principem prlncipes 


militem milites 


-em 


-es 


Ab. 


prlncipe 


prlncipibus 


mllite militibus 


-e 


-ibus 




aestas, aestatis, f., 


obses, obsidis, m. 


and f., 




siimmer 




hostage 








Stem and base aestat- 


Stem and base obsid- 






SlNG. 


PL. 


SlNG. PL. 


Sing. 


PL. 


N. V. aestas 


aestates 


obses obsides 


-s 


-es 


G. 


aestatis 


aestatum 


obsidis obsidum 


-is 


-um 


D. 


aestati 


aestatibus 


obsidi obsidibus 


-i 


-ibus 


Ac. 


aestatem 


aestates 


obsidem obsides 


-em 


-es 


Ab. 


aestate 


aestatibus 


obside obsidibus 


-e 


-ibus 



THE THIRD DECLENSION 83 

143. The stem and base are the same in these nouns 
and are found by dropping any case ending except the 
nominative and vocative singular. Some consonant and 
vowel changes take place in forming the nominative, as : — 

1. A final -c or -g of the base unites with -s and forms -x ; 
due- + -s = dux ; leg- + -s = lex. 

2. A final -t or -d of the base is dropped before -s, and 
in many nouns of two syllables -i in the base is changed to 
-e in the nominative : obses from base obsid-. Note the 
progress of these changes : obsid-, obsids, obses. 

a. Decline: rex, regis, m., king; civitas, civitatis, f., 
state ; virtus, virtutis, f., manhood, bravery, stating stem 
and base in each instance. Learn these words. 

144. VOCABULARY 

Dumnorix, -lgis, m., Dum- angustus, -a, -um, narrow 

norix, a Gallic leader pono, -ere, posul, positus, 

Orgetorix, -lgis, m., Orget- set, place, pitch (of a 

orix, a Gallic leader camp) 

Rhenus, -1, m., the Rhine ita, adv., thus, so 

145. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Regi, regum, contra regem, cum clvitatibus, civi- 
tatum, cum civitate. 2. Prlncipes laudantur, monebun- 

tur, vocabantur. 3. Orgetorix Helvetiorum dux quondam 
erat. 4. Dumnorix bellum continenter gerit. 5. Agri- 
colae frumentum in oppida finitima Helvetiorum porta- 
bant. 6. Filius prlncipis castra in agris pulchris ponebat. 
7. Populus Romanus regi auxilium dabat. 8. Ita per 
angustas vias in latds agros principum contendebant. 
9. Ad Rhehum castra ponebat et multos milites convo- 
cabat. 



8 4 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



II. I. For the leaders, of the neighboring states, against 
Dumnorix, with the chiefs. 2. By (with) bravery, of the 
hostages, in the king's land, in a large state. 3. He 
warns the king, the son of the king is warned. 4. The 
camp was being pitched, the camp will be pitched. 
5. New standards and weapons will be given to the sons 
of the chiefs. 6. The sons of the leaders are preparing 




The Rhine. 



to pitch their camp in Gaul. 7. The king ordered the 
chiefs to free the soldiers from care. 



146. 



READING LESSON 



Helvetii sunt Celtarum fortissiml quod cum Germanis 
fere cotidianis proelils contendunt, et eos 1 saepe superant. 
Angustos finis 2 habent, qua de causa 3 nuntios ad Caesarem 

1 them. 2 borders. "for this reason. 



THE THIRD DECLENSION 



85 



mittunt qui dicunt : " Angustos finis habemus, ibi 1 rema- 
nere non possumus, 2 per provinciam in latos agros exlre 3 
volumus." 4 Helvetiorum dux quondam erat Orgetorlx, vir 
magnae gratiae 5 in clvitate. Coniurationem nobilitatis 
faciebat. 6 



LESSON 21 

THE THIRD DECLENSION, CONSONANT STEMS 

(Continued) 

147. Consonant stems which add no case ending in the 
nominative singular include nouns of all genders. The 
nominative, accusative, and vocative of neuters are alike 
in each number, and in the plural end in -a. 



148. 


legio, -onis, 


consul, -is, 


pater, patris, 






f., legion 


m., consul 


m., father 


Case 




Stem and 


Stem and 


Stem and 


Endings 




base legion- 


base consul 

Singular 


- base patr- 




N.V. 


legio 


consul 


pater 


— 


G. 


legionis 


consulis 


patris 


-is 


D. 


legioni 


consull 


patri 


-1 


Ac. 


legionem 


consulem 


patrem 


-em 


Ab. 


legione 


consule 

Plural 


patre 


-e 


N.V. 


legiones 


consules 


patres 


-es 


G. 


legionum 


consulum 


patrum 


-um 


D. 


legionibus 


c5nsulibus 


patribus 


-ibus 


Ac. 


legiones 


consules 


patres 


-es 


Ab. 


legionibus 


consulibus 


patribus 


-ibus 


1 


there. 2 we 


can. 


3 to go out. 




4 


we tvish. 5 of' 


r reat influence. 


6 he was making. 



86 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



flumen, -inis, 


corpus, -oris, 


genus, -eris, 




n., river 


n., body 


n., race 


Case 


Stem and 


Stem and 


Stem and 


Endings 


base flumin- 


base corpor- 


1 base gener- 1 




SlNGULAR 






N. V. flumen 


corpus 


genus 


— 


G. fluminis 


corporis 


generis 


-is 


D- flumini 


corpori 


generi 


-I 


Ac. flumen 


corpus 


genus 


— 


Ab. flumine 


corpore 

Plural 


genere 


-e 


N. V. flumina 


corpora 


genera 


-a 


G. fluminum 


corporum 


generum 


-um 


D. flu minibus 


corporibus 


generibus 


-ibus 


Ac. flumina 


corpora 


genera 


-a 


Ab. fluminibus 


corporibus 


generibus 


-ibus 


a. The stem and 


base are found 


by dropping 


the geni- 


tive case ending. I 


q what respect 


do these tables of case 


endings differ from those in Lesson 


20? Review 


forms in 


that lesson. 









149. Note carefully the following points : — 

1. Most masculine and feminine stems in -n drop this 
letter in the nominative singular and change the preced- 
ing vowel to -0; as, virgo, virginis, f., virgin, stem and 
base virgin-. 

2. Most neuters in -n retain this letter in the nominative 
singular and change a preceding -i to -e ; as, nomen, -inis, 
n., name, stem and base nomin-. Stems in -er and -or 
have -us in the nominative singular ; as, genus, -eris, n., 
race, stem and base gener-. 

1 These were originally -s stems. 



THE THIRD DECLENSION 



87 



3. Stems in -tr insert -e between t and r in the nomina- 
tive singular ; as, mater, -tris, f., motJier, stem and base 
matr-. 



150. 



VOCABULARY 



Caesar, -is, m., Caesar 
homo, -inis, m. and f., man, 

human being, person 
legatio, -onis, f., embassy 
nomen, -inis, n., name 
finitimus, -a, -um, neighbor- 
ing ; m. pi. as noun, 
• neighbors 



defendo, -ere, -1, -fensus, de- 
fend 
maneo, -ere, mansi, mansus, 

remain, await 
traduco, -ere, -duxl, -ductus, 

transport, lead or carry 
across, with two accusa- 
tives 



151. EXERCISES 

I. I. Hominum, hominibus, nomina, legation!, lega- 
tionum, consulis, flumina. 2. Legio- 
nem, legionis, patris, patrum, patrem, 
patribus, nominum. 3. Orgetorix lega- 
tionem ad finitimas clvitates mittet. 
4. Legatio ad multas clvitates Gallorum 
mittitur. 5. Homo bonus nomen 
patriae semper defendet. 6. Ita lega- 
tus copias flumen traducit. 7. Dux 
mllites e castris cotidie ducet. 8. C5n- 
sul legationes in oppida multorum homi- 
num mittebat. 9. Helveth angustos 
agros habebant. 

II. 1. The consuls, of the consuls, 
to (for) an embassy, near the river, near 
the rivers, of the deep rivers. 2. With 
men, for the father, for the legions, of the legions, of 




Roman Consul. 



88 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

many legions. 3. The men 1 were defending the town. 
4. The king was leading the forces of the state through 
the fields to the river. 5. The consul led the embassy 
of the states across the river Rhine. 6. Thus the con- 
suls always defended the name of the Roman people. 
7. Many races of men used to inhabit Gaul. 



LESSON 22 

THE FOURTH CONJUGATION — ACTIVE INDICATIVE, 
PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE TENSES — THE 
ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICATION 

152. All verbs whose present stem ends in -I belong to 
the fourth conjugation. 

audio, / hear; present stem audi- 
Principal Parts : audio, audire, audivi, auditus 

Present Tense 
Singular Plural 

1. audio, I hear, etc. audimus, we hear, etc. 

2. audls, you hear, etc. audltis, you hear, etc. 

3. andit, he hears, etc. audiunt, they hear, etc. 

Imperfect Tense 

1. audiebam, / was hearing, audiebamus, we were Jiear- 

etc. ing, etc. 

2. audiebas, you were Jiear- audiebatis, you were Jiear- 

ing, etc. ing, etc. 

3. audiebat, he was Jiear- audiebant, they were hear- 



ing, etc. 



Do not use homo. Why! 



THE FOURTH CONJUGATION 



8 9 



Future Tense 
Singular 
i. a.udiam, I shall hear, etc. 

2. audies, you will hear, etc. 

3. audiet, he will hear, etc. 



Plural 
audiemus, zue shall hear, etc. 
audietis, yon will hear, etc. 
audient, they will hear, etc. 



a. In the third person plural of the present tense -u is 
inserted before the personal ending, but in every other 




Ruins of Roman Bath. 

(Timgad, Algeria.) 

form of this tense the endings are added directly to the 
present stem, with the usual shortening of the stem vowel 
before -6, -t, and -nt. 

b. In the imperfect tense -e is inserted between the pres- 
ent stem and the tense sign -ba, with the regular shorten- 
ing of the stem vowel before another vowel. Otherwise 
the formation is the same as in the first and second con- 
jugations (75, 84). 



90 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

153. The future tense sign in the fourth conjugation (cf. 
118 a) is -a in the first person singular and -e in the other 
forms, with the usual shortening before final -m, -t, and -nt. 

a. Learn and inflect as above the following verbs of 
the fourth conjugation : — 

invenio, invenire, inveni, inventus, find 
munio, munire, munivi, munitus, fortify 
sentio, sentire, sensi, sensus, feel, perceive, know 
vincio, vincire, vinxi, vinctus, bind 

154. In the English sentence, The boy excels his master 
in valor, the word valor expresses the quality in which the 
boy excels, and is used as the object of the preposition. 
In the Latin translation, Puer magistrum virtute praestat, 
the same idea is expressed by the use of the ablative case 
without a preposition. 

155. Rule 

The Ablative of Specification. — The ablative without a 
preposition is nscd to express that in respect to which any- 
t J ling is or is do?ie. 

156. VOCABULARY 

amicitia, -ae, f., friendship infirmus, -a, -um, weak 

auctoritas, -atis, {., authority, conflrmo, -are, -avi, -atus, 

influence establish, fix 

coniuratio, -onis, i., conspiracy convenio, -ire, -veni, -ventus, 

nobilitas, -atis, f., nobility, come together, meet 

the nobles praesto, -are, -stiti, -stitus, 

pax, pads, f ., peace excel 

stat ura, -ae, f., statu re, height venio, -Ire, veni, venturus, 1 

(of a person) come 

1 Future active participle. When no perfect passive participle exists, 
the future active participle is put in the place of the fourth principal part. 



THE THIRD CONJUGATION 91 

157. EXERCISES 

I. I. Munit, muniunt, muniebat, muniebant. 2. Ve- 
niet, venietis, veniebas, veniebatis, venies. 3. Murum 
muniebamus, munietis, munimus, munitis. 4. Helvetii 
pacem et amicitiam cum multis clvitatibus conflrmabunt. 
5. Magister puerum auctoritate praestat 6. Milites Ro- 
mani Gallos virtute saepe praestant. 7. Constituimt 
cum tribunis in agro manere. 8. Vir puerum statura 
praestat. 9. Magnus corpore erat sed infirm us animo. 

II. I. I come, I shall come, we shall hear, you are 
hearing. 2. He fortifies, he will be fortifying, they 
were fortifying. 3. The boy does not excel the man in 
valor. 4. The Germans excel the Gauls in stature. 
5. We shall establish peace and friendship with the states 
of Gaul. 6. There was a conspiracy of the nobles in the 
state. 7. The Gauls were not tall (magni) in stature. 



LESSON 23 

THE THIRD CONJUGATION — VERBS IN -io — ACTIVE 
INDICATIVE, PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE 
TENSES — sum— THE DATIVE OF THE POSSESSOR 
— READING LESSON — WORD LIST III 

158. capio, I take, catch, capture ; present stem cape- 
Principal Parts : capio, capere, cepi, captus 

Present Tense 
Singular Plural 

i . capio, / take, etc. capimus, we take, etc. 

2. capis, you take, etc. capitis, you take, etc. 

3. capit, he takes, etc. capiunt, they take, etc. 



92 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

Imperfect Tense 
Singular Plural 

1. capiebam, Z zvas taking, capiebamus, we were taking, 

etc. etc. 

2. capiebas, you were tak- capiebatis, yon were taking, 

ing, etc. etc. 

3. capiebat, he was taking, capiebant, they were taking, 

etc. etc. 

Future Tense 

1. capiam, / shall take, capiemus, we shall take, etc. 

etc. 

2. capies, you will take, capietis, you will take, etc. 

etc. 

3. capiet, he will take, capient, they will take, etc. 

etc. 

a. In the above tenses capio is inflected like audio in 
the first person singular and third person plural of the 
present tense, and in the imperfect and future through- 
out ; but in the other forms it follows the inflection of 
rego (152, 118). 

b. Learn and inflect the following verbs, naming the 
present stem of each : — 

facio, facere, feci, factus, make, do 

conficio, conficere, confeci, conf ectus, finish, accomplish 

iacio, iacere, ieci, iactus, hurl, cast 

159. sum, I am ; present stem es- 

Principal Parts : sum, esse, fui, futurus (future active 

participle) 



THE VERB SUM, DATIVE OF POSSESSOR 93 

Present Tense 
Singular Plural 

1. sum, I am sumus, we are 

2. es, you are estis, you are 

3. est, he is sunt, they are 

Imperfect Tense 

1. eram, I was eramus, we were 

2. eras, you were eratis, you were 

3. erat, he was erant, they were 

Future Tense 

1. ero, / shall be erimus, we shall be 

2. eris, you will be eritis, you will be 

3. erit, he will be erunt, they will be 

a. Learn the conjugation of this verb thoroughly. It 
occurs very frequently as a principal verb and is used in 
the conjugation of certain passive forms. 

160. In English we may express the idea of possession 
by using the verb have, with an object denoting the thing 
possessed ; as, The soldier had a sword. In Latin we may 
do the same, Miles gladium habebat, or we may express the 
idea as follows : Militi erat gladius, which literally trans- 
lated reads, TJiere was a sword to the soldier. Here the 
word denoting the possessor goes into the dative case, 
while the name of the object possessed is in the nomi- 
native. 

161. Rule 

The Dative of the Possessor. — The dative case is used 
with sum and similar verbs to denote the possessor. The 
name of the object possessed is in the nominative case. 



94 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

162. VOCABULARY 

mos, moris, m. , custom, manner renovo, -are, -avi, -atus, renew 
profectio, -onis, f., departure -que, enclitic (14, 4) conj., 
prlvatus, -a, -um, private and, always attached to 

incendo, -ere, -1, -census, set the second of the two 
011 fire words which it connects 

sed, conj., but 

163. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Facimus, faciebamus, faciemus, facient. 2. Con- 
ficiet, conficitis, iacies, iacietis, iaciet, iaciebant. 3. Viro 
erant multl amid. 4. Helvetiis erat via per provinciam. 
5. Multae hastae et scuta militibus populi Roman! in cas- 
tris erant. 6. Pax atque amicitia cum finitimis clvitatibus 
renovabuntur. 7. Helvetii oppida aedificiaque privata 
incendebant. 8. Casticus coniurationem nobilitatis in 
civitate faciebat. 

II. 1. They were making, they will be making, he 
will finish, the war will be renewed. 2. I was doing, he is 
finishing, they do finish, they will capture, I was capturing. 
3. The town had a wall and a ditch (two ways). 4. Orget- 
orix decides to make a conspiracy of the nobles because he 1 
has many friends. 5. The Helvetians were renewing peace 
with their neighbors. 6. Dumnorix did not excel Orgetorix 
in valor. 7. The tribunes of the soldiers had weapons. 
8. They are setting on fire the buildings of their towns. 

164. Reading Lesson 

Helvetii auctoritate Orgetorigis permoti 2 frumentum et 
carros et iumenta comparare constituunt et pacem amiciti- 
amque cum proximis clvitatibus confirmare. Profectionem 

1 el, lit., to him, dat. of the possessor (160, 161). 2 influenced. 



WORD LIST III 



.95 







■ ■'. Pi 

, HI % ' k j 


Vv'lfl 


-** 




HKwfl 


H <2 



in tertium annum 1 conflrmant et Orgetorlgem ducem deli- 
gunt. Oppidaet aedificia incendunt. Dumnorix, prlnceps 
civitatis, et Casticus Orgetorigi auxilium dant. 

1 for the third year. 



165. 


WORD LIST III 






aestas 


consul 


iacio 


nobilitas 


-que 


amlcitia 


convenio 


incendo 


nomen 


renovo 


angustus 


corpus 


invenio 


obses 


rex 


auctoritas 


defendo 


ita 


Orgetorix 


Rhenus 


audio 


Dumnorix 


legatio 


pater 


sentio 


Caesar 


dux 


legio 


pax 


statura 


capio 


facio 


lex 


pono 


sum 


clvitas 


finitimus 


maneo 


praestd 


traduco 


conficio 


flumen 


miles 


prlnceps 


venio 


con firm 6 


genus 


mos 


privatus 


vincio 


coniuratio 


homo 


muni5 


profectio 


virtus 




Mural Paintings at Pompeii. 



96 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

LESSON 24 

THE THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS — PASSIVE 
INDICATIVE, PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE 
TENSES— THE ABLATIVE OF THE PERSONAL AGENT 
— REVIEW OF FORMS IN LESSON 12 

166. regor, / am ruled or being ruled ; present stem rege- 
Principal Parts : regor, regl, rectus sum 

Present Tense 
Singular Plural 

1. regor, I am ruled, etc. regimur, we are ruled, etc. 

2. regeris (-re), you are regiminl, you are ruled, etc. 

ruled, etc. 

3. regitur, he is rided, etc. reguntur, they are ruled, etc. 

Imperfect Tense 

1. regebar, / was being regebamur, we were being 

ruled, etc. ruled, etc. 

2. regebaris (-re), you were regebamini, you zvere being 

being ruled, etc. ruled, etc. 

3. regebatur, he was being regebantur, they were being 

ruled, etc. ruled, etc. 

Future Tense 

1. regar, I shall be ruled regemur, zve shall be ruled 

2. regeris (-re), you will be regemini, you will be ruled 

ruled 

3. regetur, he will be ruled regentur, they will be ruled 



THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS 97 

audior, I ant heard ox being heard ; present stem audi- 
Principal Parts : audior, audirl, auditus sum 

Present Tense 
Singular Plural 

1. audior, I am heard, etc. audlmur, we are heard, etc. 

2. audiris (-re), you are audlmini, you are heard, etc. 

heard, etc. 

3. auditur, he is Jieard, etc. audiuntur, tJiey are heard, etc. 

Imperfect Tense 

1. audiebar, / was being audiebamur, we were being 

heard, etc. heard, etc. 

2. audiebaris (-re), you were audiebamini, yoti were being 

being heard, etc. heard, etc. 

3. audiebatur, he was being audiebantur, they were being 

heard, etc. heard, etc. 

Future Tense 

1. audiar, / shall be heard audiemur, we shall be heard 

2. audieris (-re), you will audiemini, you will be heard 

be Jieard 

3. audietur, he will be heard audientur, they will be heard 

a. In the passive voice, the imperfect and future of the 
third and fourth conjugations, and the present of the 
fourth conjugation, are formed in the same way as in the 
active, except that they use the passive personal endings. 
The second person singular present of the third conjuga- 
tion is irregular, retaining the -e of the stem instead of 
changing it to -i : regeris, not regiris. 

167. In the sentence, Caesar calls the soldiers together, 
Caesar is the doer of the act expressed by the verb. 



9 8 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



This is turned into Latin by Caesar milites convocat, 
with the doer or agent of the action in the nominative 
case. If the sentence is changed to the passive, it be- 
comes, The soldiers are called together by Caesar, Milites 
a Caesare convocantur. Here the di- 
rect object, milites, becomes the sub- 
ject in the passive, and the original 
subject, Caesar, the agent of the action, 
is in the ablative case with the prep- 
osition a or ab. 

a. Compare this use of the ablative 
with the ablative of means or instru- 
ment which, in Latin, is always used 
without a preposition (136-137). 




168. 



Rule 



Roman Peasant. 



The Ablative of the Personal Agent. 

— The voluntary agent of an action 
is expressed with passive verbs by the ablative with a 
or ab. 



169. 



VOCABULARY 



re- 



castellum, -I, n., fortress, 
doubt 

equus, -I, m., horse 

fruges, -um, f. pi., produce, 
fruits (of the field) 

praesidium, praesidi, n., 
guard, garrison, protec- 
tion 



creber, -bra, -brum, frequent, 
numerous 

dispono, -ere, -posui, -posi- 
tus, set, place 

impedio, -Ire, -Ivi, -Itus, hin- 
der, impede 

Instruo, -ere, -struxi, -struc- 
tus, draw up, form 



ABLATIVE OF PERSONAL AGENT 99 

terre6,-ere,-ui,-itus,/rz^/zte/z, neque, conj., and not, pre- 
terrify ferred to et non, unless a 

cur, adv., why single word is negatived 

170. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Munimur, muniebamur, regeris, disponitur, dis- 
ponuntur, disponentur. 2. Munitur, munietur, munien- 
tur, munlris, munire {two ways), audiemini, mimiebantur. 
3. A militibus, a prlncipe, ab 1 agrls, a Caesare, scuto, 
gladio, ab amlc5. 4. Fruges ab agrls in castra a militi- 
bus portantur. 5. Castella ad castra a militibus mu- 
nientur. 6. Copiae a ducibus Instruentur et ad castra 
disponentur. 7. Crebris proeliis Galli a Caesare super- 
antur. 8. Equi in via impediuntur, 
neque in castra venient. 

II. 1. We were hindered, I shall 
be hindered, they are being hindered. 
2. He will be heard, you will be seen, I 
shall be called, they will be ruled, they 
were being led out. 3. By Caesar, 
by the leader, by the lieutenants, by 
a spear, by laws. 4. Redoubts 
were defended by the soldiers, the 
horses were frightened by the battle. 

5. The children were frightened by 
the swords and spears of the Gauls. 

6. The children were frightened by 

the Gauls. 7. The troops will be 

Roman General. 
drawn up by the lieutenants and led 

against the walls of the town. 8. Garrisons will be placed 

by Caesar and will defend the walls of the camp. 

1 Note that a or ab may mean from as well as by. 




100 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

LESSON 25 

THE THIRD CONJUGATION — VERBS IN -io — PASSIVE 
INDICATIVE, PRESENT, IMPERFECT, AND FUTURE 
TENSES — SYNOPSES 

171. capior, I am taken; present stem cape- 
Principal Parts : capior, cap!, 1 captus sum 

Present Tense 
Singular Plural 

1. capior, I am taken, etc. capimur, we are taken, etc. 

2. caperis (-re), you are capimini, you are taken, etc. 

taken, etc. capiuntur, they are taken, 

3. capitur, he is taken, etc. etc. 

Imperfect Tense 

1. capiebar, / was being capiebamur, we were being 

taken, etc. taken, etc. 

2. capiebaris (-re), you were capiebamini, you were being 

being taken, etc. taken, etc. 

3. capiebatur, he was being capiebantur, they were being 

taken, etc. taken, etc. 

Future Tense 

1. capiar, I shall be taken capiemur, we shall be taken 

2. capieris (-re), you will be capiemini, you will be taken 

taken 

3. capietur, he will be taken capientur, they will be taken 

a. In capior the first person singular and the third 
person plural, also the entire imperfect and future, are 

1 In the third conjugation the Present Passive Infinitive may always be 
formed by changing -e of the stem to -1. 



SYNOPSIS OF CONJUGATIONS 



IOI 



inflected like audior, but the rest of the forms are like 
regor (166). 

b. Inflect in the passive : munio, iacio, and duco, and 
compare the written forms of each with the others. 

Note. — We have now carried the regular verbs through the four 
conjugations — active and passive — in the present, imperfect, and 
future tenses of the indicative mood, and through the present infinitive, 
active and passive. These forms are all built on the present stem 
and are said to belong to the present system. 



172. 


Table 


of Partial 


Synopsis 


of the Four 






Conjugations 








I 




11 


Pres. Inf. 


Act. 


vocare 




monere 




Pass. 


vocari 




moneri 


Ind. Pres. 


Act. 


voco 




moneo 




Pass. 


vocor 




moneor 


Imperf. 


Act. 


vocabam 




monebam 




Pass. 


vocabar 




monebar 


Fut. 


Act. 


vocabo 




monebo 




Pass. 


vocabor 


ill 


monebor 

IV 


Pres. Inf. 


Act. 


regere 


capere audlre 




Pass. 


regi 


cap! 


audiri 


Ind. Pres. 


Act. 


rego 


capio 


audio 




Pass. 


regor 


capior audior 


Imperf. 


Act. 


regebam 


capiebam audiebam 




Pass. 


regebar 


capiebar audiebar 


Fut. 


Act. 


regam 


capiam audiam 




Pass. 


regar 


capiar audiar 






173. A synopsis of a verb is a table 
forms in the same voice, person, and 



containing verb 
number carried 



102 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



through each tense of each mood. It includes also the 
infinitives and participles in each voice and tense, though 
these have neither person nor number. 

a. Write a synopsis in both voices of laudo, video, duco, 
iacio, and munio. In doing this follow the table in 172. 




So-called Wall of Romulus. 



174. 



Vocabulary 



beneficium, benefici, n., kind- 

ness i favor 
malum, -I, n., evil thing, 

misfortune 
regnum, -I, n., kingdom 
iustus, -a, -um, just, right 



accedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus, 

approach, draw near 
adficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, 

affect, visit 
vinco, -ere, vici, victus, con- 
quer, overcome 



tamen, conj., yet, nevertheless 



THE THIRD DECLENSION 103 

I75. EXERCISES 

I. I. Caperis, impedietur, impediuntur, impediris, 
armantur. 2. Capiuntur, capimini, capiebamur, capie- 
bantur, capiar, capieris. ' 3. Geritur, gerunt, gerent, 
gerebat, faciet, faciebas, facient, faciunt. 4. Faciam, 
fades, vincltur, vincitur, vincientur, vincentur, vincar. 
5. Vinceris, vincimini, vincieminl, adficietur malo, bene- 
ficio adficiebatur. 6. Iustus erat et bonus, tamen mal5 
magno adficiebatur. 

II. 1. I shall capture, you will accomplish, they will 
make, we shall be affected, he will be captured. 2. We are 
being hindered, you were being affected, they will be visited 
with kindness. 3. Javelins were hurled, will be hurled, 
are being hurled, misfortune approaches. 4. We were 
not frightened by the war of the Gauls. 5. The lieu- 
tenants were not hindered by the danger of war. 6. The 
bravest men are often visited with misfortune. 



LESSON 26 

THE THIRD DECLENSION, I-STEMS — THE ABLATIVE 
OF ACCOMPANIMENT — READING LESSON 

176. Nouns having i-stems differ in some respects from 
consonant stems. These differences must be learned and 
recognized quickly in order to enable one to use this class 
of nouns properly. 

177. I-stems. — These stems include : — 

1. Nouns in -is or -es, having the same number of syl- 
lables in the nominative and genitive singular ; as, civis, 



104 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



-is, m., citizen, stem clvi- ; caedes, -is, f., slaughter, stem 
caedi-. 

2. Nouns in -ns and -rs ; as, cliens, -entis, m., client, 
stem clienti- ; cohors, -ortis, f., cohort, stem cohorti-. 

3. Nouns of one syllable in -s or -x following a con- 
sonant; as, mons, montis, m., mountain, stem monti- ; falx, 
falcis, f., sickle, stem falci-, 

4. Neuters in -al, -ar, and -e; as, vectigal, -alis, n., tax, 
stem vectlgali- ; calcar, -aris, n., spur, stem calcari- ; 
mare, -is, n., sea, stem mari-. 

Note. — A few nouns in -s or -x preceded by a vowel belong to this 
class; mus, muris, m. or f., mouse, stem muri- ; nox, noctis, f., night, 
stem nocti-. 

In these nouns the base is found by dropping the ending 
of the genitive singular, the stem by dropping the -s of the 
genitive singular ; clvis, civis, base civ-, stem clvi-. 

Learn the words above in 1-4. 



178. 





hostis, ■ 


-is, 


nubes, -is, 






m. and f., enemy 


f., cloud 


Case 




Stem hosti-, 


Stem nubi-, 


Endlngs 




base host- 


base nub- 






SlNG. 


PL. 


SlNG. PL. 


Sing. Pl. 
Masc. and Fem. 


N.V. 


hostis 


hostes 


nubes nubes 


•is,-es, -es 


G. 


hostis 


hostium 


nubis nubium 


-is -ium 


D. 


host! 


hostibus 


nubi nubibus 


-i -ibus 


Ac. 


hostem 


hostis(-es) 


nubem nubis(-es) 


-em -is, -es 


Ab. 


hoste(- 


i) hostibus 


nube nubibus 


-e (-1) -ibus 



THE THIRD DECLENSION 



105 








animal, 


-is, 


sedlle, -is, 






n., animal 


n., seat 


Case 




Stem animali-, 


Stem sedlli-, 


Endings 




base animal- 


base sedil- 






SlNG. 


PL. 


SlNG. PL. 


Sing. Pl. 

Neut. 


N.V. 


animal 


animalia 


sedlle sedilia 


-, -e -ia 


G. 


animalis 


animalium sedilis sedilium 


-is -ium 


D. 


animali 


animalibus sedlli sedilibus 


-1 -ibus 


Ac. 


animal 


animalia 


sedlle sedilia 


-, -e -ia 


AS. 


animali 


animalibus sedill sedilibus 


-I -ibus 




urbs, urbis, 


nox, noctis, 






f., city 


f., night 






Stem urbi-, 


Stem nocti-, 






base 


urb- 


base noct- 






Sing. 


Pl. 


SlNG. PL. 


Sing. Pl. 
Fern. 


N.V. 


urbs 


urbes 


nox noctes 


-s -es 


G. 


urbis 


urbium 


noctis noctium 


-is -ium 


D. 


urbi 


urbibus 


nocti noctibus 


-I -ibus 


Ac. 


urbem 


urbis (-es) 


noctem noctis (-es) 


•em -Is, -es 


Ab. 


urbe 


urbibus 


nocte noctibus 


-e -ibus 



a. Decline : clvis, cohors, mons, falx, and vectlgal. 

specifications of these nouns see 177, 1-4. 



For 



179. Some nouns have special endings in the singular : — 

1. Accusative in -im : names of cities and rivers in -is. 

2. Accusative in -im or -em : navis, turris. 

3. Ablative in -1 or -e : avis, clvis, collis, finis, ignis, 
navis, turris. 

4. Ablative in -I : neuters in -al, -ar, -e. 



io6 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



180. Examine the following : — 

i. In provinciam multis cum civibus venit, he comes into 
tlie province with many citizens. 

2. In castra multis militibus contendit, he hastens into 
the camp with many soldiers. 





^^-acqi 










ai 




sflH H**™ ' ■ gi*^ m 




- 


j— 






WMSbTT' , " ^§*S53p 






jjfc**"* 


^^fei^.» ? 






^ 












1^3 



Junction of the Rhone and the Arve. 

3. In castra cum multis militibus contendit, he hasten: 
into the camp with many soldiers. 



181. 



Rule 



The Ablative of Accompaniment. — The ablative with 
cum is used to express accompaniment, but in military 
phrases > especially when there is a qualifying adjective, cum 
may be omitted. 



ABLATIVE OF ACCOMPANIMENT 107 

182. VOCABULARY 

civis, -is, m. and f., citizen occupo, -are, -avl, -atus, seize, 
collis, -is, m., kill occupy 

finis, -is, m., end, limit; pi, recuso, are, -avl, -atus, refuse 

territory ubi, adv., where, when, 
ignis, -is, m., fire where? when? 

mare, -is, n., sea autem, postpositive 1 conj., 
navis, -is, f., ship but, however 

turris, -is, f., tower 

183. EXERCISES 

I. 1. In finis, ad civis, in finibus Helvetiorum, cum 
hostibus, sub colle, in navibus. 2. Noraen civis, nomina 
civium, praesidia hostium, in finis finitimorum. 3. Hostes 
oppida occupant et praesidia disponunt. 4. Castra ab hos- 
tibus occupantur et praesidia disponuntur. 5. Casticus 
multis militibus in oppida hostium veniebat. 6. In finis 
finitimorum veniet et castra muniet. 7. Multae naves 
ad oram maritimam veniebant. 8. Regnum occupabit 
quod multis cohortibus in terram venit. 

II. 1. Into the territory of the enemy, with the leaders 
of the citizens, the names of the ships. 2. He comes with 2 
his friends, he fights with 2 his sword. 3. The leaders 
of the enemy will send ambassadors concerning 3 peace. 
4. The lieutenant seized a town but did not place a garrison 
in the tower. 5. Where will the ships of the enemy be 
seen ? 

184. Reading Lesson 

Erat iter angustum per finis Sequanorum, inter montem 
Iuram et flumen Rhodanum. Erat per provinciam quoque 

1 A postpositive word is always placed after one or more words in its clause. 

2 Force of this word? 3 de with the ablative. 



108 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

iter. Helvetil e finibus exire 1 constituunt et per pro- 
vinciam copias educere. Ubi Caesar hoc 2 audit, properat 
ab urbe et in Galliam venit. Helvetiis iter 3 per provinciam 
recusat et murum ad montem Iuram perducit. Turn prae- 
sidium disponit et castra communit. 



LESSON 27 

REVIEW OF THE THIRD DECLENSION — TWO ACCU- 
SATIVES—ADJECTIVES USED AS NOUNS — CLASSES OF 
SENTENCES 

185. Make a careful review of the third declension, 
Lessons 20, 21, 26. Decline nouns in the vocabularies of 
these lessons. 

186. The following sentences show a use like the 
English : — 

1 . Urbem Romam appellant, they call the city Rome. 

2. Urbs Roma appellatur, the city is called Rome. 

a. Note the two accusatives with the active voice of a 
verb of calling and the two nominatives with the passive 
voice of the same verb (97, 2). 

187. Rule 

Two Accusatives. — Verbs of calling, naming, appointing, 
and the like take two accusatives in the active voice, and in 
the passive two nominatives^ one a subject and the other a 
predicate. 

1 to go out. 2 this. 3 right-of-way. 



TWO ACCUSATIVES, ADJECTIVES AS NOUNS 109 

188. In the English sentences : — 

I. The brave are praised, 2. We compare the great 
with the small, the expression the brave means brave men, 
the great means great things, and the small means small 
thijigs ; that is, adjectives are used as nouns. 




Early Germans. 



In the Latin translation: 1. Fortes laudantur, and 
2. Magna cum parvis comparamus, the same use of the 
adjective is seen. 

189. Rule 

Adjectives as Nouns. — Plural adjectives are quite freely 
used as nouns, the masculine to denote persons, the neuter to 
denote things. 

Note. — This use occurs sometimes in the singular. 



IIO A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

190. Classification of Sentences. — Sentences are clas- 
sified as simple, compound, and complex. 

a. A simple sentence makes a single statement and has 
one subject and one predicate ; as, The mind grows strong 
by use. 

b. A compound sentence contains two or more state- 
ments of equal rank ; as, The Germans advance and the 
G aids flee. 

c. A complex sentence has an independent statement 
with one or more statements depending upon it. The 
separate parts of a complex sentence are called clauses. 
The name Principal may be given to the independent 
and Subordinate to the dependent clause. In the com- 
plex sentence, The Gauls are frightened because the Ger- 
mans are advancing, the principal clause is, tJie Gauls are 
frightened, and the subordinate clause, because the Germans 
are advancing. Subordinate clauses are introduced by 
conjunctions denoting cause, time, place, and by other 
words to be specified later. 

191. VOCABULARY 

catena, -ae, f., chain parvus, -a, -um, little, small 

German!, -orum, m. pi., the abstineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus, 

Germans refrain from 

inimicus, -a, -um, unfriendly, pervenio, -Ire, -veni, -ven- 

hostile ; as a noun, enemy turus, come through, ar- 

( personal), foe rive 

necesse, indecl. adj., neces- fortiter, adv., bravely 

sary circum, prep, with ace, 
necesse est, it is necessary, around, about 

often with an inf. as sub- sine, prep, with abl., with- 

ject out 



ADJECTIVES OF THIRD DECLENSION in 

I92. EXERCISES 

I. I. Sine iniuria maleficioque, in inimlca parte urbis, 
sub monte. 2. Necesse est in urbem pervenire quod 
nostrl ibi sunt. 3. Milites in castra cotidie veniunt quod 
dux inimlcus cum multis ad oppidum contendit. 4. Non 
est iustum magna cum parvis comparare. 5. Nostros 
hostis appellant quod multis cohortibus in terram veniunt. 
6. Consul regem virtute praestat quod cotidianis proelils 
contendit. 7. Fortiter contendunt et hostis superant. 
8. Necesse est inimicos beneficio vincere. 

II. 1. They call the men foes and bind them with 
chains. 2. It is not necessary to cast our foes into 
chains. 3. The chief of the little state will defend the 
land because it is his native country. 4. He will come 
without danger with our men to the high mountains. 
5. He was a citizen of a small state, but he was making 
a great conspiracy. 

a. Name classes of sentences in the above exercises. 



LESSON 28 

ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION — THE PRES- 
ENT PARTICIPLE — READING LESSON — WORD LIST IV 

193. All adjectives except the classes already consid- 
ered (Lessons 16, 19) belong to the third declension and 
have in the nominative singular either one, two, or three 
endings. 

194. Adjectives of Three Terminations. — In the nom- 
inative singular of this class of adjectives, masculines end 



112 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



in -er, feminines in -is, and neuters in -e. In all genders 
they have -I in the ablative singular and -ium in the geni- 
tive plural. Masculines and feminines have either -Is 
or -es in the accusative plural. Neuters have -ia in the 
nominative, accusative, and vocative plural. They are i- 
stems. 

acer, acris, acre, keen, sharp ; stem acri-, base acr- 

SlNGULAR 
Masc. Fern. Neut. 

N. V. acer acris acre 

G. acris acris acris 

D. acri acri acri 

Ac. acrem acrem acre 

Ab. acri acri acri 





Plural 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


acres 


acres 


acria 


acrium 


acrium 


acrium 


acribus 


acribus 


acribus 



acris (-es) acris (-es) acria 
acribus acribus acribus 



195. Adjectives of Two Terminations. — These have 
but one form for the masculine and feminine. They are 
i-stems. 

facilis, facile, easy ; stem facili-, base f acil- 

Masc. and Fern. Neut. Masc. and Fern. Neut. 

N. V. facilis facile 

G. facilis facilis 

D. facili facili 

Ac. facilem facile 

Ab. facili facili 



faciles 


facilia 


facilium 


facilium 


facilibus 


facilibus 


facilis (-es) 


facilia 


facilibus 


facilibus 



196. Adjectives of One Termination. — These adjectives 
have but one ending for all genders in the nominative 
singular. They were originally consonant stems, but have 
taken on forms of i-stems in the plural and largely in the 
ablative singular. They have one more syllable in the 



PRESENT PARTICIPLE 



113 



genitive singular than they have in the nominative, while 
the preceding two classes have the same number of sylla- 
bles in both cases. 

ferax, m., f., and n., fertile ; stem feraci-, base ferae- 



Singular 


Plural 


Masc. and Fern. 


Neut. 


Masc. and Fern. Neut. 


N. V. ferax 


ferax 


feraces feracia 


G. feracis 


feracis 


feracium feracium 


D. feraci 


feraci 


feracibus feracibus 


Ac. feracem 


ferax 


feracis (-es) feracia 


Ab. feraci (-e) 


feraci (-e) 


feracibus feracibus 



197. The Present Participle. — The participle, as has 
been seen (64), has the nature of a verb and an adjec- 
tive. The present participle is formed by adding -ns to 
the present stem, but verbs of the fourth conjugation in- 
sert -e before -ns. Verbs in -io of the third conjugation 
change -e of the stem to -i and insert -e before -ns. The 
vowel preceding this ending is always long. 



Conj. 


Pres. Ind. 


Pres. Stem 


Nom. 


Gen. 


I. 


voco 


voca- 


vocans 


vocantis 


II. 


mone5 


raone- 


monens 


monentis 


III. 


rego 


rege- 


regens 


regentis 




capio 


cape- 


capiens 


capientis 


IV. 


audio 


audi- 


audiens 


audientis 



198. The present participle is declined like an adjective 
of the third declension with one ending, but has the abla- 
tive singular in -e unless used as an adjective, in which 
case it has -1. It agrees in gender, number, and case with 
the noun to which it belongs. 



114 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



vocans, vocantis, calling ; stem vocanti-, base vocant- 





Singular 




Plural 




Masc. and Fern. 


Neut. 


Mwsc. and Fern. 


Neut. 


N.V. 


vocans 


vocans 


vocantes 


vocantia 


G. 


vocantis 


vocantis 


vocantium 


vocantium 


D. 


vocanti 


vocanti 


vocantibus 


vocantibus 


Ac. 


vocantem 


vocans 


vocantis (-es) 


vocantia 


Ab. 


vocante (-1) 


vocante (-i) 


vocantibus 


vocantibus 



199. Study the following : — 

1. Caesar virum videns laetus erat, Caesar was glad 
(upon) seeing the man. 

2. Permotus frumenti inopia Caesar in Italiam venit, 

alarmed by the lack of grain Caesar comes into Italy. 

Notice the resemblance in the above to the English use. 



200. 



VOCABULARY 



hiberna, -orum, n. pi., winter omnis, -e, all, every 



quarters 
iter, itineris, n., road, march, 

journey 
pars, partis, f., part 
pons, pontis, m., bridge 
Rhodanus, -i, m., the Rhone 
Sequani, -orum, m. pi., the 

Sequani or Sequanians 
audax, gen. -acis, bold 



pertineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus, ex- 
tend, pertaiji 

ibi, adv., there 

turn, adv., at that time, then 

inter, prep, with ace, be- 
tween, among 

neque . . . neque, correlative 
conj., 7ieither . . . nor 



201. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Erat iter facile inter montem Iuram et flumen 
Rhodanum. 2. Caesar milites amlcos appellat et a ml- 
litibus amicus appellatur. 3. Caesar nostros ad pontem 



PRESENT PARTICIPLE 



115 



convocat ; Caesar iubet nostros ad pontem convenire. 
4. Per finis Sequanorum cum magna parte civium ad 
montem contendit. 5. Per vias facilis omnes milites ad 
montem altum ducebantur. 6. Dux legatos audiens dicit, 
" Necesse est oppida hostium capere." 7. Obsides ad 
castra mittentes pacem amicitiamque cum bostibus con- 
formant. 




Winter Quarters. 

(Column of Trajan ) 



II. i. The wall will extend from a part of the moun- 
tain to the camp. 2. The Helvetii will decide to hasten 
from winter quarters to the towns of the enemy. 3. All 
parts of the city between the river and the mountain were 
being seized by fierce soldiers. 4. The soldiers are bold 
but they will not make a march into the cities of the enemy. 
5. Calling his soldiers friends he led (them) into battle. 

202. Reading Lesson 

Itaque Helvetii per Sequanorum finis iter facere con- 
stituunt. Caesar autem in Italiam contendit et ibi duas 
novas legion es conscribit et tris ab hibernis ducit. Cum 



n6 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



iis 1 qirinque legionibus per Alpes in Galliam iter facit. 
Helvetii interea per finis Sequanorum copias traducunt et 
agros Aeduorum 2 vastant. 



203. 


WORD 


LIST IV 




abstineo 


cur 


iustus 


pons 


accedo 


dispono 


malum 


praesidium 


acer 


equus 


mare 


recuso 


adficio 


facilis 


mons 


regnum 


animal 


ferax 


navis 


Rhodanus 


audax 


finis 


necesse 


Roma 


autem 


fortiter 


neque 


sedile 


beneficium 


fruges 


neque . . 


neque Sequani 


caedes 


GermanI 


nox 


sine 


castellum 


hiberna 


nubes 


terreo 


catena 


hostis 


occupo 


turn 


circum 


ignis 


omnis 


turris 


civis 


impedio 


pars 


ubi 


cliens 


inimicus 


parvus 


urbs 


cohors 


instruo 


pertine5 


vectigal 


collis 


inter 


pervenio 


vinco 


creber 


iter 








LESSON 29 





THE FIRST CONJUGATION — ACTIVE INDICATIVE, PER- 
FECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE PERFECT TENSES 
— THE ABLATIVE AND GENITIVE OF DESCRIPTION 

204. Tenses of Completed Action : 

1. The Perfect. — a. The sentence, / have called, ex- 
presses the act of calling as beginning in the past and 

1 these. 2 of the Aedui. 



TENSES OF COMPLETED ACTION 117 

ending in the present. It is translated by the perfect 
tense of voco, vocavi. This use of the perfect is called 
the Perfect Definite because it expresses the completion 
of an act at a definite time. 

b. The sentence, I called, means that the act of calling 
took place at some indefinite time in the past. It is trans- 
lated into Latin by the same form as in a, and is called the 
Perfect Indefinite or Perfect Historical. Hence we see 
that in Latin there are two distinct uses of the perfect 
tense, to be carefully distinguished from each other in 
meaning. Note also the difference between the perfect 
in its two uses and the imperfect (77). 

2. The Pluperfect. — The sentence, / had called, vo- 
caveram, means that the act of calling was completed in 
past time. This tense is called the Pluperfect and corre- 
sponds to the English Past Perfect. 

3. The Future Perfect. — The sentence, / shall have 
called, vocavero, expresses the act of calling as completed 
in future time. This tense, as in English, is called the 
Future Perfect. 

205. The Perfect Stem. — The perfect stem in all the 
conjugations is most easily found by dropping final -1 of 
the third principal part, as : — 

voco, vocare, vocavi ; perfect stem vocav- 
moneo, monere, monul ; perfect stem monu- 
rego, regere, rexi ; perfect stem rex- 
capio, capere, cepi ; perfect stem cep- 
audio, audire, audivi ; perfect stem audiv- 

a. The perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative 
active and the perfect active infinitive are built upon the 
perfect stem. 



Il8 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

206. Latin verbs have special personal endings for the 
perfect tense. 

Singular Plural 

1. -I, I -imus, we 

2. -istl, you (one person) -istis, you (two or more 

persons) 

3. -it, he, she, it -erunt, -ere, they 

a. The perfect tense is formed by adding these endings 
to the perfect stem. 

207. voco, vocare, vocavl, vocatus ; perfect stem, vocav- ; 
perfect infinitive, vocavisse. 

Perfect Tense 

Singular Plural 

1. vocavl, / called or have vocavimus, we called, etc. 

called 1 

2. vocavisti, you called, etc. vocavistis, you called, etc. 

3. vocavit, he called, etc. vocaverunt (vocavere), they 

called, etc. 

Pluperfect Tense 

1. vocaveram, / had called 2 vocaveramus, we had called 

2. vocaveras,j0// had called vocaveratis, you had called 

3. vocaverat, he had called vocaverant, they had called 

Future Perfect Tense 

1. vocavero, / shall have vocaverimus, we shall have 

called 3 called 

2. vocaveris, you will have vocaveritis, you will have 

called called 

3. vocaverit, he will have vocaverint, they will have 

called called 

1 Also have been calling. 2 Or had been calling. 3 Or shall have been calling. 



ERFECT 


Future Perfect 


PL. 


Sing. Pl. 


fueramus 


fuero fuerimus 


fueratis 


fueris fueritis 


fuerant 


fuerit fuerint 



PERFECT STEM AND INFINITIVE 119 

208. sum, esse, fui, futurus ; perfect stem, fu- ; perfect 
infinitive, fuisse. 

Perfect Plu 

Sing. Pl. Sing. 

i. fui fuimus fueram 

2. fuisti fuistis fueras 

3. fuit f uerunt (-ere) f uerat 

209. a. The perfect has no tense sign ; the endings 
are added directly to the perfect stem. 

b. The tense sign of the pluperfect is -era. This tense 
may be formed very conveniently by adding eram, etc., the 
imperfect of sum, to the perfect stem. 

c. The tense sign of the future perfect is -eri. This 
tense may conveniently be formed by adding ero, etc., the 
future of sum, to the perfect stem, except that in the third 
person plural the form is -erint instead of -erunt. 

210. The Perfect Infinitive. — This form is made by add- 
ing -isse to the perfect stem : vocav- -f -isse = vocavisse, to 
have called ; fu- + -isse = fuisse, to have been. 

All forms built upon the perfect stem belong to the 
Perfect System. 

a. Write a synopsis of laudo and propero in the perfect 
system, active, referring to 172 for a model. Include in 
this the perfect infinitive. 

211. Examine the following : — 

1 . Orgetorix erat vir magna auctoritate, Orgetorix zvas a 
man of great authority. 

2. Filiae agricolae erant bono animo, the daughters of the 

farmer were of good disposition. 



120 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

In i auctoritate has magna in agreement with it and is 
used to describe vir ; in 2 bono animo is used in the same 
way as magna auctoritate except that it is in the predicate. 

212. Rule 

The Ablative of Description or Quality. — The ablative 
with an adjective in agreement zvith it is used to describe a 
noun or to express some quality belonging to it. 

Note. — In descriptive expressions of measure the genitive, 
not the ablative, is used ; as, murus quindecim pedum, a wall of fifteen 
feet. In descriptions of physical characteristics the ablative is used. 
Other descriptive phrases may have either the ablative or the genitive. 

213. VOCABULARY 

Dlvico, -onis, m., Divico, a concido, -ere, -I, -cisus, kill 

Helvetian noble fugio, -ere, fugi, fugiturus, 

eques, -itis, m., horseman; flee 

pi., cavalry postulo, -are, -avi, -atus, de- 

gratia, -ae, f., influence mand 

latitudo, -inis, f., width numquam or nunquam, adv., 

longitudo, -inis, f., length never 

brevis, -e, brief, short quando, interrog. and rel. 

reliquus, -a, -um, remaining, adv., when ? when 
rest-of; pi. as noun, the rest 

214. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Postulavistis, postulaverunt, postulavimus, hostis 
vita privaverant. 2. Maturaveramus, maturaveritis, 

maturaveratis, inimicos numquam liberabit. 3. Equites 
magna virtute et bon5 animo in populum Romanum erant. 
4. Multi milites oppida hostium oppugnaverunt, reliqui 
autem in castris manebant. 5. Circum castra erat fossa 



ABLATIVE OF DESCRIPTION 



121 



trium pedum 1 in latitudinem. 6. Orgetorix magna gratia 
in civitate erat. 7. Quando Caesar frumentum postu- 
lavit ? 8. Agricolae fugiebant quod hostes in civitate 
finitima praesidia disponebant. 




Old Roman Bridge. 

(The Ponte Nomentano.) 



II. 1. They will have hastened, you will have demanded, 
he has freed, they had praised. 2. He demanded hos- 
tages, they have hastened to the mountains, they had fought 
in the woods. 3. The horsemen had assaulted the camp 
of Caesar. 4. The soldiers will have hastened into the 
territory of the enemy. 5. They are men of good dispo- 
sition. 6. The horsemen killed many and cast the rest 
into chains. 

1 of three feet. 



122 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

LESSON 30 

THE SECOND, THIRD, AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS — 
ACTIVE INDICATIVE, PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND 
FUTURE PERFECT TENSES — THE ABLATIVE OF 
MANNER — READING LESSON 

215. For method of forming tenses in the perfect sys- 
tem 1 see Lesson 29. 

a. Review personal endings, stem and tense signs (205, 
206, 209, a, b, c). 

216. a. moneo, / advise. Principal Parts : moneo, -ere, 
-ui, -itus; perfect stem monu-, perfect infinitive monuisse. 

Perfect Pluperfect 

/ advised, have advised, etc. / had advised, etc. 

Singular Plural Singular Plural 

i. monui monuimus monueram monueramus 

2. monuisti monuistis monueras monueratis 

3. monuit monuerunt (-ere) monuerat monuerant 

Future Perfect 
/ shall have advised, etc. 

Singular Plural 

1. monuero monuerimus 

2. monueris monueritis 

3. monuerit monuerint 

b. rego, / ride. Principal Parts : rego, -ere, rexi, rectus ; 
perfect stem rex-, perfect infinitive rexisse. 

1 The perfect system includes all forms built upon the perfect stem (210). 



THE PERFECT SYSTEM 



123 



Perfect 
I ruled, have ruled, etc. 



Pluperfect 
/ had ruled, etc. 



1. rexi reximus rexeram rexeramus 

2. rexisti rexistis rexeras rexeratis 

3. rexit rexerunt (-ere) rexerat rexerant 

Future Perfect 
/ shall have ruled, etc. 

i 

1. rexero rexerimus 

2. rexeris rexeritis 

3. rexerit rexerint 

c. audio, / hear. Principal Parts : audio, -ire, -Ivi, -itus ; 
perfect stem audiv-, perfect infinitive audlvisse. 

Perfect Pluperfect 

/ heard, have heard, etc. / had heard, etc. 

1. audivi audivimus audiveram audiveramus 

2. audivisti audivistis audiveras audiveratis 

3. audivit audiverunt (-ere) audiverat audiverant 

Future Perfect 
/ shall have heard, etc. 

1. audivero audiverimus 

2. audiveris audiveritis 

3. audiverit audiverint 

d. capio, I take. Principal Parts : capio, -ere, cepi, captus; 
perfect stem cep-, perfect infinitive cepisse. 

Perfect Pluperfect 

/ took, have taken, etc. / had taken, etc. 

1. cepi cepimus ceperam ceperamus 

2. cepisti cepistis ceperas ceperatis 

3. cepit ceperunt (-ere) ceperat ceperant 



124 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

Future Perfect 
/ shall have taken, etc. 

i. cepero ceperimus 

2. ceperis ceperitis 

3. ceperit ceperint 

Inflect through the perfect system, with statement of 
perfect stem, tense signs, and personal endings : — 

facio, -ere, feci, f actus, make, do 

conficio, -ere, -feci, -fect\is,fnish, accomplish 

munio, -Ire, -Ivi, -Itus, fortify 

gero, -ere, gessi, gestus, wage, carry on 

armo, -are, -avi, -atus, arm 

video, -ere, vidi, vlsus, see 

217. The expression of the manner in which an action 
is performed is illustrated in the following examples : — 

1. Cum clamore venerunt, they came with a shout. 

2. Magna celeritate contenderunt, they hastened with 
great speed. 

3. Magna cum celeritate contenderunt, they hastened zvith 
great speed. 

In 1 and 3 the ablative with cum, and in 2 the ablative 
alone, expresses the manner of the action. 

218. Rule 

The Ablative of Manner. — The manner in which an 
action is performed is expressed by a noun in the ablative 
with cum, when tJie noun has no qualifying adjective, and by 
the ablative with or without cum, wheit it has a qualifying 
adjective. 



ABLATIVE OF MANNER 



125 




Roman Granary at Ostia. 
219. VOCABULARY 

Aedui, orum, m. pi, the equestres copiae, cavalry 

Aedui, a tribe in Gaul forces 

Allobroges, -um, m. pi., the felix, gen. felicis, happy, for- 

Allobroges, a tribe in Gaul tunate 

celeritas, -atis, f., speed, fortis, -e, brave 

quickness pedester, -tris, -tre, pedes- 

clamor, -oris, m., noise, outcry trian 

difficilis, -e, hard, difficult pedestres copiae, infantry 

equester, -tris, -tre, pertain- forces 

ing to a horseman, eques- vasto, -are, -avi, -atus, lay 

trian ~ waste, devastate 






220. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Convocaveras, convocat, convocaveris, conyoca- 
veramus, convocabimus. 2. Vidi, vidistis, videbas, vide- 



126 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

runt, videro, videramus, vlderitis. 3. Vinxistis, vlnxeris, 
vinxit, vinciet, contenderant, contenderam, fecerit, fecisti. 

4. In finis Aeduorum contenderunt et agros vastaverunt. 

5. Cum clamore per longam et difficilem viam ad finis 
Allobrogum venerunt. 6. Per brevem facilemque viam 
magna celeritate ad collem contendit. 7. Duel equestres 
copiae non erant, pedestres autem copiae multae. 
8. Felix erat quod pedestres copiae fortes oppidum 
hostium ceperunt. 

II. 1. I have hastened, you hastened, we shall have 
sent, he had heard, we had seen. 2. They had decided, 
we have accomplished, they will have done. 3. He will 
have devastated, they had come together, he will have felt, 
we had felt. 4. All the soldiers hastened with great 
speed to the camp. 5. Caesar is a man of great influ- 
ence among his soldiers. 6. The cavalry forces came 
with a great outcry into the province. 7. They were lay- 
ing waste the fields of the Allobroges. 

221. Reading Lesson 

Aedui autem, quod se 1 defendere non potuerunt, 2 legatos 
ad Caesarem miserunt, qui 3 statim pontem in flumine fecit 
et ita exercitum traduxit. Postquam Caesar copias trans 
flumen duxit, Helvetii legatos de pace miserunt qui 3 di- 
xerunt, " Si populus Romanus nobiscum 4 pacem faciet, 
ibimus 5 et ibi manebimus ubi tu vis 6 et nos 7 remanere 
iubes ; obsides autem non dabimus sed accipiemus, nam 
fortes viri sumus et omnes inimicos superare possumus." 8 
Postquam hoc 9 responsum dederunt, discesserunt. 

1 themselves. 4 with us; cum is enclitic. 7 us, subject of remanere. 

2 they could. h we will go. 8 we can. 

3 who. 6 you wish. 9 this. 



INDIRECT DISCOURSE 127 

LESSON 31 

SIMPLE EXAMPLES OF INDIRECT DISCOURSE 

222. Review the present infinitive and be able to give 
in the active and passive voices the present infinitive of 
any verb you have had (63, 73). 

223. Indirect Discourse. — The sentence, The camp is 
large, makes a direct statement. The sentence, He says 
that the camp is large, contains the same statement in in- 
direct form, depending as a quotation upon a verb of say- 
ing. We give the name of Indirect Discourse to such 
quoted statements. 

224. Examine the following : — 

1 . Direct Statement. — The road is narrow, via angusta est. 

2. Indirect Statement. — He says that the road is narrow, 
dlcit viam angustam esse. 

225. Comparing the English and Latin of the indirect 
statement, we see that in both the introductory word is a 
verb of saying, and that in the English quotation : — 

226. 1. The introductory word that is used. 

2. The verb is finite. 

3. The subject is in the nominative case. 

227. But in the Latin quotation it is seen that : — 

1. No introductory word like that is used. 

2. The verb is in the infinitive. 

3. The subject is in the accusative case, as is also the 
predicate adjective modifying the subject. 

Note. — This construction in Latin is used not only after verbs of 
saying, but also after verbs of knowing, perceiving, thinking, and other 
words implying speech or mental action. 



128 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



228. Rule 

Indirect Discourse. — Statements depending directly upon 
verbs of saying, knowing, perceiving, and the like are ex- 
pressed by the infinitive with the subject in the accusative. 

A predicate noun or 
adjective is also in 
the accusative. 

229. 1. Direct 
Statement. — The 

road is narrow, via 
angusta est. 

2. Indirect State- 
ment. — He said that 
the road was narrow, 
dixit viam angustam 
esse. 

Comparing 1 and 
2, we see that in 
changing a sentence 
from the direct to 
the indirect form of 
statement the fol- 
lowing law appears : 
A present tense in 

direct discourse be- 

Marcus Aurelius and Captives. 

comes a present in- 
finitive in indirect, no matter what the tense of the 
introductory verb may be. 




230. The following are some of the verbs most com- 
monly used in this construction : — 



INDIRECT DISCOURSE 129 

dico, -ere, dixi, dictus, say, tell 

nego, -are, -avi, -atus, deny, say not, used instead of non dico 

nuntio, -are, -avi, -atus, announce 

existimo, -are, -avi, -atus, think 

puto, -are, -avi, -atus, think 

scio, -Ire, -IvI, -Itus, know 

sentio, -Ire, sensl, sensus, feel, perceive 

audio, -Ire, -IvI, -Itus, hear 

video, -ere, vidl, vlsus, see 

a. Learn such of these verbs as you do not already know 
and associate them and others of similar meaning with the 
construction of indirect discourse. 

231. VOCABULARY 

captlvus, -I, m., captive tempestas, -atis, f., storm, 

custos, -odis, m., guard tempest 

deditio, -onis, f., surrender terror, -oris, m., terror 

f rater, -tris, m., brother continuus, -a, -um, continu- 

oppidanl, -orum, m. pi., oils, incessant 

townsmen firmus, -a, -um, strong, firm 

soror, -oris, f ., sister incolumis, -e, safe, unharmed 
accipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus, receive, accept 

232. EXERCISES 

I. I. Captlvus incolumis est, dicit captivum incolumem 
esse. 2. Oppidan! custodes captivorum sunt, putaverunt 
oppidanos custodes captivorum esse. 3. Oppidan! in 
deditionem accipiuntur, scio oppidanos in deditionem accipi. 
4. Multi et 1 firml custodes in urbe sunt, audivi multos et 
firmos custodes in urbe esse. 5. Captivl dlcunt fratres 

1 many strong guards. When multus is joined to a descriptive adjective 
et is not translated. 



130 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

sororesque incolumis in patriam venire. 6. Nuntiat mag- 
num terrorem propter continues tempestates omnis oppi- 
danos occupare. 7. Vident multos et firmos ciistodes 
captivos in urbem ducere. 8. Negat captivos incolumis 
esse. 

II. 1. The townsmen are unharmed, I know that the 
townsmen are unharmed. 2. Great terror is seizing all 
the soldiers, he knows that great terror is seizing all the 
soldiers. 3. Continuous storms are frightening the cap- 
tives, they hear that continuous storms are frightening the 
captives. 4. The enemy are coming into our camp, we 
saw that the enemy were coming 1 into our camp. 5. Our 
men are being freed from terror and danger, they said 2 that 
our men were not 2 being freed 1 from terror and danger. 
6. The sister was in danger, the brother thought that his 
sister was in danger. 



LESSON 32 

THE PARTICIPLE — THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 

233. The Participle. — There are four participles in 
Latin — two in the active voice, the Present and the Future, 
and two in the passive, the Perfect and the Gerundive. 
For the present participle see 197-199. The future active 
participle and the gerundive will be treated later. 

234. The Perfect Participle. — This participle ends in 
-tus or -sus. It is the fourth principal part, is declined like 
fidus, -a, -um, and agrees in gender, number, and case with 
the noun to which it belongs. 

1 Tense of the infinitive? 

2 said not, one word in Latin. 



USE OF THE PARTICIPLES 



131 



Table of Participles 





Active 


Passive 




Present 


Future 


Perfect 


Gerundive (Future) 


I. 


vocans 


vocaturus 


vocatus 


vocandus 


2. 


m on ens 


moniturus 


monitus 


monendus 


3- 

4- 
5- 


regens 

capiens 

audiens 


recturus 
capturus 
auditurus 


rectus 
captus 
auditus 


regendus 

capiendus 

audiendus 



The future participle is built upon the participial stem. 
On what stems are the other participles formed ? 

235. The present or perfect participle often stands in 
Latin where in English a clause of time, cause, means, 
condition, concession, etc., is used, as : — 

1 . Amicum in periculo videns servavit, when he saw his 
friend in danger he saved him {on seeing his friend, etc.). — 
Time. 

2. Territus fugit, he fled because he was frightened (he, 
frightened, fed). — Cause. 

3. Damnatus in catenas conicietur, if he is condemned, he 
zuill be cast into chains {condemned, he will be cast, etc.). — 
Condition. 

4. Sol oriens diem conficit, the sun, by its rising, makes 
the day {the sun rising, etc.). — Means. 

5. Hostes obsides dantes tamen in deditionem non accipi- 
entur, although the enemy give hostages, they will not be re- 
ceived in surrender {the enemy giving, etc. ). — Concession. 

a. Study these sentences carefully and note that the 
present participle expresses the same time as the verb 
with which it is used, and the perfect participle earlier 
time. 



132 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

236. The Ablative Absolute. — Similar in meaning, but 
different in use, is a construction corresponding to the 
English Nominative Absolute. You will be helped in un- 
derstanding this by comparing the following sentences 
with each other : — 

1 . Miles damnatus in catenas conicietur, if the soldier is 
co?idemned, he will be cast into chains. 

2. Milite damnato, dux cura liberabitur, if the soldier is 
condemned, the commander will be freed from care. 

Note in these examples the following points : — 

(1) In 1 miles, with damnatus in agreement, is in the 
nominative case, and is the subject of the verb conicietur. 
In 2 milite, with damnato in agreement, is in the ablative 
case, and has no grammatical connection with the rest of 
the sentence. 

(2) Both miles damnatus and milite damnato add the 
idea of condition to the main thought. 

237. The construction in 2 is called the Ablative Abso- 
lute, and is further illustrated in the following sentences : — 

1. Oppido expugnato, arma tradiderunt, after, when, or 
because the town had been captured, they gave up their arms 
(the towjt having been captured, etc.). 

2. Oppido expugnato, arma non tradiderunt, although the 
town had been captured, they did not give up their arms 
(the town having been captured, etc.). 

3. Hostibus succedentibus, castra ponemus, because, when, 
or while the enemy are approaching, we will pitch our camp 
(the enemy approacJiing, etc.). 

4. Imperatore ducente, nemo pugnare dubitat, if, when, 
or because the commander leads, no one hesitates to fight. 



THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 



133 



a. In each Latin sentence above is found a phrase 1 
made up of a noun in the ablative case, with a participle 
agreeing with it in gender, number, and case. This phrase 
may be translated by our nominative absolute (see paren- 
theses above), or by a clause 2 of time {when, after), of 



' 








. 




/ ^ : 










1 ' i Hilr % 


-s- 


- "' ^& a#* ^k i 


-■ > 


W/im 






** ^W J 






' ' : "\/ p\ '■■''' " V'"' ' * ' 












^^s^s 






/*H!» \ 


Wk mM^imli 








"■■J; f" ; ' -■'■*■ 










%f^:;H> : - 


■—.:■,-■■ 


. ;v '^ - ^p^-rr-J'-S 




* 




















" 


■:■■■:■■■ . ■• '•"" ":.:': .' 







Roman Army on the March. 



cause {because, since), of concession {although), of condi- 
tion (z/), or of some other attendant circumstance. The 
use of the nominative absolute is very rare in English, 
therefore it is best in nearly every case to use some other 
form in translating such expressions into English. See the 
translations given in the preceding sentences. The kind 

1 A phrase is a combination of words used in a sentence, but having no 
subject or predicate of its own. 2 See 190, c. 



134 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

of clause to be used in translation must be determined by 
the nature of the thought, as indicated by the words in the 
sentence itself or in its context. 

238. 1. Caesare duce, oppidum oppugnaverunt, with 
Caesar as leader, or under Caesar s leadersJiip, they at- 
tacked tJie town {Caesar being leader, etc.). 

2. Duce vivo salvi erant, while their leader was alive, 
they were safe {tJieir leader being alive, etc.). 

In 1 two nouns, and in 2 a noun and an adjective, are 
used together in the ablative absolute, instead of a noun 
and a participle. 

239. Rules 

The Ablative Absolute. — 1 . A noun or pronoun limited 
by a participle is often used in the ablative absolute to express 
the time or other circumstances of an action. 

2. Two nouns or a noun and an adjective may be used 
together in the ablative absolute. 

240. Further Illustrations of the Ablative Absolute 

1. Signo dato, proelium renovaverunt, at the given signal, 
they renewed the battle {the signal having been given, etc.). 

2. Oppido capto, Caesar obsides postulavit, having taken 
the town, Caesar demanded hostages {the town having been 
taken, etc.). 

3. Castrls positis, castellis munitis, Caesar milites contra 
hostis eduxit, Caesar pitched his camp, fortified his re- 
doubts, and led out his soldiers against the enemy {the camp 
having been pitched, the redoubts having been fortified, etc.). 

a. In 1 the idea of time is expressed in English by a 
prepositional phrase, in 2 by a participial phrase (in the 
active voice because Caesar performed the action), and in 



THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 1 35 

3 by a series of coordinate clauses (because a succession of 
events is indicated). In the brief English phrases given 
for translation, note any such indications of the ablative 
absolute, change the form of the English to make it con- 
form in construction to the Latin idiom, and be sure to 
make the participle agree with its noun. 

Caution. — Do not put into the ablative absolute any 
word which is the subject or object of the main verb in 
the Latin sentence. 

241. VOCABULARY 

agmen, -inis, n., line of discedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus, 

march ; confertissimo ag- go away, depart 

mine, adverbial phrase, in interficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, 

close array kill 

locus, -1, m., place ; n. pi, pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsus, 

loca, -orum, places rout, drive away 

responsum, -1, n., reply, re- procedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus, 

spouse advance, proceed 

pauci, -ae, -a, pi. adj., few, transports, -are, -avi, -atus, 

a few transport, carry over 

averto, -ere, -1, -versus, torn aeriter, adv., fiercely, 

aside sharply 

242. EXERCISES 

I. I. Proelid facto, 1 agmine educto, hostibus venienti- 
bus, ponte viso, gladio averso, deditione facta. 2. Mili- 
tibus transportatis, agmine discedente, copils per paucas 
vias ductis. 3. Hostibus superatls, obsidibus acceptis, 
Caesare duce, Caesare consule, responsls datis. 4. Pe- 
rlculo averso, paucis interfectis, Caesare duce ad montis 
1 Observe all indications of the ablative absolute. 



136 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

processerunt. 5. Pills missis, hostis de muro non pepu- 
limus. 6. Dux copias hostium videns dicit, " Copias 
equestrls ad castra inimlca mittemus et pills gladilsque 
nostris multos in flumen pellemus." 7. Celeritate hos- 
tium territi ad montis properaverant. 

II. 1. Having fortified a camp, 1 under Caesar's leader- 
ship, after the battle was fought (made), while our men 
are advancing. 2. Since the line of march was turned 
aside, although many had been killed. 3. Having given 
hostages, the enemy departed. 4. Having made a few 
replies, 2 the men went away at a given signal 1 in close 
array to the fortified places. 5. He attacked the walls, 1 
captured the town, 1 received hostages, 1 and established 
peace with the townsmen. 6. The soldiers say, " We 
will fight fiercely if Caesar is our leader." 1 



LESSON 33 

THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN is — THE POSSESSIVE 
PRONOUNS — READING LESSON 

243. A demonstrative pronoun points out a person or 
thing definitely, as : this, that, these, the same. 

a. The demonstrative pronoun is, this or that, is used 
more frequently than any other of its class; it often sup- 
plies the place of the lacking personal pronoun of the third 
person, and its inflection should be thoroughly learned. 
It has both a substantive and an adjective use, as : — 

1. Eum videmus, we see him. 

2. Eum puerum videmus, we see that boy. 

1 Observe all indications of the ablative absolute. 

2 Panels responsls datis. 



THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN IS 137 

244. Singular Plural 

Masc. Masc. 

N. is, this, that, he ii, el, these, those, they 

G. eius, of this, of that, eorum, of these, those, them; 

of him ; his their 

D. el, to ox for this, iis, 1 els, to or for these, those, 

that, him them 

Ac. eum, this, that, him eos, these, those, them 

Ab. eo, 2 from or with iis, 1 els, 2 from or with these, 

this, that, him those, them 

Fern. Fern. 

N. ea, this, that, she eae, these, those, they 

G. eius, of this, that, earum, of these, those, them; 

her ; her, hers their, theirs 

D. el, to or for this, iis, els, to ox for these, them, 

that, her those 

Ac. earn, this, that, her eas, these, those, them 

Ab. ea, 2 from or with iis, els, 2 from or with these, 

this, that, her those, them 

Neut. Neut. 

N. id, this, that, it ea, these, those, they 

G. eius, of this, that, eorum, of these, those, them; 

it; its their, theirs 

D. el, to or for this, iis, els, to or for these, those, 

that, it them 

Ac. id, this, that, it ea, these, those, them 

Ab. eo, 2 from or with iis, els, 2 from or with these, 

this, that, it those, them 

1 Pronounced as in one syllable with a single 1. 

2 The ablative may also be translated by, by means of, out of, etc. 



138 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

a. Group is, ea, id in a table (like fidus, -a, -um) without 
the translations of forms, and learn the declensions across 
the page. 

245. Examine the following : — 

1. Militem video, eius hasta est longa, I see the soldier, 
his spear is lo7ig. 

2. Puellam non culpo, eius curae magnae sunt, / do not 
blame the girl, her cares are great. 

In 1, eius agrees with its antecedent militem in the mas- 
culine gender and singular number ; in 2, eius agrees with 
its antecedent puellam in the feminine gender and singu- 
lar number ; in each the genitive case is used, limiting 
hasta and curae respectively. Observe that the masculine 
and the feminine of this pronoun are the same in form in 
the genitive singular. Are they alike anywhere else? 

246. The Possessive Pronouns. — These are : — 

Singular Plural 

meus, -a, -um, my, mine noster, -tra, -trum, our, ours 

tuus, -a, -um, your, yours vester, -tra, -trum, your, 

yours 
suus, -a, -um, his (own), her suus, -a, -um, their (own), 
(own), its (own) theirs 

a. These pronouns have a substantive and an adjective 
use, as : liber est meus, the book is mine ; liber me as, my 
book. 

b. They are declined like fidus, -a, -um, but the vocative 
of meus is mi, thus : mi fili, O my son ! They agree in 
gender, number, and case with the object possessed, but 
refer for their meaning to their antecedents, thus : — 



THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS 139 



The king said, 
"Hove 



my son „ _ 

.. K.6X 



my da iigti ter , . . 
my kingdom" 



Meumf ilium 
Meam f iliam 
Meum regnum 



amo. 



c. In the English sentences my remains unchanged, but 
in the Latin the possessive agrees with : (1) a masculine, 
(2) a feminine, (3) a neuter noun, but each possessive 
refers for its meaning to its antecedent ego (/), the under- 
stood subject of amo. 

247. Suus and Eius. — 1. Iulius et Cornelia erant amici ; 
is suam matrem amavit, ea suam, Julius and Cornelia were 
friends ; he loved his mother, she hers. 

2. Iulius autem eius quoque matrem, Cornelia eius ama- 
vit, but Julius loved her mother also, Cornelia his. 

a. Study carefully the use of is and of suus in the sen- 
tences above and name the persons to whom they refer 
and the word with which suam agrees in each instance. 

b. In the expression, sua et patris consilia, his own and 
his father's plans, notice the agreement of sua with con- 
silia, the same word that is limited by the genitive patris, 
and study the translation of the phrase. 

248. Rules 

1 . Suus. — Suus in all its forms agrees with the name of the 
thing possessed, but refers to the subject of its ozvn sentejice. 

2. Eius. — Eius limits the noun to which it belongs, but 
refers to some person or thing other than the subject of its 
own sentence. 

3. The Possessive and the Genitive Case. — The posses- 
sive is sometimes used in connection with a genitive limiting 
the same noun. 



140 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

249. VOCABULARY 

centurio, -onis, m., centurion, deicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus, cast 

captain or hurl down 

cupiditas, -atis, f., desire vulnero, -are, -avi, -atus, 
sarcina, -ae, f., bundle ; pi., wound 

personal baggage sub, prep, with ace. with 
vicus, -I, m., village verbs of motion, with abl. 

adduco, -ere, -duxl, -ductus, with verbs of rest, under ; 

lead to, influence sub monte, at the foot of 

cogo, -ere, coegi, coactus, the mountain; sub ves- 

drive together, collect perum, adverbial phrase, 

conscribo, -ere, -scrips!, -scrip- at or towards evening 

tus, enroll 

250. Special Exercises on suus and eius 

I. 1. Suo gladi5 vulneratur, eius gladio vulneratur, 
eorum gladils vulnerabuntur, suis gladiis vulnerabuntur. 
2. Helvetil frumentum suis carris ! portaverunt, Helvetil 
frumentum eorum carris portaverunt. 3. Helvetil hostis 
superaverunt et eorum liberos obsides ad'suos vicos duxe- 
runt. 4. Cupiditate eius regni adducetur. 5. Sua et 
patris consilia erant bona. 6. Meis et mllitum hastis 
vulnerabantur. 

II. 1. He will be killed by his (own) sword, he will be 
killed by his (another's) sword. 2. He says that he is be- 
ing wounded by his (own) friends, he says that he is being 
wounded by his (another's) friends. 3. He saw his own 
cohorts and those of the enemy near the river. 4. His 
own and his father's friends are brave men and good 
citizens. 

1 on their carts, abl. of means (136, 137). 



USE OF SUUS AND EIUS 



141 



251. EXERCISES 

I. I. In eo colle, per eos montis, ad id oppidum, cum 
eo centurione, eius vici. 2. Sub ils montibus manent, 
sub eum pontem navigat. 3. Nostri in finis hostium 
sub vesperurn pervenient. 4. Helvetil de ripls eius 
fluminis tela in castra suorum hostium deiciebant. 

5. Eum sub vesperum vidi- 
mus et sub pontem duximus. 

6. Tells de muro deiectls mul- 
tos mllites vulneraverant. 7. 
lis militibus conscrlptls, in 
Galliam contendit. 

II. 1. At the foot of this 
mountain, through that dan- 
ger, by his danger, near these 
bridges, of these cities. 2. 
They saw them come towards 
evening with the centurions 
into the village. 3. Caesar 
will hasten into that part of 
the camp and enroll a new 
legion there. 4. A part of 
the enemy was keeping our 
men from the march. 5. At the given signal they hurled 
down spears from the walls. 6. They say that many 
centurions of the Roman people are in that battle. 




Roman Centurion in Scale 
Corselet and Soldier in 
Jointed Corselet. 



252. Reading Lesson 

Postero die 1 castra ex eo loco moverunt. Idem 2 facit 
Caesar, equitesque omuls, quos 3 ex omnl pr5vincia et 
Aeduis atque eorum sociis coegerat, praemittit. II cum 



the following day. 



2 the same thing. 



3 whom. 



142 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



copils hostium in alieno loco proelium commiserunt et 
paucl de nostrls 1 cadunt. Quare Helvetii audacius 2 
pugnaverunt; sed Caesar suos a proelio prohibebat et 
satis habebat 3 hostis ab iniuria maleficioque prohibere. 



LESSON 34 

THE FOURTH DECLENSION — THE RELATIVE PRONOUN 
— READING LESSON 

253. Nouns of the fourth declension have stems in -u, 
generally changed to -i before -bus. Masculines have the 
nominative singular in -us, neuters in -u. A few f eminines 
occur. Like the masculine nouns, these end in -us. 



254- 

casus, -us, m., 
chance, mis- 
fortune 

Stem casu-, 
base cas- 



cornu, -us, n., 
horn, wing, 
flank 

Stem cornu-, 
base corn- 



Case Endings 



Sing. 



Pl. 



Sing. 



PL. 



Sing. Pl. Sing. Pl. 
Masc. and Fern. Neut. 

N.V. casus casus cornu cornua -us -us -u -ua 

G. casus casuum cornus cornuum -us -uum -us -uum 

D. casul casibus cornu cornibus -ul -ibus -u 

Ac. casum casus cornu cornua -um -us -u 

Ab. casu casibus cornu cornibus -u -ibus -u 



-ibus 

-ua 

-ibus 



a. Domus, -us, f., house, is partly of the fourth and partly 
of the second declension. 



a few of our men. 



2 more boldly. 



3 thought it sufficient. 



THE FOURTH DECLENSION 143 

Singular Plural 

N. V. domus domus 

G. domus (domi) domuum (domorum) 

D. domui (domo) domibus 

Ac. domum domos (domus) 

Ab. domo (domu) domibus 

255. The Relative Pronoun. — This pronoun connects a 
subordinate clause to some noun or pronoun, called its 
antecedent, in the principal clause. It is thus declined : — 

Singular 
Masc. Fern. Neut. 

N. qui, who, that quae, who, that quod, which, what 

G. cuius, whose, cuius, whose, of cuius, whose, of 

of whom whom which, of what 

D. cui, to or for cui, to or for whom cui, to or for which, 

whom what 

Ac. quern, whom, quam, whom, that quod, which, what, 

that that 

Ab. quo, 1 from or qua, 1 from or with quo, 1 from or with 

with whom whom which, what 

Plural 
Masc. Fern. Neut. 

N. qui, who, that quae, who, that quae, which, what, 

that 

G. quorum, whose, quarum, of whose, quorum, whose, of 

of whom of whom which 

D. quibus, to or quibus, to ox for quibus, to or for 

for whom whom which [that 

Ac. quos, whom, that quas, whom, that quae, which, what, 

Ab. quibus, 1 from quibus, 1 from or quibus, 1 from or 

or with whom with whom with which 

1 The ablative may also be translated by, by means of out of etc. 



144 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 




THE RELATIVE PRONOUN 145 

a. Cuius is pronounced in two syllables ; its -i is a con- 
sonant: coo'-yus. Cui is pronounced coo ] -i in one syllable. 

256. In the English sentence, The soldiers whom I see 
are brave, whom is a relative pronoun. It is in the third 
person, plural number, and masculine gender to agree 
with its antecedent, soldiers. It is in the objective case 
because it is the object of the verb see. It also serves to 
introduce the subordinate clause whom I see and connect 
it with the noun soldiers in the principal clause. It 
modifies this noun as an adjective, hence a relative clause 
is an adjective clause. The Latin use is the same. 

257. Rule 

The Relative Pronoun. — The relative pronoun agrees 
with its antecedent in gender, person, and number, but its 
case depends upo?i its relation to other words in its own 
clause. 

258. Observe the gender, person, number, and case of 
the relative pronouns and of their antecedents in the fol- 
lowing sentences, and note the application of the rule in 
each instance. 

1. Legati, quos mlsimus, obsides postulaverunt, the am- 
bassadors whom we sent demanded hostages. 

2. Gallia est terra quam Celtae incolunt, Gaul is the 
country which the Celts inhabit. 

3. Pilum, quod miles habet, est longum, the javelin which 
the soldier has is long. 

4. Ego, qui Caesarem vidi, numquam miser ero, / who 
have seen Caesar shall never be wretcJied. 

5. Vir, cuius filii in castris sunt, felix est, the man 
whose sons are in the camp is happy. 



146 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

259. VOCABULARY 

Alpes, -ium, f. pi., the Alps imperator, -oris, m., com- 
conatus, -us, m., attempt, tin- mander in chief, general 

dertaking dexter, -tra, -trum, right, on 
conspectus, -us, m., sight, the right hand 

view ascendo, -ere, -scendi, -scensus, 
equitatus, -us, m., cavalry climb, ascend 

exercitus, -us, m., army flagito, -are, -avi, -atus, de- 
mand 

260. Special Exercises on the Relative Pronoun 

I. 1. Montis altos, quos videmus, ascendit. 2. Castra 
quae posuit erant magna. 3. Dux, cui 1 erat magnus 
exercitus, multa oppida capiebat. 4. A ducibus, quibus 
multl milites erant, multa oppida capiebantur. 5. Aedui, 
quorum fines ab hostibus vastabantur, auxilium a Caesare 
petiverunt. 6. Imperator, cuius gratia in clvitate magna 
erat, exercitum in hiberna ad Alpls duxit. 

II. 1. These islands to which we are hastening are 
large. 2. This river whose banks we see is wide. 
3. Those farmers whose fields you are devastating are 
fleeing to the city. 4. The Belgae who had : many 
armed men 2 captured many towns with their armies. 3 

261. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Alpium, cum exercitu, in conspectu exercitus, 
conatus quos fecimus. 2. In conspectu nostrl exercitus, 
conatus nostrorum, dextrum cornu exercitus. 3. Hostes 
legatos in conspectu nostrl exercitus interfecerunt. 

1 See 160-161. 

2 Perfect Passive Participle of armo used as a noun. 

3 Ablative of Means. 



THE RELATIVE PRONOUN 147 

4. Tribunus erat magna gratia in civitate quod erant 
el multi flnitimi amiclque. 5. A castris discessit et a 
militibus, qui plla hastasque iecerunt, ad flumen pellebatur. 

II. 1. In the enemy's army, by many attempts, on the 
right wing, the doors of the large house. 2. On the 
right wing of the army, the commander of the cavalry, by 
these attempts. 3. They came into winter quarters in 
Gaul which is the native country of the Celts. 4. Many 
men were being wounded on the right wing of the army. 

5. The general, having led 1 his army across the bridge, 
joined battle 2 with the forces of the enemy. 

262. Reading Lesson 

Frumentum quod Aedui Romanis promittebant non 
suppetebat, itaque Caesar id cotldie flagitabat. Aedui 
autem dixerunt frumentum in agris propter frigora nondum 
maturum esse. Caesar prmcipes Aeduorum convocavit, 
in 3 quibus Dlviciacus, amicus popull RomanI, et Liscus 
erant. Graviter e5s incusavit quod frumentum non prae- 
berent. 4 Liscus autem dixit non esse suam culpam sed 
Dumnorlgis, eum coniurationem contra populum Romanum 
facere. 



LESSON 35 

THE PASSIVE VOICE, PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FU- 
TURE PERFECT TENSES — THE ABLATIVE OF CAUSE 

263. Review the present, imperfect, and future passive 
(95, 166, 171). 

1 Ablative Absolute, 236 et seq. 3 ai?iong. 

2 joined battle, proelium commisit. 4 they did not furnish. 



148 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



264. The perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect passive 
are formed by joining to the fourth principal part the 
present, imperfect, and future tenses of sum. In this 
principal part we find the participial stem by dropping the 
ending -us : vocatus, participial stem vocat-. 



Conj. I 

/ was called 
or have been 
called, etc. 



1. vocatus sum 

2. vocatus es 

3. vocatus est 

1. vocatl sumus 

2. vocatl estis 

3. vocatl sunt 

/ had been 
called, etc. 

1. vocatus eram 

2. vocatus eras 

3. vocatus erat 

1. vocatl eramus 

2. vocatl eratis 

3. vocatl erant 



Conj. II Conj. Ill 

Perfect Tense 
/ was ad- I was 
vised or have ruled- or 
been advised, have been 
etc. ruled, etc. 

Singular 
monitus sum rectus sum 
monitus es rectus es 
monitus est rectus est 

Plural 
moniti sumus recti sumus 
monitl estis recti estis 
moniti sunt recti sunt 

Pluperfect Tense 
/ had been I had been 
advised, etc. ruled, etc. 

Singular 
monitus eram rectus eram 
monitus eras rectus eras 
monitus erat rectus erat 

Plural 

moniti eramus recti eramus 
moniti eratis recti eratis 
moniti erant recti erant 



Conj. IV 

I was heard 
or have 
heard, etc. 



auditus sum 
audltus es 
auditus est 

auditl sumus 
audit! estis 
auditl sunt 

/ had been 
heard, etc. 

auditus eram 
auditus eras 
auditus erat 

auditl eramus 
auditl eratis 
auditl erant 



THE PASSIVE VOICE 



149 



Future Perfect Tense 
/ shall have 1 shall have I shall 
been called, etc. been advised, have been 
etc. ruled, etc. 



I shall have 
been heard, etc. 



Singular 

i . vocatus ero monitus ero rectus ero audltus ero 

2. vocatus eris monitus eris rectus eris audltus eris 

3. vocatus erit monitus erit rectus erit audltus erit 

Plural 

1. vocati erimus moniti erimus recti erimus audit! erimus 

2. vocati eritis moniti eritis recti eritis audlti eritis 

3. vocati erunt moniti erunt recti erunt auditi erunt 



Perfect Tense 
/ was taken 
or have been 
taken, etc. 

1. captus sum 

2. captus es 

3. captus est 

1. capti sumus 

2. capti estis 

3. capti sunt 



Conj. Ill -io Verbs 
Pluperfect Tense 
/ had been 
taken, etc. 

Singular 

captus eram 
captus eras 
captus erat 

Plural 

capti eramus 
capti eratis 
capti erant 



Future Perfect Tense 
/ shall 
have been 
taken, etc. 

captus ero 
captus eris 
captus erit 

capti erimus 
capti eritis 
capti erunt 



a. In the preceding paradigms the participle has been 
given in the masculine gender only, but it is declined like 
fidus, -a, -um, and must agree with its subject in gender, 
number, and case. 




(ISO) 



EXPRESSIONS OF CAUSE 



151 



b. Write a synopsis of culpo, video, duco, iacio, and 
vincio in the indicative, active and passive, with 172 as your 
model. Write the three verb stems of each model verb. 

265. Study the following : — 

1. Urbem metu reliquit, he left the city in fear {because of 
fear). 

2. Mllites Caesarem propter Hberalitatem laudant, the 
soldiers praise Caesar for his generosity. 

Metu and propter Hberalitatem in the above sentences 
express cause. De or ex with the ablative and ob with the 
accusative may be used to express the same idea. 

266. Rules 

Expressions of Cause. — 1. The ablative without a prepo- 
sition is used to express cause. 

2. Ob and propter with the accusative, and de or ex with 
the ablative, are used to express cause. 

VOCABULARY 



267. 

calamitas, -atis, f., calamity, 
disaster 

causa, -ae, f., cause, reason 

Diviciacus, -I, m., Diviciacus, 
a Gallic chief. 

furor, -oris, m.,fury 

imperium, imperl, n., com- 
mand, order, government, 
dominion 

llberalitas, -atis, f ., liberality, 
generosity 

metus, -us, m.,fear 

senatus, -us, m., senate 



barbarus, -a, -um, barbarous, 
foreign 

ferus, -a, -um, wild, fierce 

iracundus, -a, -um, irritable, 
passionate 

amitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, 
send away, lose 

sustineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus, sus- 
tain, endure 

diu, adv., for a long time 

diutius, adv. in comparative 
degree, longer, any longer 
(of time) 



152 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

268. EXERCISES 

I. I. Sustenti erant, gladii amiss! sunt, propter llberali- 
tatem, llberalitate, eum propter llberalitatem amabunt. 

2. Diviciacus, cuius frater Dumnorix a Caesare propter 
cupiditatem regni reprehensus est, Caesaris amicus erat. 

3. Dumnorix magna apud suam clvitatem gratia propter 
llberalitatem erat. 4. Multis de causis pons in flumine a 
Caesare f actus est. 5. Ariovistus homo erat barbarus, 
ferus, Iracundus, cuius imperia a Romanls sustenta non 
erant. 6. Imperia Ariovisti diutius non sustinebimus. 
7. Furor eius hominis diu sustentus erat. 

II. 1. I have lost, you had been lost, he will have lost, we 
shall have hurled, they will have ordered, he was ordered. 
2. Because of this man's fury, on account of the senate's 
generosity, on account of his commands. 3. I shall not 
endure these commands any longer. 4. Dumnorix was 
praised for 1 his liberality but blamed for his desire of 
royal power. 5. The orders of this fierce and passionate 
man have been long endured. 6. Because-of 2 this disaster 
the cavalry of the state was lost. 



LESSON 36 

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD — sum— INDEPENDENT USES 
OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE — READING LESSON — WORD 
LIST V 

269. The indicative in Latin as in English is the mood 
of fact (62). When we wish, however, to express in Latin 
something as willed or desired, as possible or uncertain, 

1 Observe all signs of the ablative of cause (265, 266). 

2 because-of, preposition with accusative, propter. 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE 



153 



or when we wish to express purpose or result, or some 
other ideas not emphasized as facts, we use another mood 
called the Subjunctive. This mood has many uses peculiar 
to the language. It is often translated by the English 
indicative, the infinitive, and the auxiliary verbs may, 
miglit, should, etc. The variety of translation is so great 
that it is impossible to give English equivalents in the 
paradigms. This mood has four tenses, the Present, Im- 
perfect, Perfect, and Pluperfect. These may either express 
the ordinary ideas of time or may each refer to the future. 

270. sum, /am. Principal Parts : sum, esse, fui, futurus ; 
perfect stem, fu- ; perfect infinitive, fuisse ; participial 
stem, fut-. 

Singular 



Present 


Imperfect 


Perfect 


Pluperfect 


i. sim 


essem 


fuerim 


fuissem 


2. sis 


esses 


fueris 


fuisses 


3. sit 


esset 


fuerit 

Plural 


fuisset 


1. simus 


essemus 


fuerimus 


fuissemus 


2. sitis 


essetis 


fuerltis 


fuissetis 


3. sint 


essent 


fuerint 


fuissent 



a. You will see in the above that the imperfect sub- 
junctive may be very easily formed by using the present 
infinitive as a base and joining to it the personal endings. 
Similarly, the pluperfect subjunctive may be formed by 
joining the personal endings to the perfect infinitive used 
as a base, thus : — 

Pres. Inf. Pers. Ending Imperf. Subj. Perf. Inf. Pers. Ending Pluperf. Subj. 

esse -m essem fuisse -m fuissem 



154 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

b. Compare the perfect subjunctive with the future per- 
fect indicative and observe the following points : — 

i. The future perfect indicative has in the first person 
singular the ending -ero, while the perfect subjunctive has 
-erim. 

2. The future perfect indicative has, in the second per- 
son singular and the first and second persons plural, -i be- 
fore the personal endings, while the perfect subjunctive 
has -I in those places. 

271. The subjunctive is used either independently or 
dependently. It is used in independent clauses 1 to ex- 
press an act or state, as : — 

1. Willed — the Volitive Subjunctive. 

2. Desired — the Optative Subjunctive. 

3. Possible — the Potential Subjunctive. 

1. The Volitive Subjunctive expresses : — 

a. An exhortation (generally in the first person plural), 
simus fortes, let us be brave, Hortatory Subjunctive. The 
negative particle is ne. 

b. A command (usually in the third person), sit miser, 
let him be wretched, Jussive Subjunctive. 

c. A prohibition (in the perfect tense, second or third 
person), ne fueris inimicus, do not be unfriendly, the Pro- 
hibitive Subjunctive. The introductory particle is ne. 

d. A question of doubt or indignation, etc., quid faci- 
amus ? what shall we do f Deliberative Subjunctive. The 
negative particle is non. 

1 The subject of the independent uses of the subjunctive, together with the 
exercises in this lesson, may be omitted, if the teacher so desires. The 
Vocabulary should be learned. 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE 1 55 

2. The Optative Subjunctive is used in wishes : — 

a. Utinam fortes essent, would that they were brave. 

b. Utinam ne improbus fuisset, would that he had not 
been bad. The negative particle is ne. 

3. The Potential Subjunctive expresses an act or state 
as a possibility. It uses the present or perfect subjunctive, 
as : dicat or dixerit aliquis, some one may say. The nega- 
tive particle is non. 

Note. — The use of the subjunctive in dependent clauses will be 
gradually discussed as the work goes on. In every lesson where the 
subjunctive appears notice the differences in form between this mood 
and the indicative. 

272. VOCABULARY 

initium, initi, n., beginning interditi, adv., by day 

initium facio, make a begin- noctu, adv., by night 

ning, begin paene, adv., almost 

fugae initium facio, make vehementer, adv., violently, 

a beginning ofjligJit, begin vehemently 

flight qua. de causa, adverbial 

palus, -udis, f., marsh, phrase, rel., and for this 

swamp reason, therefore ; inter- 

improbus, -a, -um, wicked, rog., for what reason? 

bad. why ? 

teneo, -ere, -ui, tentus, hold enim, postpositive conj.,/^?r 

273. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Sit fortis, sint fortes, simus fortes, ne fueris 
falsus, ne improbi fueritis. 2. Utinam boni essemus, 
utinam privatus civis esset, utinam civis Romanus fuisset. 

3. Initium fugae non fecit, quare ei ne inimicl simus. 

4. Quare Caesar Dumnorigem, Diviciaci fratrem, repre- 



i 5 6 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



henderat? 5. Dumnorigem, fratrem Diviciaci, reprehen- 
dit et el custodes posuit. 6. Eum reprehendit quod ini- 
tium fugae fecit. 7. Nostri ab itinere prohibitl sunt 



quod hostes montem tenent. 8. 




Vercingetorix before Caesar. 

the flight and for this reason Caesar blamed him 
Why do we blame this fierce and barbarous man ? 



Nuntil ad imperatorem 
interdiu et noctu 
veniebant, qui dlxe- 
runt, "Fortes simus, 
hostes enim in con- 
spectu sunt." 

II. 1. Let him 
be friendly, let the 
private citizens be 
brave. 2. Would 
that Dumnorix were 
not false, would that 
Caesar had come by 
day. 3. Let us con- 
tend violently with 
the enemy almost in 
sight of our homes. 

4. The commander 
led his infantry 
forces through the 
marsh to the hill. 

5. Dumnorix began 
6. 



274. Reading Lesson 

Dumnorix, frater Diviciaci, vir magna audacia magnaque 
gratia apud plebem 1 propter liberalitatem, initium fugae 

1 the common people. 



WORD LIST V 



157 



fecit, Helveti5sque per finis Sequanorum duxit Eum 
Caesar ad se 1 vocavit et ei custodes posuit. Labienum 
legatum cum duabus 2 legionibus ad montem misit. Prima 
luce 3 nuntius ad Caesarem venit qui dixit, "Hostes mon- 
tem tenent, vidi enim arma Gallorum." Caesar copias in 
proximum collem duxit et milites a proelio prohibuit. 



275- 


WORD 


LIST V 




accipio 


conscribo 


exercitus 


metus 


acriter 


conspectus 


existimo 


meus 


adduco 


continuus 


felix 


nego 


Aedui 


cornu 


ferus 


noctu 


agmen 


cupiditas 


firmus 


numquam 


Allobroges 


custos 


flagito 


oppidan! 


Alpes 


deditio 


fortis 


paene 


amitto 


deici5 


frater 


palus 


ascendo 


dexter 


fugio 


pauci 


averto 


dico 


furor 


pedester 


barbarus 


difficilis 


gratia 


pedestres co- 


brevis 


discedo 


imperator 


piae 


calamitas 


diu 


imperium 


pello 


captivus 


diutius 


incolumis 


postuld 


casus 


Diviciacus 


initium 


proced5 


causa 


Divico 


interdiu 


puto 


celeritas 


domus 


interficio 


qua de causa 


centurio 


enim 


iracundus 


quando 


clamor 


eques 


is 


qui 


cogo 


equester 


latitudo 


reliquus 


conatus 


equestres co- 


liberalitas 


responsum 


concedo 


piae 


locus 


sarcina 


confertissimus 


equitatus 


longitudo 


scio 


1 himself. 


2 two. 




3 at daybreak. 



i 5 8 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



sed 


sub vesperum 


teneo 


vehementer 


senatus 


sustined 


terror 


vester 


soror 


suus 


transporto 


vicus 


sub 


tamen 


tuus 


vulnero 


sub monte 


tempestas 


vasto 






LESSON 


37 





THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, FIRST CONJUGATION — SE- 
QUENCE OF TENSES — READING LESSON 

276. voco: present infinitive active, vocare ; perfect in- 
finitive active, vocavisse. 







Active Voice 










Singular 






Present 


Imperfect 


Perfect 


Pluperfect 


I. 


vocem 


vocarem 


vocaverim 


vocavissem 


2. 


voces 


vocares 


vocaverls 


vocavisses 


3- 


vocet 


vocaret 


vocaverit 

Plural 


vocavisset 


I. 


vocemus 


vocaremus 


vocaverlmus 


vocavissemus 


2. 


vocetis 


vocaretis 


vocaveritis 


vocavissetis 


3- 


vocent 


vocarent 


vocaverint 


vocavissent 



Passive Voice 
Singular 

i. vocer vocarer vocatus sim 

2. voceris (-re) vocareris (-re) vocatus sis 

3. vocetur vocaretur vocatus sit 

Plural 
i. vocemur vocaremur vocati simus 

2. vocemini vocaremini vocati sitis 

3. vocentur vocarentur vocati sint 



vocatus essem 
vocatus esses 
vocatus esset 

vocati essemus 
vocati essetis 
vocati essent ' 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, SEQUENCE OF TENSES 159 

a. The present subjunctive, like the present indicative, 
is formed from the present stem. 

b. Its mood sign in the first conjugation is -e, which is 
shortened before final -m, -t, -nt, and -r, and before -nt 
wherever found. It takes the place of the final vowel of 
the stem in this conjugation. 

c. The present subjunctive is formed by joining the per- 
sonal endings to the present stem + the mood sign, thus : 
voc (a) + e + s = voces. For the formation of the imper- 
fect, perfect, and pluperfect tenses, see 270, a, b. 

d. Write a synopsis of laudo and culpo in the subjunc- 
tive mood, active and passive, referring to 172 for your 
model. 

277. The tenses of the subjunctive in dependent clauses 
follow special laws. 

a. All tenses are included in two classes, primary and 
secondary. 

b. Tenses which express present or future time are 
called primary. They are : the present, future, and future 
perfect indicative, the present and perfect subjunctive, and 
the present and future imperative. 

c. Tenses which express past time are called secondary. 
They are : the imperfect, perfect, and pluperfect indica- 
tive, and the imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive. 

278. Rule 

Sequence of Tenses. — In complex sentences a primary 
tense in the principal clause is followed by a primary tense 
in the subordinate clause, a secondary by a secondary. 

This rule is illustrated in the following : — 



160 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

1. Monet ut simus boni, he advises us to be good {that 
we may be). 

2. Monebit ut simus boni, he will advise us to be good 
{that we may be). 

3. Monuit ut essemus boni, he advised us to be good 
{that we might be). 

4. Monuerat ut essemus boni, he had advised us to be 
good {that we might be). 

5. Monebat ut essemus boni, he was advising us to be 
good {that zv e might be). 

6. Monuerit ut simus boni, he will have advised us to be 
good {that we may be). 

Learn these examples. 

279. VOCABULARY 

explorator, -oris, m., scout culpo, -are, -avi, -atus, blame 

ius, iuris, n., right, law intellego, -ere, -lexi, -lectus, 
iustitia, -ae, Injustice understand, perceive , know 

Remi, -orum, the Remi, a ultra, prep. w. ace., beyond 

Gallic tribe ne, conj., that not 

speculator, -oris, m., spy ut, conj., that, in order that 

timor, -oris, m.,fear et . . . et, both . . . and 

280. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Monet ut amicos laudemus, monuit ut amicos lau- 
daremus. 2. Monuerint exploratores ut ad castra hostium 
properent, monuerunt exploratores ut ad vicum amicorum 
properarent. 3. Profectione conflrmata, cum explorato- 
ribus speculatoribusque ad flumen maturabant. 4. Milites 
ab ducibus ut fortes sint monebuntur. 5. Intellexi eos 
propter timorem culparl. 6. Iura civium propter senatus 
iustitiam conflrmata sunt. 



SEQUENCE OF TENSES 



161 



II. I. The justice of the Remi ; they advised us to 
hasten to a land beyond the Alps. 2. Caesar advised his 
centurions to be faithful. - 3. The lieutenant had advised 
his centurions to be brave. 4. The commander in chief 
will advise his scouts and spies to be faithful. 5. We 
were advising the leader to send scouts to his own country. 




Excavating a House at Pompeii. 



281. Reading Lesson 

Nuntius dicit montem ab hostibus teneri, Caesar autem 
Labienum monet ne proelium statim committat, sed suum 
adventum exspectet, ut eodem tempore 2 impetus in hostis 
fieret. 2 Quare Labienus, monte occupato, nostros exspectat 
proelioque abstinet. Caesar autem per explorat5res cognos- 

1 at the same time. 2 might be made. 



1 62 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



cit et montem a suls teneri et Helvetios castra movisse, 
qua de causa hostes non Insequuntur, 1 sed haud procul ab 
eorum castrls castra sua ponunt. 



LESSON 38 

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, SECOND CONJUGATION — 
ADVERBIAL AND ADJECTIVAL CLAUSES OF PURPOSE 

282. moneo : present infinitive active, monere ; perfect 
infinitive active, monuisse. 

Active Voice 

Singular 





Present 


Imperfect 


Perfect 


Pluperfect 


I. 


moneam 


monerem 


monuerim 


monuissem 


2. 


moneas 


moneres 


monueris 


monuisses 


3; 


moneat 


moneret 

Plu 


monuerit 

RAL 


monuisset 


I. 


moneamus 


moneremus 


monuerimus monuissemus 


2. 


moneatis 


moneretis 


monueritis 


monuissetis 


3- 


moneant 


monerent 


monuerint 


monuissent 






Passive Voice 








Singular 




I. 


monear 


monerer 


monitus sim monitus essem 


2. 


monearis (- 


re)monereris (-re)monitus sis 


monitus esses 


3- 


moneatur 


moneretur 


monitus sit 


monitus esset 



Plural 

1. moneamur moneremur moniti simusmoniti essemus 

2. moneamini moneremini moniti sitis moniti essetis 

3. moneantur monerentur moniti sint moniti essent 

1 do not follow. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, PURPOSE CLAUSES 



I6 3 



a. Name the primary tenses of the indicative, of the 
subjunctive. Name the secondary tenses of the indica- 
tive, of the subjunctive. State the law of sequence 
of tenses. (See Lesson 37.) 

283. Study the following : — 

1. He sows in order that he 
may reap (to reap, in order to 
reap). 

2. He sent messengers who 
sJionld announce (to announce, 
in order to announce). 

In 1 the clause in order that 
he may reap shows the purpose 
of the sowing and modifies 
sows as an adverb. Such ex- 
pressions are called Adverbial 
Clauses of Purpose. 

In 2 the clause who should 
announce shows the purpose of 
the sending, refers to the noun 
messengers, and modifies it as 
an adjective. Such expres- 
sions are called Adjectival 
Clauses of Purpose. 

Note. — In English you may use the infinitive to express purpose 
but in Latin you must not use the infinitive to express this idea 
mood should you use ? See examples. 




German Woman in Skin Mantle. 

(Restoration from a Triumph Relief in 
the Vatican.) 



What 



a. The following are illustrations of purpose clauses : — 

1. Venit ut videat, he comes to see (that he may see). 

2. Venit ut videret, he came to see (that lie might see). 

3. Milites fortiter pugnant, ne dux culpet, the soldiers 



164 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

fight bravely in order that their leader may not blame 
them. 

4. Milites f ortiter pugnaverunt, ne dux culparet, the sol- 
diers fought bravely in order that their leader might not 
blame them. 

5. Legatos mittit qui nuntient, he sends envoys to report. 

6. Legatos misit qui nuntiarent, he sent envoys to report. 

b. Notice that the subordinate clauses in 1 and 2 are 
affirmative and are introduced by ut, and that in 3 and 4 
they are negative and are introduced by ne. In 1, 3, and 5 
any primary tense, and in 2, 4, and 6 any secondary tense, 
may stand in the principal clause. The subordinate clauses 
follow the law of sequence of tenses (277, 278). 

284. Rules 

Adverbial Clauses of Purpose. — Adverbial clauses of 
purpose, with ut affirmative and ne negative \ have their 
verbs in the subjunctive. 

Adjectival Clauses of Purpose. — Adjectival clauses of 
purpose are introduced by relative pronouns and have their 
verbs in the subjunctive. The negative is non. 

285. VOCABULARY 

adventus, -us, m., arrival pagus, -1, m., district 

incur sio, -onis, f., attack, in- bellicosus, -a, -um, warlike 

vasion, raid decurro, -ere, -cucurri, -cursu- 
labor, -oris, m., toil, labor rus, run down 

manus, -us, f., hand, band hue, adv., hither, to this place 

286. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Veniet ut pugnet, venit ut pugnaret, legatum misit 
qui milites convocaret. 2. Interdiu et noctu ad montis 
properat ne ab hostibus videatur. 3. Imperator multos 



PURPOSE CLAUSES 



I6 5 



milites ad pontem mlsit qui hostis ab itinere prohiberent. 
4. De colle decucurrerunt ut incursionem Helvetiorum pro- 
hiberent. 5. Audax bellicosaque manus ex pago Helvetio- 
rum incursionem in exerci- 
tum Romanum fecit 6. 
Dlcit manum hostium in 
nostras finis venire. 

II. 1. The scouts come 
to see, they will come to 
see, he had come to see, 
you will have come to see, 
we were coming to see. 

2. The scouts ran down 
from the hill to announce 
the arrival of a hostile band. 

3. You made an invasion 
into the country of the 
Aeduans in order to devas- 
tate their fields. 4. These 
bold and warlike men came 
to this place in order to 
free their friends from 
danger. 5. We shall send ambassadors to establish peace 
with our neighbors. 




Kneeling German, begging for 
Protection or Mercy. 

(Bronze Figure in the Bibliotheque Nationale, 
Paris. ) 



LESSON 39 

THE CARDINAL NUMERALS — THE ACCUSATIVE OF 
TIME AND SPACE — READING LESSON 

287. The Cardinal Numerals, as in English, are the 
numbers used in counting. The following furnish a basis 
for forming the others : — 



1 66 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



1, unus, -a, -urn 

2, duo, -ae, -o 

3, tres, tria 

4, quattuor 

5, quinque 

6, sex 

7, septem 

8, octo 

9, novem 
io, decern 
ii, undecim 

12, duodecim 

13, tredecim 

14, quattuordecim 

15, qulndecim 

16, sedecim 

17, septendecim 

18, duodevlgintl 

19, undevlgintl 

20, vigintl 



22, vigintl duo, etc. 
30, trlginta 
40, quadraginta 
50, qulnquaginta 
60, sexaginta 
70, septuaginta 
80, octoginta 
90, nonaginta 

100, centum 

101, centum (et) unus, etc. 
200, ducenti, -ae, -a 

300, trecentl, -ae, -a 
400, quadringenti, -ae, -a 
500, quingenti, -ae, -a 
600, sescenti, -ae, -a 
700, septingenti, -ae, -a 
800, octingenti, -ae, -a 
900, nongenti, -ae, -a 

1000, mille 

2000, duo milia 



21, vigintl unus, or unus et vigintl 

a. Of these only unus, duo, tres, the hundreds, and milia, 
the plural of mille, are declined. For declension of unus 
see 376. 



288. 










Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Masc. and Fern. 


Neut. 


N. duo 


duae 


duo 


tres 


tria 


G. duorum 


duarum 


duorum 


trium 


trium 


D. duobus 


duabus 


duobus 


tribus 


tribus 


Ac. duos, duo 


duas 


duo 


tris, tres 


tria 


Ab. duobus 


duabus 


duobus 


tribus 


tribus 



NUMERALS 167 

a. The hundreds, except centum, are declined like the 
plural of fidus (113), although they have the genitive plural 
in -um instead of -orum, etc. 

b. Mille is both a noun and an adjective. As an adjec- 
tive it is indeclinable ; as a noun it is found in the nomi- 
native and accusative singular neuter, and is fully declined 
in the neuter plural : — 

Singular Plural 

N. mille milia 

G. milium 

D. milibus 

Ac. mille milia 

Ab. milibus 

289. Examine the following : — 

1. Multos annos in oppido manet, he remains many years 
in the town. 

2. Ducentos pedes liberos portat, he carries the children 
two hundred feet. 

Multos annos is in the accusative case and expresses du- 
ration of time ; ducentos pedes is in the same case and ex- 
presses extent of space. 

290. Rule 

Time and Space. — Duration of time and extent of space 
are expressed by the accusative. 

291. VOCABULARY 

annus, -I, m., year passus, -us, m., pace 

hora, -ae, f., hour duo milia passuum, two thou- 
impetus, -us, m., attack sand paces, two miles 

lacus, -us, m., lake pes, pedis, m.,foot 



i68 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



desisto, -ere, -stiti, -stiturus, 

cease, desist 

exspecto, -are, -avi, -atus, ex- 
pect, wait for 

hiemo, -are, -avi, -atus, win- 
ter, spend the winter 



obtineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus, ob- 
tain, hold 
trado, -ere, -didi, -ditus, hand 

over, surrender 
statim, adv., immediately 



292. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Mllle passus, duo milia passuum, tria milia homi- 
num, qulnque milia passuum frumentum portabat. 2. 
Exercitus ducentos pedes processit ut copias bellicosas 
flnitimorum de muro deiceret. 3. Per Alpis in Galliam 
contendit ut ibi trls annos maneat. 4. Sex horas oppidum 
continenter oppugnabant, sub vesperum autem de conatu 
destiterunt. 5. Hostibus territls et superatis, Caesar 
obsides postulavit, qui statim traditl 
sunt. 6. Ad lacum processerunt et 
ibi impetum in hostis fecerunt. 7. 
Duos annos in Gallia hiemabant 
quod in eo loco erat magna copia 
frumentl. 

II. 1. Six miles, ten feet, a thou- 
sand paces, five thousand paces, four 
miles. 2. Ten years, thirty hours, 
he advanced two hundred paces. 3. 
He advances from Italy into Gaul in 
order to remain there three years. 
4. During five years the influence 
of this man was great. 5. The ditch extended two 
hundred paces from the lake to the town. 6. The legions 
advanced two miles with great speed in order to frighten 
the Gauls. 




Boy with Calculating 
Board. 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 



169 



293. Reading Lesson 

Caesar, quod exercitul copia frumenti non erat, iter ab 
Helvetils avertit et ad oppidum magnum Aeduorum 
contendit. Ea re hostibus per equites nuntiata, Helvetil 
quoque suum iter avertere constituerunt. Caesar in medio 
colle 1 quattuor legiones Instruxit, duas enim quas in Gallia 
proxime conscrlpserat, praesidio impedimentis 2 disposuerat. 
Galli fortiter acriterque pugnaverunt, RomanI autem magna 
virtute audaciaque contenderunt et multos hostium inter- 
fecerunt. 



LESSON 40 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, THIRD CONJUGATION — SUB- 
STANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE WITH ut AND ne 
— THE DOUBLE DATIVE — READING LESSON 

294. rego: present infinitive active, regere; perfect in- 
finitive active, rexisse. 

Active Voice 
Singular 
Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect 

1. regam regerem rexerim rexigsem 

2. regas regeres rexerls rexisses 

3. regat regeret rexerit rexisset 

Plural 

1. regamus regeremus rexerimus rexissemus 

2. regatis regeretis rexeritis rexissetis 

3. regant regerent rexerint rexissent 

1 in medio colle, on the middle of the hill. 

2 praesidio impedimentis, as a guard to the baggage. See 297, 298. 



7o 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 







Passive Voice 








Singular 






Present 


Imperfect Perfect 


Pluperfect 


I. 


regar 


regerer rectus sim 


rectus essem 


2. 


regaris (-re) 


regereris (re) rectus sis 


rectus esses 


3- 


regatur 


regeretur rectus sit 

Plural 


rectus esset 


i. 


regamur 


regeremur recti simus 


recti essemus 


2. 


regamini 


regeremini recti sltis 


recti essetis 


3- 


regantur 


regerentur recti sint 


recti essent 



a. The subjunctive mood sign in the third conjugation, 
as in the second, is -a. In rego and verbs conjugated like 
rego, it takes the place of the stem vowel. It is shortened 
before final -m, -t, -nt, and -r of the personal endings. 

295. Examine the following : — 

1. Monet ut veniamus, 1 he advises us to come. 

2. Monet ne pugnemus, 1 he advises us not to fight. 

a. Here the subordinate clauses are used like nouns as 
the objects of monet ; they express purpose, have their 
verbs in the subjunctive, and are introduced by ut when 
affirmative and by ne when negative. They are called 
Substantive Clauses of Purpose. In English the idea of 
purpose is often expressed by the infinitive. See the ex- 
amples above, and compare the Latin and English uses. 

b. The verbs most frequently used with substantive 
clauses of purpose are : — 

1. impero, -are, -avi, -atus, order, command ; with dative 
and clause object. 

1 These sentences might read : Nos monet ut veniamus and nos monet 
ne pugnemus. 



SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE 171 

2. persuadeo, -ere, -suasi, -suasurus, persuade ; with 
dative and clause object. 

3. moneo, -ere, -ui, -itus, advise, warn ; with accusative 
and clause object. 

4. rogo, -are, -avi, -atus, ask ; with accusative and clause 
object. 

5. peto, -ere, -Ivi or -il, -Itus, ask, beg, seek ; with ab and 
the ablative and clause object. 

6. postulo, -are, -avi, -atus, demand ; with ab and the abla- 
tive and clause object. 

Learn such of these verbs as you do not already know, 
with their principal parts and the cases which they govern. 

296. Rule 

Substantive Clauses of Purpose. — Substantive clauses 
of purpose with their verbs in the subjunctive are used as 
the objects of verbs of commanding, advising, persuading, 
asking, and demanding. The English generally uses the 
infinitive with such verbs. 

Note. — 1 . Iubeo, I command, is used with the complementary infini- 
tive, not with the subjunctive. 

2. Substantive clauses of purpose originate in the volitive use of the 
subjunctive (271, i> a-d), because the idea of willing is implied in the 
meaning of verbs expressing command, advice, persuasion, and the like. 

297. Compare the Latin with the English in the fol- 
lowing : — 

1 . Caesari impedimento erat, it was a hindrance to Caesar. 

Note the two datives in the Latin. Here Caesari ex- 
presses the person to whom and is in the dative case of the 
indirect object, while impedimento expresses the thing for 
which and is in the dative of purpose. Fix this use firmly in 
your mind. The dative of purpose is sometimes used alone. 



172 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



298. 



Rule 



The Double Dative. — The Latin often uses a dative of 
tJie person to or for whom, together with the dative of the 
object for which, where in English a predicate noun and an 
indirect object are used. 




Baggage Train. 



299. VOCABULARY 

impedimentum, -I, n., kin- deligo, -ere, -legl, -lectus, 

drance ; pi., baggage select, choose 

pabulum, -1, n., fodder praemitto, -ere, -mlsl, -missus, 

subsidium, subsidi, n., reen- send ahead ox forward 

forcement interea, adv., in the niean- 

usus, -us, m., use time 

trans, prep. w. ace, across 



THE DOUBLE DATIVE 1 73 

300. EXERCISES 

I. I. Flumen erat hostibus impediments. 2. Caesar 
pontem fecit ut copils subsidio esset. 3. Locum castris 
delegit, eis persuadet ut locum castris deligat. 4. Eds 
rogat ne legiones in itinere impediant 5. Multa enim 
Caesarl usul erant. 6. Interea dux legatls imperat ne 
exploratores in finis Aeduorum mittant. 7. Multl 
mllites ad proelium missl sunt qui exercitul subsidio 
essent. 8. OppidanI trans flumen mittentur qui pabu- 
lum in castra transportent. 

II. 1. Caesar orders the scouts to hasten, to select a 
place for a camp, to advance to the marsh. 2. The bridge 
was a protection to the town. 3. He builds a bridge to 
be a protection to the town. 4. The grain which was 
sent across the marsh was of great use to the army 
5. He persuades the leaders to send scouts into the 
country of the enemy. 6. He warns the lieutenants not 
to send the soldiers ahead. 

301. Reading Lesson 

Caesar, prlmum suo 1 deinde omnium 1 equls ex conspectu 
remotls 2 proelium cum hostibus commlsit. Nostrl e loco 
superiore pills missis facile phalangem hostium perfrege- 
runt. Ea disiecta, gladiis destrictls, in eos impetum 
fecerunt. Scuta Gallls magno impediments erant. De- 
nique, scutls e manibus emissls, nudo corpore pugnaverunt. 
Tandem in fugam versl ad proximum montem fugerunt. 

1 See 247, b, and 248, 3. 

2 Note all indications of the ablative absolute, and use great care in transla- 
tion. See 236. 



174 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



LESSON 41 

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, FOURTH CONJUGATION AND 
-io VERBS OF THE THIRD — REVIEW OF PURPOSE 
CLAUSES — VERBS OF FEARING 

302. audio : present infinitive active, audire ; perfect in- 
finitive active, audivisse. 



Present 

i. audiam 

2. audias 

3. audiat 



Active Voice 
Singular 



Imperfect 

audirem 

audires 

audlret 



Perfect 

audiverim 

audiveris 

audiverit 



Pluperfect 

audivissem 

audivisses 

audlvisset 



Plural 

i. audiamus audiremus audlverimus audivissemus 

2. audiatis audiretis audlveritis audlvissetis 

3. audiant audirent audiverint audlvissent 



Passive Voice 
Singular 



I. 


audiar 


audirer 


audltus sim 


auditus essem 


2. 


audiaris(-re) 


audireris(-re) 


auditus sis 


auditus esses 


3- 


audiatur 


audiretur 

Plu 


audltus sit 

R.AL 


auditus esset 


1. 


audiamur 


audiremur 


audit! slmus 


audit! essemus 


2. 


audiamini 


audiremini 


audit! sltis 


audit! essetis 


3- 


audiantur 


audlrentur 


audit! sint 


audit! essent 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 



175 



capio : present infinitive active, capere ; perfect infinitive 



active, cepisse. 


Active Voice 




1. 

2. 
3- 


Present 

capiam 

capias 

capiat 


Singular 
Imperfect Perfect 

caperem ceperim 
caperes ceperis 
caperet ceperit 

Plural 


Pluperfect 

cepissem 

cepisses 

cepisset 


1. 

2. 
3- 


capiamus 

capiatis 

capiant 


caperemus ceperimus 
caperetis ceperitis 
caperent ceperint 

Passive Voice 

Singular 


cepissemus 

cepissetis 

cepissent 


1. 

2. 
3- 


capiar caperer captus sim 
capiaris (-re) capereris (-re) captus sis 
capiatur caperetur captus sit 


captus essem 
captus esses 
captus esset 






Plural 




1. 

2. 
3- 


capiamur 
capiamini 
capiantur 


caperemur capti simus 
caperemini capti sitis 
caperentur capti sint 


capti essemus 
capti essetis 
capti essent 



a. The mood sign in the fourth conjugation and in -io 
verbs of the third is -a, which is shortened before final -m, 
-t, -nt, and -r. 

b. For the formation of the imperfect and pluperfect 
subjunctive active see 270, a. 

c. Compare the present and perfect subjunctive forms 
in the above verbs with those of the other conjugations 
(276, 282, 294) and with the future and future perfect 
indicative. Also note once more and remember the future 



176 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

forms in the first and second conjugations as distinguished 
from the third and fourth. 

d. Review carefully 283, 284, 295, 296. 

303. Study carefully the following sentences: — 

1 . Timeo ne pugnet, I fear that lie will fight. 

2. Timeo ut pugnet, I fear that he zvill not fight. 

3. Timui ne pugnaret, I feai'ed that he would fight. 

4. Timui ut pugnaret, I feared that he would not fight. 

a. Compare this use of ut and ne with that found in 
283, 295. 

b. The apparent change in meaning is due to the 
following facts : — 

1. What we fear will happen, we wish may not happen. 

2. What we fear will not happen, we wish may hap- 
pen. 

Note. — This use of the subjunctive, like that in substantive clauses 
of purpose, springs from the volitive subjunctive. For law of sequence 
see 277, 278. 

304. VOCABULARY 

biduum, -I, n., a space of two divido, -ere, -visi, -visus, di- 

days, two days vide, separate 

tormentum, -I, n., hurling en- perfringo, -ere, -fregi, -fractus, 

gine break through 

vallum, -I, n., rampart responded, -ere, -spondi, -spon- 

inermis, -e, unarmed sus, reply, anszver 

distineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus, timeo, -ere, -ui, — ,fear 

keep apart denique, adv., finally 
libenter, adv., willingly 



VERBS OF FEARING 



177 



305 
I. 3 



EXERCISES 



Timuerunt ne Galli impetum in vallum facerent. 
2. Timuerunt ut milites vallum defenderent. 3. Timed 
ne vallum castrorum a mllitibus perfringatur. 4. Timu- 
isti ne multl, et virl et liberi, 
ab hostibus interficerentur. 
5. Dlcit legatos, subsidils 
missis, manum hostium disti- 
nere. 6. Blduum in castris 
manebant et castella de- 
fendebant ne hostes vallum 
perfringerent. 7. Denique, 
tormentls positis et pills iactis 
milites de muro pepulerunt et 
multos inermis interfecerunt. 
8. Timet ut Galli responsum nostri imperatoris audiant. 
II. 1. I fear that he will not come, he feared that they 
would come, we feared that you would not come. 
2. Caesar feared that the troops of the enemy would not 
be kept apart. 3. They hastened to the town in order 
to place hurling engines there. 4. We had feared that 
you would willingly remain in the camp of the enemy. 
5. Finally we advised you to run down from the camp and 
keep the enemy apart. 




Catapult. 



LESSON 42 

THE THIRD DECLENSION, GENERAL RULES FOR 
GENDER— IRREGULAR NOUNS — READING LESSON 

306. General Rules for Gender : — 

1. Nouns in-er, -or, -6s, -es(gen. -idis, -itis), are masculine. 



i;8 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



2. Nouns in -o, -as, -es (gen. -is), -is, -s (preceded by a 
consonant), and -x are feminine. 

3. Nouns in -a, -e, -n, -ar, -us (gen. -eris, -oris), with some 
others, are neuter. 

a. There are many exceptions to these rules for gender, 
but they must be learned by observation, study, and prac- 
tice ; you cannot easily write good Latin without knowing 
the gender of all nouns. 

b. In the following list you will find the principal ex- 
ceptions to the above rules for gender which will be 
needed for your work in this book. 



collis, -is, m., hill 
dens, dentis, m., tooth 
finis, -is, m., end, limit 
fons, fontis, m., fountain 
ignis, -is, m., fire 
iter, itineris, n., journey 



mensis, -is, m., month 
mons, montis, m., mountain 
or do, -inis, m., order, rank 
pes, pedis, m.,foot 
pons, pontis, m., bridge 
sol, solis, m., sun 



vertex, -ids, m., summit 
Learn such of these as you do not know and state to 
which rule each is an exception. 

307. In some nouns the stem is irregularly modified in 
some of the cases : — 



iter, itineris, n., journey 

Stems, iter- and itiner- 

bases, iter- and itiner- 



vis, vis, f., force 
Stems, vi- and viri- 
bases, v- and vir- 





Singular 


Plural 


Singular 


Plural 


N. 


iter 


itinera 


vis 


vires 


G. 


itineris 


itinerum 


vis (rare) 


virium 


D. 


itinerl 


itineribus 


vi (rare) 


viribus 


Ac. 


iter 


itinera 


vim 


viris, -es 


Ab. 


itinere 


itineribus 


vi 


viribus 



GENERAL RULES FOR GENDER 179 

a. Distinguish carefully vis, strength, of the third de- 
clension from vir, man, of the second. 

308. VOCABULARY 

copiae domesticae, copiarum ago, -ere, egi, actus, set in 

domesticarum, f. pi., home motion, drive, do, act 

supplies inter scindo, -ere, -scidi, -scis- 

frigus, -oris, n., cold ; pi., cold sus, cut down, destroy 

weather suppeto, -ere, -IvI or -ii, 

vis (vis), f., force ', power ; pi., -iturus, be at hand 

strength nondum, adv., not yet 

domesticus, -a, -um, domestic, ex itinere, adverbial phrase, 

private on the march 

integer, -gra, -grum, whole, magnis itineribus, adverbial 

fresh phrase, by forced marches 

maturus, -a, -um, ripe 

309. EXERCISES 

I. I. Caesar pontem longum interscindit ne hostes 
copias traducant. 2. Copiae domesticae Aeduis non 
suppetebant, quare frumenta matura ex agris capiebant. 

3. Integrls viribus de alto colle decucurrerunt ut, ponte in- 
terscisso, exercitum inimicum a finibus suis prohiberent. 

4. Timet ne hostes in suos ex itinere impetum faciant, et 
eos ad altum montis verticem pellant. 5. Mlsit qui 1 
pontem interscinderent. 6. Quod frumenta in agris 
propter frlgora nondum matura erant, ab Aeduis flagitabat. 
7. Belgae magnis itineribus ad castra contenderunt ut 
impetum inimicarum copiarum repellerent. 

II. 1. Caesar kept demanding 2 ripe grain of the 

1 {men) who should cut down, men to cut down. (283, 284.) 

2 See sentence 6 in 309, 1. The imperfect often expresses repeated action. 



180 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

Aeduans. 2. He hastened to drive the beasts-of-burden 
across the long bridge. 3. They made an attack with 
fresh strength upon our line of march. 4. On account of 
the cold weather the crops-of-grain were not yet ripe. 
5. We fear that the troops will be attacked with fresh 
strength on the march. 6. We were advised to bring 




The Emperor's Sacrifice at the Roman Bridge over the Danube. 

(Column of Trajan.) 

home-supplies into the camp, for the enemy were hasten- 
ing by forced marches to attack our army. 

310. Reading Lesson 

Proelio autem renovato, ab hora septima ad vesperum 
pugnatum est; 1 nemo autem aversum hostem 2 vldit. In 
eo proelio Orgetorigis filiam et unura e filiis 3 nostri milites 

1 they fought, lit., it was fought. 

2 the back of an enemy, lit., an enemy turned away. 

3 one of his sons. 



THE ORDINAL NUMERALS l8l 

ceperunt et multa milia interfecerunt. II qui superfue- 
runt magnls itineribus in finis Lingonum contenderunt, 
ibique quarto die : pervenerunt. Lingones eos autem 
frumento iuvare non potuerunt 2 quod a Caesare prohibitl 
sunt. 



LESSON 43 

THE ORDINAL NUMERALS — THE FIFTH DECLENSION 
— THE ABLATIVE OF TIME — READING LESSON — 
WORD LIST VI 

311. The ordinal numerals in Latin, as in English, are 
adjectives derived from the cardinals to express order or 
place. They are declined like fidus, -a, -um. 

1st, primus, -a, -um 13th, tertius decimus 

2d, secundus 14th, quartus decimus 

3rd, tertius 15th, quintus decimus 

4th, quartus 16th, sextus decimus 

5th, quintus 17th, septimus decimus 

6th, sextus 1 8th, duodevlcesimus 

7th, septimus 19th, undevlcesimus 

8th, octavus 20th, vlcesimus 

9th, nonus 2 1st, vlcesimus primus 

10th, decimus 30th, trlcesimus 

nth, undecimus 40th, quadragesimus 

1 2th, duodecimus 50th, qumquagesimus 

312. Stems of the fifth declension end in e. 

1 on the fourth day. 

2 could. 



182 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



dies, diei, 


m., day 


res, rel, 


f., thing, 






Stem die 
base di- 




matter 
Stem re-, base r- 


CASE 

Endings 


SlNG. 


PL. 


SlNG. 


PL. 


Sing. 


PL 


N. V. dies 


dies 


res 


res 


-es 


-es 


G. diei 


dierum 


rei 


rerum 


-ei 


-erum 


D. diei 


diebus 


rei 


rebus 


-ei 


-ebus 


Ac. diem 


dies 


rem 


res 


-em 


-es 


Ab. die 


diebus 


re 


rebus 


-e 


-ebus 



a. Dies and res are the only nouns of the fifth declension 
that are declined throughout. The others are declined in 
the singular and a few are found also in the nominative 
and accusative plural. Spes, spei, f., hope, and fides, -ei, f., 
faith, are declined like res ; spes has a nominative and an 
accusative plural and fides the singular only. 

b. Gender. — Nouns of the fifth declension are feminine 
with the exception of dies, which is masculine in the plural 
and generally in the singular, except where it refers to 
some specified time. 

c. Decline spes and fides. 

313. In English we express the time at which or within 
which an act takes place by a preposition and its object, 
as : at night, within two years. In Latin we express these 
ideas by the use of the ablative case without a preposition. 

1. Tertia hora in castra venit, he came into camp at the 
third Jiour. 

2. Tribus annis multa oppida delebit, zvithin three years 
he will destroy many towns. 

a. Compare these sentences with those expressing 
duration of time (289). 



FIFTH DECLENSION, ABLATIVE OF TIME 183 

314. Rule 

Time at or within Which. — Time at or within which 
an act is performed is expressed by the ablative without 
a preposition. 

315. VOCABULARY 

abduco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, retineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus, hold 

lead away back, restrain, refrain 

deleo, -ere, -evl, -etus, blot out, quo, adv., where 

destroy apud, prep, with ace, at, 

praebeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, in, among, in the presence 

furnish of 

restituo, -ere, -ill, -utus, re- cis, prep, with ace, on this 

store, give back side of 

316. EXERCISES 

I. I. Ed die, tribus diebus, quarto die, tertio anno, sep- 
tima hora, quattuor diebus. 2. Hostes legatos Romanos 
in oppido multas horas retinuerunt. 3. Tertia hora multl 
de colle decucurrerunt ut oppida aedificiaque delerent. 
4. Centum pagi Germanorum cis Rhenum sunt, dicit cen- 
tum pagos Germanorum cis Rhenum esse. 5. Quinque 
dies obsides in castris retinuit, quinque horas obsides in 
castris retinebantur. 6. Prima hora milites apud impe- 
rat5rem erant ut de proelio nuntiarent. 7. Aeduis im- 
peravit ut frumentum statim praeberent. 8. Neque 
obsides restituam neque inimlcos viros in fidem meam ac- 
cipiam. 9. Spes magna exercitui erat quod hostes omnis 
copias abduxerant. 

II. 1. Within ten years, at the second hour, for ten 
days, during five nights, on the tenth day. 2. Within 
two years Caesar will have destroyed all the towns of the 



1 84 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



enemy. 3. The lieutenant will have held back the tenth 
legion, but he will send the seventh as a reenforcement to 
Caesar. 4. He ordered them to restore within two years 




Roman Army made to pass under the Yoke. 



all the villages which they had destroyed. 5. On that 
day all the enemy were received into the protection of the 
Roman people. 6. They came on foot 1 to Caesar with 

1 pedibus. 



WORD LIST VI 



185 



great hope of peace and begged that he would receive 
them in 1 surrender. 



317. Reading Lesson 

Helvetii omnium rerum inopia adducti, legatos ad Cae- 
sarem de deditione mlserunt, qui eum in itinere convene- 
runt 2 et ab eo pacem petierunt, atque dixerunt se in eo 
loco eius adventum exspectare quo turn essent. Caesar, 
postquam in eum locum pervenit, obsides, arma, servos 3 
postulavit. Deinde, armis obsidibusque traditls, eos in de- 
ditionem accepit et oppida vlcosque, quos 4 deleverant, eos 
restituere iussit. Circiter autem hominum milia VI eius 
pagi, qui Verbigenus appellatus, prima nocte e castris 
Helvetiorum ad Rhenum flnlsque Germanorum conten- 
derunt. Caesar els imperavit, quorum per finis ierant, 5 ut 
eos reducerent. Reliqu.os omnis in deditionem accepit. 



318. 


WORD LIST VI 




abduco 


deligo 


explorator 


inermis 


adventus 


denique 


exspecto 


integer 


ago 


dens 


fides 


intellego 


annus 


desisto 


fons 


interea. 


apud 


dies 


frigus 


interscindo 


bellicosus 


distineo 


hiemo 


ius 


biduum 


divid5 


hora 


iustitia 


cis 


domesticus 


impedimentum 


labor 


culpo 


duo 


impero 


lacus 


decurrd 


et . . . et 


impetus 


libenter 


deleo 


ex itinere 


incursio 


manus 


1 into surrender. 




2 met. 


3 Either no 


conjunction is used 


in Latin, as here, or one less than the 


number of connected words. 






4 quos agrees with its nearest antecedent. 


5 they had gone. 



1 86 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



maturus 


persuadeo 


rogo 


trado 


mensis 


pes 


sol 


trans 


mille 


peto 


speculator 


tres 


ne 


praebed 


spes 


ultra 


nondum 


praemitto 


statim 


Onus 


obtineo 


quo 


subsidium 


usus 


ordo 


RemI 


suppeto 


ut 


pabulum 


res 


tertius 


vallum 


pagus 


respondeo 


timeo 


vertex 


passus 


restituo 


timor 


vis 


perfringo 


retineo 


tormentum 






LESSON 44 





THE CLASSES OF PRONOUNS — PERSONAL AND RE- 
FLEXIVE PRONOUNS 

319. In Latin, as in English, there are eight classes of 
pronouns. They are as follows : — 

1. Personal, which by their form show their person and 
number ; as, ego, /; tu, yott. 

2. Reflexive, which are used in the oblique cases 2 to 
refer back to the subjects of their sentences ; as, se culpat, 
he blames Jiimself. 

3. Possessive, which show possession ; as, suus, -a, -um, 
his, her, its, their {own). 

4. Demonstrative, which point out persons or things 
definitely ; as, hie, this ; ille, that. 

5. Intensive, which emphasize the words to which they 
belong ; as, ipse, he himself; vir ipse, the man himself. 

6. Relative, which connect a subordinate clause with 

1 All cases but the nominative and vocative are called oblique cases. 



PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS 187 

some noun or pronoun in the principal clause ; as, eum qui 
venit video, / see him who came. 

7. Interrogative, which are used to ask questions ; as, 
quis venit ? who comes ? 

8. Indefinite, which indicate things indefinitely ; as, 
aliquis dicat, some one may say. 

a. The personal pronoun of the third person is lacking. 
Its place is generally supplied by is, sometimes by ille. 

320. The Personal Pronouns 

First Person 





Singular 


Plural 


N. 


ego, / 


nos, we 


G. 


mel, of me 


nostrum, nostri, of us 


D. 


mihi, to ox for me 


nobis, to ox for us 


Ac. 


me, me 


nos, us 


Ab. 


me, 1 with me 


nobis, 1 with us 




Second Person 




Singular 


Plural 


N. 


tu, you 


vos, you 


G. 


till, of you 


vestrum, vestri, of 'you 


D. 


tibi, to or for you 


vobis, to ox for you 


Ac. 


te, you 


vos, you 


Ab. 


te, 1 with you 


vobis, 1 with you 



321. The Reflexive Pronoun 

Singular and Plural, Third Person only 
G. sui, of himself , herself, itself, themselves. 
D. sibi, to ox for himself, herself, itself, themselves. 
Ac. se or sese, himself, herself, itself, themselves. 
Ab. se or sese, 1 with himself, itself, herself, themselves. 

1 The ablative may also be translated from, by, by means of, out of etc. 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



a. The personal pronouns are often used in a reflexive 
sense : — 

Singular Plural 

i. ego me culpo, / blame nos nos culpamus, we blame 

myself ourselves 

2. tu te culpas, you blame vos vos culpatis, you blame 

yourself yourselves 

3. (is) se culpat, he blames (ii) se culpant, they blame 

himself themselves 

b. Learn and remember the following points : — 

1. The nominative of the personal pronoun is not ex- 
pressed except for emphasis : ego sum miser, tu es felix, 

/ am wretched, you are 
happy. 

2. When reference is 
made in the oblique cases 
in the third person to the 
subject of the sentence, the 
reflexive sui, etc., is used : 
miles se occidit, the soldier 
killed himself ; but miles 
eum occidit, the soldier killed 
him. 

3. When the preposition 
cum is used with the per- 
sonal and reflexive pronouns, 
it is always an enclitic. 

With the relative and interrogative pronouns it may or 
may not be an enclitic: mecum, with me ; nobiscum, with 
tis ; but quibuscum or cum quibus. 

4. Se is used in indirect discourse to refer to the 




Sacrifice: Helpers. 



PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS 



8 9 



subject of the verb which introduces it : Caesar dicit se 
vicisse, Caesar says that he (Caesar) conquered. 



322. VOCABULARY 

acies, -ei f., line of battle, triplex, gen. -ids, triple 

battle line 
culpa, -ae, i., fault, blame 
iudex, -icis, m., judge 
tempus, -oris, n., time 



reduco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, 

lead back 
relinquo, -ere, -liqui, -lictus, 

leave, leave behind 



amplus, -a, -um, large, spa- reprehendo, -ere, -dl, -hensus, 

cious blame 

circiter, adv., about 

323. Special Exercises on the Pronouns 

I. 1. Ego sum nauta, tu es agricola. 2. Tecum 
numquam miser ero. 3. Vir se lau- 
dat, me non laudat ; vir se laudat, ego 
autem eura non laudo. 4. Nos omnes 
in silva eramus, tu autem in urbe eras. 
5. Puer cum amico in castris erat, eius 
patrem non vldit, suum autem saepe 
videbat. 6. Mihi gladium dedit, tibi 
pilum, ei autem multa et pulchra signa. 

II. 1. With them, with us, with him, 
with himself, with her, with herself. 
2. The soldier was with you, with them, 
with us, with me. 3. The girl will 
never praise him, her, herself. 4. The 
man has always praised himself and his 
own friends, the man has always praised 
his brother and his (his brother's) friends. 5. You 
will come with us to help x our friends. 

1 Why not the infinitive ? 




Roman Priest. 



190 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

324. EXERCISES 

I. I. Acie Instructs, agmine reducto, locis relictis, iudi- 
cibus convocatls. 2. Imperator cum exercitu in Galliam 
contendit ut ibi duas legiones conscrlberet. 3. Legiones 
quas in Gallia conscripserat castris praesidio erant. 
4. Circiter quinque milia passuum ab urbe ad montem altum 
pr5cessit ut ibi nostrum adventum exspectaret. 5. Prop- 
ter meam culpam magnam amlcl non iutl sunt. 6. Eodem 
tempore exercitus Instructus est et acie triplicl in hostis 
impetum fecit. 7. Nullo ordine 1 per amplos agros 
milites ad flumen properaverunt ut pontem interscinderent. 

II. 1. Caesar and Ariovistus were hastening by forced 
marches to a large town of the Sequani. 2. Four dis- 
tricts of the Helvetians had come out of their territory to 
see 2 the fertile fields of their neighbors. 3. We do not 
blame them because they have left their- baggage behind, 
but will help them with 3 our home supplies. 4. Draw- 
ing up a triple line of battle, he made an attack upon 
the forces of the Gauls. 5. The whole army was led 
back at that time in order to defend our cities. 6. Men 
were sent by forced marches to meet the enemy on the 
march. 

1 In no order. 2 Why not the infinitive? 

3 What idea does with express? 



Antique Vases. 



WORD FORMATION 191 

LESSON 45 

WORD FORMATION 

• Note. — It has been thought best to insert at this point two lessons 
upon Word Formation and Word Grouping. These lessons are not to 
be learned verbatim, but should be carefully read and frequently re- 
ferred to in the preparation of the succeeding lessons. 

The aim has not been to make an exhaustive treatment of the sub- 
ject, but to present a few essential facts in a very simple manner, in 
the hope that the pupil, recognizing the fact that Latin and English 
are sister languages, and that both have been built up gradually and 
systematically, may form habits of observation in word study which will 
not only enliven his work in Latin, but help him to appreciate his own 
language better. 

325. A Root is the essential part of a word unmodified 
by the addition of formative elements. 

326. A Stem is that part of a word to which the in- 
flectional endings are added : son-, root ; sono-, stem ; 
sonus, 1 a noise. 

327. Examine carefully the following groups of words : — 

ag 0, do ac-tor, one who does actio, a doing 

defend-o, defend defen-sor, one who defends defen-sio, a de- 
fending 

1. The ending -tor (-sor) denotes the agent, and -tio (-sio) 
is used in forming abstracts. Note the change in the 
final letter of the root ag before t, and the dropping of d 
before s. 

scrib-o, write scrip-tor, ? scrip-tio, ? 



1 The final letter of the stem is often so changed by its contact with the 
inflectional endings as not to be evident without careful analysis. 



192 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

328. ago, lead ag-men, line of march 
fhx-o, flow flu-men, river 
move-o, move mo-men-tum, movement 
mone-o, remind monu-men-tum, reminder 

1. The endings -men, -mentum, denote acts or the means 
or results of acts. 

329. arm-o, arm arma-tura, armor, armed 

troops 
scrlb-o, write scrip-tura, a writing 

ax-o, plow ara-trum, that zvhich plows, a 

plow 
voc 0, call voca-bulum, that by which 

one is called, a name 
gubern-o, guide guberna-culum, that which 

guides, a helm 

i. The endings -tiira, -trum, -bulum, -culum denote the 
means or instrument of an action. 

From the meaning of the endings -tor, -tio in 327, 1, tell 
the meaning of the following words : — 

ara-tor, ara-tio ; guberna-tor, guberna-tio ; voca-tor, voca-tio. 

330. lae-tus, glad lae-ti-tia, gladness 

levis, light levi-tas, lightness, fickleness 

magnus, great magni-tudo, greatness, size 

servus, slave servi-tus, slavery 

1. The endings -tia, -tas, -tudo, -tus are added to noun 
and adjective stems to form abstracts. Note change in 
stem vowel. 



WORD FORMATION 



93 



The following words will give corresponding forms : — 

? justice 

? truth 

? breadth 

? manhood, courage 



iustus, just 
verus, true 
latus, broad 
vir, man 



331. 



filius, son 
ager, field 
homo, man 



fili-olus, little son 
agel-lus, little field 
homun-culus, manikin 



1. The nominative endings -ulus (after a vowel -olus), 
-lus, -cuius are added to noun stems to form diminutives. 

Compare with these the English words brooklet, rivulet, 
bracelet, versicle, reticule. 

332. homo, man hum-anus, belonging to man, human 

lac, milk lact-eus, belonging to milk, lacteal 

alius, another ali-enus, belonging to another, alien 
ci vis, citizen clv-icus, belonging to a citizen, civic 
Roma, Rome Rom-anus, belonging to Rome, 
Roman 

Observe the formation of the preceding adjectives, and 
of the corresponding English words. 



LESSON 46 

WORD FORMATION {Continued) 

333. navis, ship nav-alis, pertaining to a ship, naval 

servus, slave serv-ilis, pertaining to a slave, servile 
consul, consul consul aris, pertaining to a consul, 
consular 




A View of Pompeii as it is To-day. 

(The Theater Section as seen from an Aeroplane.) 



(i94) 



WORD FORMATION 



195 



i. The endings -alis, -His, -aris denote belonging or per- 
taining to. The very common English endings -al, -ar, -il, 
-He are derived from these. 

334. eques, horseman eques-ter, belonging to a horseman, 

eqtiestrian 
silva, wood silves-ter, belonging to a forest, 

wooded 
nos, we, us nos-ter, belonging to us, our 

What is the adjective corresponding to pedes, foot sol- 
dier •? to terra, land? 



335. capi-o, take 
cupi-o, desire 
tene-o, hold 
aude-o, dare 
pugn-6, fight 



capt-ivus, captive 
cup-idus, desirous, eager 
ten-ax, prone to hold, tenacious 
aud-ax, ? 



pugn-ax, 



I. The endings -ivus, -idus are added to verb stems to 
express state, and the ending -ax to express tendency. 

336. ago, drive ag-ilis, active, agile 

faci-o, make, do fac-ilis, easy (that which can be 

done) 
nosc-o, know no-bilis, known, noble 
exim-o, select exim-ius, selected, remarkable 

1. The endings -ilis, -bilis, -ius are added to verb stems 
to express passive qualities. 

337. arma, arms arm-o, -are, arm 

hiems, winter hiem-o, -are, pass the winter 

albus, white albe-o, -ere, be white 

metus,/^zr metu-o, -ere, fear 

finis, end fini-o, -ire, end 



196 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

I. Verbs of the four conjugations are derived from noun 
stems. This is true of most of the three hundred and sixty- 
verbs of the first conjugation, some of the second and 
third, and many of the fourth. 

338. Compounds. — A simple word is one containing a 
single stem : dux, due-. A compound word is one con- 
taining two or more stems : agricola = agri + cola (agro- + 
cole-); ager, field; colo, cultivate; agricola, one who culti- 
vates a field, a farmer. 

The following are also examples of compounds. Pro- 
avus, great-grandfather ^ pro + avus, preposition + noun. 
Arti-fex, artisan, arti- (stem of ars) + fex (facio), noun 
stem + verb stem. Per-gravis, very heavy, per + gravis, 
preposition + adjective. In-fldus, not to be trusted, in + 
fidus, negative particle + adjective. Magn- animus, great- 
hearted, magno + animus, adjective stem + noun. Ex-eo, 
go out, ex + eo, preposition + verb. 

339. In 326-337 you have seen how words are formed 
by the addition of prefixes and suffixes. A great many 
words in Latin group themselves about a single root. In 
learning a Latin vocabulary bear this in mind, and associate 
words which have a common root. Many words are of 
doubtful origin, but in the following exercises only those 
whose origin is practically certain, and which are in fre- 
quent use, will be given. 

340. Study carefully the words in the group in this and 
succeeding lessons, and endeavor to explain the formation 
of each word, referring to 327-338. 

1. At the end of each group a list of English derivatives 
has been given which should be carefully studied for the 



( 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 197 

purpose of enlarging your English vocabulary, and empha- 
sizing the relation between your own language and the Latin. 

341. Root due-, lead. 

due- 6, lead due-tor, ? intro-duco, lead into 

dux, leader in-duc-tio, ? intro-duc-tio, ? 

Form compounds with ad, con, de, in, re, and give mean- 
ings. 

English Derivatives. — Duke, ductile, conductor, in- 
duce, ducat, reduction, viaduct, aqueduct, subdue, educate, 
duchy. 

LESSON 47 

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES, REGULAR — CONSTRUC- 
TIONS WITH COMPARATIVES— READING LESSON 

342. Comparison is a change in the form of an adjec- 
tive to show the degree in which its quality is expressed. 
Adjectives have three degrees of comparison : — 

1. The positive, which expresses the simple existence of 
the quality. 

2. The comparative, which expresses the existence of the 
quality in a higher degree. 

3. The superlative, which expresses the existence of the 
quality in the highest degree. 

343. In English the comparative and superlative are 
regularly formed by adding -er and -est to the positive : 
small, smaller, smallest. In Latin, in like manner, adjec- 
tives are compared by the use of certain terminations. 
These are added to the base of the positive to form the 
comparative and superlative, and are : — 



198 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



Masc. 


Fem. 


Neut. 


Comp. -ior 


-ior 


-ius 


Superl. -issimus 


-issima 


-issimum 


Positive 


Comparative 


Superlative 


densus, -a, -um, 


densior, -ior, -ius 


densissimus, -a, 


dense (Base dens-) 




-um 


fortis, -is, -e, 


fortior, -ior, -ius 


fortissimus, -a, 


brave (Base fort-) 




-um 


audax, — , — , 


audacior, -ior, 


audacissimus, -a, 


bold (Base audac-) 


-ius 


-um 



a. Adjectives in -er form the superlative by adding 
-rimus to the nominative masculine : acer, acris, acre ; 
comparative, acrior, -ior, -ius ; superlative, acerrimus, -a, 



■um. 



b. Six adjectives in -lis (facilis, easy ; difficilis, difficult ; 
similis, like; dissimilis, unlike; gracilis, gracefid ; and 
humilis, humble) form their superlative by adding -limus 
to the base : — 



Positive "Base 


Comparat 


ive 


Superlative 


similis, -e simil- 


similior, 


-ius simillimus, -a, -um 


Learn the above words. 






344. Declension 


of Comparatives : — 




Singular 


Plu 


RAL 


Masc. and Fem. 


Neut. 


Masc. and Fem. 


Neut. 


N. V. fortior 


fortius 


fortiores 


fortiora 


G. fortioris 


fortioris 


fortiorum 


fortidrum 


D. fortiori 


fortiori 


fortioribus 


fortioribus 


Ac. fortiorem 


fortius 


fortiores 


fortiora 


Ab. fortiore 


fortiore 


fortioribus 


foritoribus 



a. All superlatives are declined like fidus, -a, -um (113). 



CONSTRUCTIONS WITH COMPARATIVES 199 

345. Study the following : — 

1. Honor mini carior est quam vita, honor is dearer to me 
than life. 

2. Dicit honorem sibi cariorem esse quam vitam, he says 
that honor is dearer to him than life. 

3. Honor mini carior est vita, honor is dearer to me than 
life. 

4. Dicit honorem sibi cariorem vita esse, he says that 
Jionor is dearer to him than life. 

a. In 1 and 2 quam, than, is expressed after the com- 
parative and is followed by the same case, nominative in 1 
and accusative in 2, as precedes it. In 3 and 4 quam is 
omitted and the ablative case follows the word of comparison. 

346. Rule 

Cases used with Comparatives. — When quam is expressed 
in a comparison, the same case follows as precedes ; but when 
quam is omitted, the ablative case follows the word of com- 
parison. 

347. The following sentences show peculiar meanings 
of the comparative and superlative : — 

1 . Puer erat audacior, the boy was rather bold or too bold. 

2. Vir fortissimus erat, the man was very brave. 

348. Rules 

Special Uses of Comparatives and Superlatives. — 

1. The comparative is sometimes used to express a rather 
high or too high degree of the quality. 

2. The superlative is often used to express a very high de- 
gree of the quality. 



200 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

Compare in all genders : altus, brevis, difficilis, liber, 
potens, pulcher. 

How do you find the base of a noun or an adjective ? 

349- VOCABULARY 

honor, -oris, m., honor potens, gen. potentis, power- 

mora, -ae, f., delay fid 

carus, -a, -um, dear, precious vastus, -a, -um, vast 

celer, -eris, -ere, swift deduco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, 

ingens, gen. ingentis, huge, lead down 

large itaque, conj., and so, there- 

laetus, -a, -um, glad, joyful fore 

paratus, -a, -um, prepared, quam, conj., than 

ready 

350. EXERCISES 

I. 1. GermanI potentiores quam finitimi erant. 2. Galli 
potentiores Romanis non erant. 3. Puer audacior est 
quam vir, vir non est audacior puero. 4. Vastissimam et 
clarissimam terrain incolebant GermanI. 5. LaetissimI 
erant milites quod imperator eos sine mora contra hostis 
deduxerat. 6. Silvae ingentissima magnitudine finis 
duorum regum potentissimorum dividunt. 7. Multi equl 
celerrimi et pulcherrimi imperatori erant. 8. Vita cara 
est, honor autem carior. 

II. 1. Very beautiful horses, a more powerful leader, a 
rather bold boy, in a very vast land. 2. The Aeduans 
were more powerful than their neighbors. 3. We know 
that life is very precious to all men. 4. The swiftest 
legions were sent to capture the redoubts. 5. The com- 
mander ordered his forces to be led down to a very swift 
river. 6. There was a very short and easy road through 



CONSTRUCTIONS WITH COMPARATIVES 



201 



the country of our enemies. 7. He ordered the swiftest 
horsemen to come without delay into the city. 

351. Reading Lesson 

Bell5 Helvetiorum confecto, legati Galliae, principes 
civitatum ad Caesarem convenerunt. Auxilium ab eo petie- 







'V a T i 






^Ze' 9 




,'j 


S 1 






llfiilt 




1 •] 




% 










:':I" 








• ,** 




1 -jOi S 




>*SF~2r%?~ 


. 








W- \: 


'^' : .'' '':■ r 


iS§B^ «<« 






= ?-'- ■■-* ^'^^^^jj*^* 


P|^ 


..p**" 


:z: _£i! 




- _ - 






r§5^x 








-73S"-„-.^ 


Hl'" "" 




S* — — — -— 





Street in Timgad, Algeria. 

runt quod Germanos timebant. Pro his Dlviciacus locutus 
est, 1 " Multi German! ingentissima magnitudine corporis in 
Gallia sunt, quibuscum saepe contendimus. Maximam 2 
calamitatem accepimus. Omnem senatum, omnemque 
equitatum amisimus. Ariovistus eorum rex est, hom5 
barbarissimus et iracundissimus. Eius imperia diutius 
sustinere non possumus. 3 Ad te venimus auxilium petltum. 4 " 



spoke. 

a very great. 



° we can. 

4 to ask ; the form petitum will be explained later. 



202 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



352. Study carefully the following word group. Deter- 
mine the meaning of words marked ? 

Root spec-, see, spy. 
specto, behold species, appearance speculator, spy 
spectator ? spectaculum, ? spectrum, image. 

Eng. Der. — Species, specious, spectacle, spectrum, spec- 
tral, conspicuous. 



LESSON 48 



TENSES OF THE INFINITIVE — INDIRECT DISCOURSE 
{Continued) —possum — READING LESSON 

353. The Infinitive. — The Latin infinitive is found in 
the present, future, and perfect tenses of both voices. 



Conj. Present 

I. vocare, to 
call, 
II. monere, to 
advise, 

III. regere, to 

rule, 
capere, to 
take, 

IV. audire, to 

hear, 
esse, to be, 



Active 

Perfect 

vocavisse, to have 

called, 
monuisse, to have 

advised, 
rexisse, to have 

ruled, 
cepisse, to have 

taken, 
audivisse, to have 

heard, 
fuisse, to have 

been, 



Future 

vocaturus esse, to be 

about to call 
moniturus esse, to be 

about to advise 
recturus esse, to be 

about to rule 
capturus esse, to be 

about to take 
auditurus esse, to be 

about to hear 
futurus esse, to be 

about to be 



THE INFINITIVE, INDIRECT DISCOURSE 



203 



Passive 

I. vocari, to be vocatus esse, to have 
called, been called, 

II. moneri, to be monitus esse, to have 
advised, been advised, 

III. regi, to be rectus esse, to have 

ruled, been ruled, 

capi, to be captus esse, to have 
taken, been taken, 

IV. audiri, to be auditus esse, to have 

heard, been heard, 



vocatum Iri, to be 

about to be called 
monitum iri, to be 

about to be advised 
rectum Iri, to be about 

to be rided 
captum iri, to be 

about to be taken 
auditum iri, to be 

about to be heard 



a. Write table of infinitives, active and passive, of : duco, 
munio, iubeo, dico, iacio. 

354. Study the following : — 



Dico 
Dixi 
Dicam 



eum regere, 



/ say that he rules or is ruling. 
I said that he ruled ox was ruling. 
I shall say that he rules or is ruling. 



Here the act of ruling is represented as going on at the 
time of the principal verb. 

[ I say that he ruled or was ruling. 
2. Dico / said that he had rided or had 

Dixi eumrexisse, been ruling. 
Dicam / shall say that he ruled or was 

[ ruling. 

Here the act of ruling is represented as completed be- 
fore the time of the principal verb. 



Dico 
Dixi 
Dicam j 



eumrecturum esse, 



/ say that he will rule. 
1 said that he would rule. 
I shall say that he will rule. 



204 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 




Roman Coin of the Emperor Domitian 
showing German Captives and Trophy. 



Here the act of ruling is represented as about to 
occur after the time of the principal verb. In i regere 
stands for regit of the direct; in 2 rexisse stands for rexit, 
regebat, or rexerat; in 3 recturum esse stands for reget. 

a. In the indirect statements in the above sentences the 

infinitives are used 
as follows : — 

(1.) The present 
infinitive of the indi- 
rect statement rep- 
resents a present 
indicative of the 
direct. 

(2.) The perfect 
infinitive represents a perfect, imperfect, or pluperfect 
indicative of the direct. 

(3.) The future infinitive represents a future indicative 
of the direct. 

In translating indirect statements into Latin, determine 
what would probably have been the tense of the indicative 
used in the direct, and apply the above principles in choos- 
ing the tenses of the infinitive. Sometimes it is necessary 
to change the pronoun subject of the infinitive : — 

1. Direct. — He says, " / am ruling" dicit, " rego" ; sub- 
ject (ego), 1st Person. 

2. Indirect. — He says that he is riding, dicit se regere ; 
subject se, 3d Person. 



355. Possum, / am able, I can, is compounded of pot- 
(potis or pote) and sum. Principal Parts : possum, posse, 
potui ; perfect infinitive, potuisse. 



THE VERB POSSUM 



205 









Indicative 






Pres., / can, or 
/ am able 




Singular 
Imperf., I could, 
or / was able 


Fut., / shall be 
able 


I. 

2. 
3. 


possum 

potes 

potest 




poteram 

poteras 

poterat 

Plural 


potero 

poteris 

poterit 


I. 

2. 
3. 


possumus 

potestis 

possunt 




poteramus 

poteratis 

poterant 


poterimus 

poteritis 

poterunt 




Perf., / could, or 
/ was able 


Singular 
Pluperf., / had 
been able 


Fut. Perf., I shall 

have been able 


I. 

2. 
3- 


potui 

potuistl 

potuit 




potueram 

potueras 

potuerat 

Plural 


potuero 

potueris 

potuerit 


I. 

2. 
3- 


potuimus 
potuistis 
potuerunt (- 


ere) 


potueramus 

potueratis 

potuerant 


potuerimus 

potueritis 

potuerint 


a. The perfect potui is for pot-fui. Compare this 
paradigm with that of sum (see 208). Note the change 
of -t to -s before -s, and the dropping of -f after -t. 

b. Possum is used with the complementary infinitive 

(126). 

Subjunctive 


Pres. Imperf. 

i. possim possem 

2. possis posses 

3. possit posset 


Singular 

Perf. 

l potuerim 
potueris 
potuerit 


Pluperf. 

potuissem 

potuisses 

potuisset 



206 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

Plural 

i. possimus possemus potuerlmus potuissemus 

2. possitis possetis potuerltis potuissetis 

3. possint possent potuerint potuissent 

Write the original form of all indirect statements in Ex. 
357- 

356. VOCABULARY 

adrogantia, -ae, f., arrogance, gravis, -e, grave, serious, 

pride severe 

Ariovistus, -I, m., Ariovistus, tristis, -e, sad 

a German chief cognosco, -ere, -novi, -nitus, 
conloquium, conloqul, n., con- learn, find out ; perf., 

ference know 

fortuna, -ae, f., fortune, fate iudico, -are, -avl, -atus, judge, 
nihil, indecl., n., notJiing decide 

spiritus, -us, spirit, pride, hie, adv., here, in this place 

insolence nam, conj., for 

357. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Cognoscere, iudicavisse, cogniturus esse, respondl 
{two ways), respondisse, responsurus esse. 2. Potero, 
potuerint, potuisse, posse, potuimus, poteramus, poterunt, 
potuerunt. 3. Dicit se respondisse, respondere, respon- 
surum esse. 4. Dixit se cognoscere, cogniturum esse, 
cognovisse. 5. Sequani nihil in conloquio responderunt 
sed tristes manebant. 6. Dixit fortunam Sequanorum 
gravem fuisse. 7. Dicit Ariovistum virum magna adro- 
gantia spirituque esse. 8. Dixit Ariovistum virum magna 
adrogantia spirituque fuisse. 9. Sequani nihil respondere 
potuerunt. 



INDIRECT DISCOURSE 



207 



II. i. To judge, to be about to judge, to have found 
out, to have led, to be about to hear, to have seen. 2. To 
be, to have been, to be about to be, to be able, to be about 
to learn, to have been able. 3. I shall not be able to 
see the battle, they are 
not able to come. 4. 
The lieutenant says 
that he had found out 
nothing concerning the 
conference. 5. The 
mountains are higher 
than the hills, he said 
that the mountains 
were higher than the 
hills. 6. Ariovistus 
was a man of great ar- 
rogance and pride, for 
■U -j .Li 1. /-> i Coins of Dumnorix and Vercingetorix. 

he said that Gaul was 

his province. 7. I know that the fortunes of the Sequa- 
nians are very serious. 




358. 



Reading Lesson 



Sequani in conloqui5 nihil responderunt sed tristes mane- 
bant. Diviciacus autem pro ils respondit, " Fortuna 
Sequanorum gravior est quam reliquorum, quod Ariovistus 
in eorum finis suas copias introduxit et omnia eorum 
oppida occupavit. Qua de causa eius adrogantia splri- 
tusque magnus x erat." Multls de causls Caesar legatos 
ad eum de conloqui5 mittere constituit, quibus legatls 
Ariovistus respondit, " Ad Caesarem non veniam, nam 
neque sine magno exercitu in eas partis Galliae, quas 

1 magnus and erat agree with spiritus, the nearest subject. 



208 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

Caesar occupavit, venire audeo, 1 neque exercitum sine 
magno negotio in unum locum condiicere possum." 

359. Root mit-, send. 

mitto, / send missile, a javelin omitto, / neglect 

missio, a sending amitto, ? commissura, a joining 

together 

Form compound words with com, inter, per, prae, sub, 

and give meaning. 

Eng. Der. — Admit, omit, mission, promise, remit, re- 
mission, missionary. 

LESSON 49 

THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES, IRREGULAR— THE 
DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES — READING LESSON 

360. Some adjectives are irregularly compared. The 
following is a list of the most important : — 

a - Positive Comparative Superlative 

bonus, -a, -um, good melior, -ius optimus, 2 -a, -um 

magnus, -a, -um, large maior, -ius maximus, -a, -um 

malus, -a, -um, bad peior, -ius pessimus, 3 -a, -um 

multus, -a, -um, plus (in sing., plurimus, -a, -um 

much neut. only) 

parvus, -a, -um, small minor, -us minimus, -a, -um 

Plus is thus declined : — 

Singular Plural 

Neut. Masc. and Fern. Neut. 

N. V. plus plures plura 

G. pluris plurium plurium 

1 I dare. 2 Associate with optimist. 3 Associate with pessimist. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 209 

Singular Plural 

Neut. Masc. and Fern. Neut. 

. D. — pluribus pluribus 

Ac. plus pluris, -es plura 

Ab. plure pluribus pluribus 

b. 1 Some comparatives and superlatives are formed from 
prepositions and adverbs and have no real positive : — 
cis, citra, prep., on citerior, -ius, hither citimus, -a, -um, 

this side of hithermost 

in, intra, prep., interior, -ius, inner intimus, -a, -um, 

within inmost 

prae, pro, prep., be- prior, prius, former primus, -a, -um, 

fore first 

prope, adv., near propior, -ius, nearer proximus, -a, -um, 

nearest, next 
ultra, adv., beyond ulterior, -ius, far- ultimus, -a, -um, 
ther farthest 

c. 1 The positive forms of the following seldom occur : — 

(exterus, -a, -um) exterior, -ius, extremus, -a, -um, out- 
outer most 

(inferus, -a, -um) inferior, -ius, infimus or imus, -a, -um, 
lower lozvest 

(posterus, -a, -um) posterior, -ius, postremus, -a, -um, last 
latter 

(superus, -a, -um) superior, -ius, supremus or summus, -a, 
higher -um, highest 

361. Examine the following: — 

1 . interior Gallia, the interior of Gaul 

2. summus mons, the top of the mountain 

1 The teacher should use his judgment as to how many of these should 
be required. 



2IO A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

a. In the preceding English expressions interior and top 
are nouns modified by the prepositional phrases of Gaul, of 
the mountain. In the Latin, interior and summus are 
adjectives used in agreement with Gallia and mons, re- 
spectively. Learn carefully this difference in idiom. 

362. Rule 

Adjectives of Order and Succession. — Superlatives {some- 
times also comparatives) are used in agreement with nouns 
to show what part of an object is designated. 

a. So also ceterus, -a, -um, the rest of; medius, -a, -um, 
the middle of; reliquus, -a, -um, the rest of 

Translate : the middle of the hill, the rest of the soldiers. 

b. From senex, old man, and iuvenis, young man, come 
the comparatives senior and iunior. 

363. Examine the following : — 

1 . Locus castris idoneus est, the place is suitable for a 
camp. 

2. Puer fratri similis est, the boy is like his brother. 

3. Nihil Caesari difficile erat, nothing was difficult for 
Caesar. 

4. Germanis proximi sunt, they are nearest to the Germans. 

■ a. In each sentence above the noun in the dative case 
depends upon an adjective. Notice the meanings of these 
adjectives. 

364. Rule 

The Dative with Adjectives. — The dative is used zvith 
adjectives denoti?ig resemblance, fitness, nearness, and the 
like ; also with their opposites. 

Note. — Adjectives of fitness may be used with ad and the accusative. 



DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES 



211 




365. 

mandatum, -1, n., order 
modus, -1, m., manner 
deterior, -ius, comp. adj., 

worse, of less value 
gratus, -a, -um, pleasing, 

agreeable 
idoneus, -a, -um, fit, suitable 
minis, -a, -um, wonderful, 

strange 
molestus, -a, -um, annoying, 

troublesome 



Ruins of Roman Theater. 

(Timgad, Algeria.) 
VOCABULARY 



proximus, ,-a, -um, nearest, 

next 

stipendiarius, -a, -um, tribu- 
tary ; m. pi. as noun, 
tributaries 

mando, -are, -avi, -atus, give 
into the hands of, order, 
intrust 

iterum, adv., a second time 



366. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Mihi est amicus, tibi inimlcus, iniuria n5bis mo- 
lesta erat. 2. Caesar Ariovisto vectigalia deteriora faciet. 



212 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

3. Liberalitas amicorum mihi grata est, iniuriae autem 
inimicorum molestae. 4. Aedui bello superati Ariovisto 
stipendiarii erunt. 5. His responsls datis in interiorem 
Galliam properavit. 6. Calamitate in medio colle accepta 
omnem exercitum iterum in castra duxit. 7. Summus 
mons a copiis pedestribus occupatus est. 8. In citeriorem 
Galliam maxima cum celeritate contendit. 9. Ad flumen 
properavit ut locum castrls idoneum deligeret. 

II. 1. To the nearest hill {inotioii), with a very small 
army, of very good plans, of a very bad man. 2. Of 
better disposition, in a larger place, at a better time, for 
smaller fields. 3. The sight of Caesar's army was more 
pleasing to the Aeduans than 1 to the Germans. 4. They 
say that this place is not suitable for a trench. 5. They 
announced a second time that the Germans were un- 
friendly to Caesar. 6. They said that the sight of the 
army was annoying to the enemy. 7. The infantry 
forces were drawn up on the middle of the hill. 8. They 
were frightened in a strange manner because the hostile 
army was drawn up on the nearest hill. 

367. Reading Lesson 

His responsls ad Caesarem relatis, 2 iterum ad Ariovistum 
legatos cum iis mandatis misit : " Necesse est tibi obsides 
quos ab Aeduls habes, reddere, neque Aeduos neque 
eorum socios iniuria 3 lacessere." Ad haec 4 Ariovistus 
respondit, Aeduos, bello superatos, sibi stipendiaries esse. 
Caesarem magnam iniuriam facere, qui adventu su5 vecti- 
galia sibi deteriora faceret. 5 Se obsides Aeduls reddi- 

1 Use quam. 8 unjustly {with injustice). 

2 relatis, perf. pass, part., brought back. 4 these things, this. 

5 was making. 



CLAUSES OF RESULT 213 

turum non esse, sed cum Germanis bellum fortiter gesturum 
(esse). 

368. Root fac-, make, do. 

f acio, / make, do factum, deed facilis, easy 

facies, appearance facultas, ability difficilis, hard 

Observe change in the root in composition. Form com- 
pound verbs with con, de, per, prae, making the same 
change in the root as in difficilis. 

Eng. Der. — Fact, factor, factory, faction, facility, defect. 

LESSON 50 

ADVERBIAL AND SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF RESULT 
— REVIEW OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD — READING 
LESSON — WORD LIST VII 

369. Study the following : — 

1. Milites tarn acriter pugnaverunt ut oppidum caperent, 

the soldiers fought so bravely that they took the town. 

2. Milites tarn pauci sunt ut oppidum non facile capere 
possint, the soldiers are so few that they cannot easily take 
the town. 

3. Efficiam ut intellegatis, / will make you knozv {make 
that you know). 

4. Eum continere non possum quin castra muniat, / can- 
not restrain him from fortifying the camp. 

a. The dependent verbs in the sentences above show 
the consequence or result of the acts denoted by the prin- 
cipal verbs. The clauses are called Clauses of Result, are 
introduced by ut when affirmative and by ut non when 
negative, and have their verbs in the subjunctive. In 1 



214 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 




A Street Scene in Pompeii showing a Merchant's Shop 



CLAUSES OF RESULT 21 5 

and 2 these clauses modify the main verbs like adverbs, 
in 3 the clause ut intellegatis is the object of efficiam, and 
in 4 the clause quin . . . muniat is the object of continere. 
Notice that the law of sequence of tenses is observed. 

370. Rules 

Adverbial Clauses of Result. — Adverbial clauses of 
result are introduced by ut when affirmative and by ut non 
when negative. They have their verbs in the subjunctive. 

Substantive Clauses of Result. — Substantive clauses of 
result may be used with ut and ut non as the objects of verbs 
of effecting, accomplishing, and tlie like, and with quin : as 
the objects 2 of verbs of hindering, refusing, and preventing, 
when these are negatived. 

Note. — Clauses of result are very often introduced by ita, 3 thus, so ; 
talis, -e, such ; tantus, -a, -um, so great ; tarn, 4 as. Learn these words. 

Make a review of the subjunctive mood (269 et seq.). 

371. VOCABULARY 

exercitatio, -onis, f., practice, perterreo, -ere, -ul, -itus, 

skill terrify greatly 

mercator, -oris, m., trader, perturbo, -are, -avi, -atus, 

merchant disturb greatly 

vox, vocis, f., voice, word incredibilis, -e, incredible 

contineo, -ere, -ul, -tentus, tantus, -a, -um, so great 

restrain, keep back facile, adv., easily 

efficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, pro, prep. w. abl, in front 

effect, bring about, make of, before, in behalf of, 

instead of 

1 Other particles used with the same meaning in this construction are ne 
and quominus. 

2 They may be used also as the subjects of impersonal verbs. 

3 Use with verbs. 4 Use with adjectives and adverbs. 



2l6 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

372. EXERCISES 

I. i. Ita perterriti sunt ut fugerent, ita perturbati sunt 
ut in eo loco manere non possent. 2. Hostes ita vocibus 
Gallorum perturbati sunt ut statim arma traderent. 3. Ger- 
mani tarn ingenti magnitudine corporum erant ut nostrl 
eorum conspectum sustinere non possent. 4. Captivi ita 
fallebantur ut castra hostium demonstrarent. 5. Terror 
Gallorum et mercatorum tantus erat ut incredibili celeritate 
de colle alto decurrerent. 6. Mllites tarn incredibili 
exercitatione in armis erant ut omnis hostls facile super- 
arent. 7. Mercatores continere non possunt quin in finis 
Germanorum veniant. 8. Pro castrls sex horas manebant, 
neque retinerl potuerunt quin pila et hastas in nostros 
iacerent. 

II. 1. The soldiers fought so fiercely that they took the 
town within three hours. 2. The Germans were of so great 
skill in arms that they easily conquered their enemies. 
3. We could not keep our men back from making an 
attack on the Gauls. 4. They made 1 the centurions flee 
with incredible speed. 5. The townsmen and merchants 
were so greatly terrified that they fled to the mountains. 

373. Reading Lesson 

Aedul ad Caesarem veniebant quod Harudes eorum finis 
vastabant. Legati eorum dixerunt, " Obsidibus datis pacem 
Ariovisti redimere non possumus." 2 Treverl quoque veni- 
ebant quod Germanorum centum pagi ad ripas RhenI erant. 
Qua de causa Caesar ad Ariovistum magnis itineribus con- 
tendere constituit. Ariovistus autem Vesontionem quod 3 

1 Use proper form of efficio with an ut clause. 2 we can. 

3 The relative usually agrees in gender with its predicate noun, when it has 
one, rather than with its antecedent. 



WORD LIST VII 



217 



est maximum oppidum Sequanorum, occupare maturabat. 
Itaque Caesar iter avertit ad id oppidum, nam ibi omnium 
rerum quae usul ad bellum erant magna facultas erat. 
Caesar id oppidum occupavit et ibi praesidium disposuit. 



374. Root leg-, gather. 
lego, t gather deligo, I choose 
legio, ? dlligentia, diligence 



diligenter, ? 

intellego, / know 



Eng. Der. — Coil, cull, collection, legion, legend, in- 
tellect, neglect. 

Form others; the English dictionary will help you in 
this and open a very interesting field of work. 



375. 


WORD 


LIST VII 




acies 


fortuna 


mercator 


relinqud 


amplus 


gracilis 


mirus 


reprehend5 


Ariovistus 


gratus 


modus 


se 


car us 


gravis 


molestus 


similis 


celer 


hie 


mora 


splritus 


circiter 


honor 


nam 


stipendiarius 


cognosco 


humilis 


nihil 


sui 


conloquium 


idoneus 


nos 


tantus 


contineo 


incredibilis 


paratus 


tempus 


culpa 


ingens 


perterreo 


triplex 


deduco 


itaque 


perturbo 


tristis 


deterior 


iterum 


possum 


tu 


dissimilis 


iudex 


potens 


vastus 


efficio 


iudico 


pro 


vos 


ego 


laetus 


proximus 


vox 


exercitatio 


mandatum 


quam 




facile 


mando 


reduco 





218 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



LESSON 51 

IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES — REVIEW OF COMPARISON- 
SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC — READING LESSON 



376. ullus, -a, -um, any 



N. 

G. 

D. 

Ac. 

Ab. 



Masc. 

ullus 

OlllUS 
iilll 

ullum 
ullo 



Fern. 

ulla 
ulllus 

qui 

ullam 
ulla 



Neut. 

ullum 

ulllus 

ulli 

ullum 

ullo 



uter, -tra, 

two) 

Masc. 

uter 

utrlus 

utrl 

utrum 

utro 



-trum, zvhich (of 



Fern . 

utra 

utrlus 

utrl 

utram 

utra 



Neut. 

utrum 

utrlus 

utrl 

utrum 

utro 



a. Note the irregular forms in the genitive and dative 
singular in all genders and the exception to the general 
laws of quantity found in -ius of the genitive singular. 
The rest of the singular and the entire plural follow fidus 
and pulcher, respectively. Learn the following list of ad- 
jectives declined as above : — 



alius, -a, -ud, another 
alter, -era, -erum, the other 
neuter, -tra, -trum, neither 

(of two) 
solus, -a, -um, alone, only 



totus, -a, -um, whole, entire 
ullus, -a, -um, any 
nullus, -a, -um, no, none 
unus, -a, -um, one, alone 
uter, -tra, -trum, which (of 
two) 

b. Note the peculiar ending of alius in the neuter 
singular. 

c. Make a careful review of comparison, 342, 343, a and 
b, 360, a-e. 

377. Study the following sentences : — 

1. Erant qui venirent, there were some who came. 



SUBJUNCTIVE OF CHARACTERISTIC 219 

2. Nemo est qui hoc non intellegat, there is no one who 
does not know this. 

3. Quis est qui hoc non intellegat? Who is there that 
does not know this ? 

4. Neque is erat qui f ugeret, he was not the man to flee 
(or such a man as to flee). 

a. In each of the above sentences a relative clause is 
used which describes the word which stands as the ante- 
cedent of the relative. Such clauses have their verbs in 
the subjunctive and are called Relative Clauses of Charac- 
teristic or Description. They follow the law of Sequence 
of Tenses (277, 278). They are regularly used after 
general expressions of existence (1) and non-existence (2), 
after questions implying a negative answer (3), and after 
certain demonstratives and adjectives, as : is, talis, unus, 
solus, and others. In such sentences as 2 and 3 above 
quin may stand for qui non. 

b. Compare these two sentences : — 

1. Non erat is qui f ugeret, he was not the man to flee. 

2. Non erat is qui fugit, he was not the man who fled. 
In 1 the clause qui fugeret, because its verb is in the 

subjunctive, describes the kind of man spoken of ; in 2 
qui fugit, because its verb is in the indicative, states the 
fact that the man spoken of actually fled. Use this prin- 
ciple, where needed, in your exercises. 

378. Rule 

The Subjunctive of Characteristic. — The subjunctive is 
used, especially after expressions of existence and non-exist- 
ence and questions implying a negative answer, to express a 
characteristic of the subject. 



220 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 




USE OF ALIUS AND ALTER 



221 



379- 



VOCABULARY 



Arar, -aris (ace. -im, abl. -I), quis, interrog. pron. (392), 



m., the Arar or Saone, a 
river in Gaul 

commeatus, -us, m., sup- 
plies, provisions 

consanguineus, -I, m., rela- 
tive, kinsman 

gloria, -ae, f., glory 

negotium, negoti, n., busi- 
ness, trouble 

salus, -utis, f., safety 



who ? 
alius . . . alius, one . . 

another 
alter . . . alter, the one . . . 

the other 
consuesco, -ere, -suevi, -sue- 

tus, become accustomed ; 

perf., be accustomed 
omnmo, adv., at all, all to- 



gether 

Note the difference between alius . . . alius and alter 
. . . alter. 

380. A peculiar use of alius and alter is shown in the 
following : — 

Alius aliam in partem properavit, one hastened in one 
direction, another in another. 



381. 



Rule 



Alius and alter repeated in another case express briefly a 
double statement. 

382. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Ulllus, neutrms, ulli, neutri, alius, alius, alils, uni, 
sollus, nulllus, alii. 2. Alii bellum acriter gesserunt, alii 
salutem fuga petierunt. 3. Alterl gladium dedit, alteri 
scutum. 4. Quis est qui nesciat, nemo est qui nesciat, 
sunt qui nesciant. 5. Nemo est quin consueverit salu- 
tem suam paene omni modo petere. 6. Magno comme- 
atu magnoque negotio milites unum in locum conduxit. 



222 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

7. Nullus est miles qui pro gloria patriae suae non pugnet. 

8. Non erat talis qui terrore perturbarl posset. 9. Els 
persuasit ut e finibus maxima celeritate contenderent. 
10. Nemo erat in Caesaris castrls quin (qui non) pro gloria 
imperatoris interficeretur. 

II. 1. Who is there whom his friends do not praise? 
2. There is no one who is bringing together all the forces 
of the enemy. 3. One hastened to the hill, another ran 
down to the sea. 4. The one was accustomed to lead 
his army without provisions, the other with great trouble 
carried supplies on carts. 5. Who is there that will not 
drive out the enemies of the Roman people ? 6. They 
came by night to the river Arar and led the soldiers across 
the bridge. 

383. Reading Lesson 

Interea ex vocibus Gallorum et mercat5rum, qui praedi- 
cabant Germanos ingenti magnitiidine corporum et incre- 
dibili virtute atque exercitatione in armls esse, tantus 
timor subito omnem exercitum occupavit, ut omnium men- 
tis perturbaret. His rebus cognitis, Caesar longa oratione 
centuriones omnium ordinum vehementer incusavit. Dixit 
eorum timorem f alsum esse, omnia enim sibi 2 curae futura 
esse. Hac oratione habita mentes omnium conversae sunt, 
summaque alacritas et cupiditas belli innata est. 2 

384. Root ao, sharp. 

acer, s/iar/> acerbus, bitter, sour acies, edge, line of battle 
acus, needle acriter, ? acerbitas, sharpness 

Eng. Der. — Edge, acrobat, acid, acrimonius. 

1 See 321, b, 4. 2 sprang up. 



FORMATION OF ADVERBS 223 

LESSON 52 

FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS — REVIEW 
OF COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES — READING LESSON 

385. Adverbs are formed largely from adjectives : — 
Adjective Adverb 

1. carus, base car-, dear care, dearly 
pulcher, base pulchr-, pulchre, beautifully 

beautiful 
liber, base liber-, free llbere, freely 

a. Adverbs are formed from adjectives of the first 
and second declensions by adding -e to the base of the 
positive. 

2. acer, base acr-, sharp acriter, sharply 
lenis, base leu-, smooth leniter, smoothly 
prudens, base prudent-, prudenter, prudently 

prudent 

a. Adverbs are formed from adjectives of the third 
declension with two or three endings by adding -iter to 
the base of the positive, from adjectives of one ending by 
adding -ter to the base of the positive. When the base 
ends in -t, that letter is dropped before -ter. 

3. multus, -a, -um, much multum, much 
subitus, -a, -um, sudden subito, suddenly 
facilis, -e, easy facile, easily 

a. Sometimes the neuter accusative singular is used as 
an adverb, as multum, facile ; sometimes the neuter abla- 
tive singular, e.g. subito. 



224 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



Review regular comparison of adjectives (342, 343, a 
and b). 

386. The comparative of the adverb is the same as the 
neuter singular comparative of the adjective. The super- 
lative of the adverb is formed by adding -e to the base of 
the superlative of the adjective. 



Positive 


Comparative 


Superlative 


acriter 


acrius 


acerrime 


care 


carius 


carissime 


facile 


facilius 


facillime 


pulchre 


pulchrius 


pulcherrime 



387. Review irregular comparison of adjectives (360, 
a-c) and learn the following : — 

bene, well melius, better optime, best 

male, ill peius, worse pessime, worst 

magnopere, greatly magis, moi 
multum, much plus, more 

parum, not enough minus, less 



maxime, most, especially 
plurimum, most 
minime, least 



Note resemblances to adjectives compared in 360, a. 



388. 

postulatum, -1, n., demand 
sponte, abl., of one's own 

accord 
mea sponte, of my oivn ac- 
cord 
certus, -a, -um, certain, sure 
debeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, owe, 



VOCABULARY 

doleo 



ought 



ere, -ui, -lturus, suf- 
fer, grieve, be grieved 

intercludo, -ere, -clusi, -clu- 
sus, cut off, shut off 

breviter, adv., briefly 

graviter, adv., gravely, seri- 
ously,' severely 

vigilanter, adv., watchfully 



COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 



225 



389. 



EXERCISES 



I. I. Acerrime pugnatum est, 1 acrius pugnatum erit, 
gravissime dolebat. 2. Ariovistus ad postulata Caesaris 
breviter respondit. 3. Ariovistus dixit se non sua sponte 
in Galliam venisse. 4. Iustius est in Gallia imperium 
Caesaris quam Ariovisti. 5. Dixit se gravius quam 
amicum dolere. 6. 
Certa de causa 
nostros finis vigi- 
lantius defendere 
debemus. 7. Proe- 
lio destiterunt 
quod a commeatu 
diutius interclusi 
erant. 

II. 1. Most seri- 
ously, very watch- 
fully, quite briefly, 
for certain reasons. 
2. I did not come 
into Gaul of my 
own accord. 3. There were some who said that they did 
not come into Gaul of their own accord. 4. He will 
more easily make the revenues of Ariovistus of less value. 
5. He is more prudent than his friend, therefore he replies 
briefly to 2 the general's demands. 




Romans wearing Togas. 



390. Reading Lesson 

Cognito Caesaris adventu, Ariovistus ad eum legatos 
misit, qui dicerent Ariovistum sine ullo periculo ad con- 

1 Impersonal use of the passive of an intransitive verb ; lit., it was fought, 
translate they fought. 2 ad. 



226 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

loquium venire posse. Caesar diem conloquio ex eo die 
quintum dixit. 1 Interea saepe inter eos legati mittebantur. 
Ariovistus ad conloquium sese n5n venturum esse nisi cum 
exercitu dixit. Itaque Caesar decimam legionem equls 
vehl 2 iussit. Ubi ad conloquium venerunt, 3 Caesar sua 
senatusque in eum beneficia commemoravit : 4 Ariovistum 
regem appellatum esse a senatu et amplissima munera ad 
eum missa esse. Tandem ea postulavit quae legatls 
dixerat. 

391. Root sta-, stand. 
sto, / stand stabulum, ? statura, ? 



stabilis, firm statio, ? statim, immediately. 

Eng. Der. — State, station, stand, distant, constant, 
standard. 



LESSON 53 

THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN — DIRECT AND INDI- 
RECT QUESTIONS — READING LESSON 

392. The interrogative pronoun is used to ask a ques- 
tion directly, or to introduce a quoted question. In the 
English sentences : Who comes ? Whom do yon see ? 
What is this ? who, zvhom, and what are interrogative 
pronouns used in direct questions. In the sentences: / 
asked him whom he saw, He knows what is Iiere, He sees 
who is coming, whom, what, and who are interrogative pro- 

1 appointed. 

2 to be borne {to ride) on horses {on horseback). 

3 Translate had come. 

4 commemoravit implies a verb of saying followed by indirect discourse. 



THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN 227 

nouns used in indirect questions. In Latin, the same uses 
occur except that indirect questions have their verbs in the 
subjunctive. 1 

393. The substantive interrogative pronoun is thus 
declined : — 

Singular 
Masc. and Fern. Neut. 

N. quis, who ? quid, what ? which ? 

G. cuius, of whom ? whose ? cuius, of what ? zuhose ? 

D. cui, to or for whom ? cui, to or for what or which ? 

Ac. quern, whom ? quid, what ? which ? 

Ab. quo, with, from, etc., quo, with, from, etc., what 
whom ? or which ? 

a. The plural is declined like the relative (255). 

b. The interrogative adjective qui, quae, quod is declined 
like the relative in both singular and plural. 

394. Study the following and distinguish interrogative 
pronouns and adjectives. 

a. Direct Questions : — 

1. Quis me vocavit, who called me ? 

2. Qui puer me vocavit, what boy called me ? 

3. Quid vMes, what do you see ? 

4. Quod animal vides, what animal do you see ? 

5. Cuius pater fortis est, whose father is brave f 

6. Quorum filii boni sunt, whose sons are good? 

b. Indirect Questions : — 

Q.„ [facias, ,. 7 7 {you are doing; or do. 
uaero quid^ , I ask whatV , . 7 . T 

I feceris, \you nave done or did. 

1 Such questions are introduced, like direct questions, by interrogative 
pronouns, adjectives, or adverbs. 



228 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



2. Quaerebam quid 



f you were do- 

P . ' I asked what ling or did. 
fecisses, 



[ you had done. 

Note. — You will see in b, i and 2, that the present and imperfect 
subjunctive in a subordinate clause express incomplete action, going on 
at the same time as that of the principal verb ; while the perfect and 
pluperfect subjunctive express completed action, finished before the 
time of the principal verb. 

395- Rule 

Indirect Questions. — Indirect questions are used with 
words of asking, saying, knowing, and in general with 
verbs of mental action. TJiey have their verbs in the sub- 
junctive a7id follow the law of Sequence of Tenses (277, 
a-c, 278). 

396. VOCABULARY 

vulgus, -i, n., crowd, com- conicio, -ere, -iecl, -iectus, 

mon people (an exception cast, hurl, throzv together 

in gender) consido, -ere, -sedi, -sessurus, 

adequito, -are, -avi, -atus, settle, eiicamp 

ride up produco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, 

committo, -ere, -misl, -mis- lead forward ox forth 

sus, commit, begin quaero, -ere, -sivi, -situs, ask. 

proelium committere, join quantus, -a, -um, interrog. 

battle and rel. adj., J 10 w great 

conclamo, -are, -avi, -atus, unde, interrog. and rel. adv., 

cry out wJience 

397. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Quid erat impedlmento tribunis ? Scio quid im- 
pedimento tribunis sit. 2. Quis exercitum ad montem 
producit ? Scivl quis exercitum ad montem prodiiceret. 



INDIRECT QUESTIONS 



229 



3. Quaesivit cur equites AriovistI ad nostra castra ade- 

quitarent. 4. In vulgo mllitum quaesitum est quanta 

adrogantia esset Ariovistus. 5. Conclamans " Virum 

video," ad eura celerrime adequitavit et quaesivit unde 

venisset. 6. Sciam qui imperator 

proelium integrls viribus committat. 

7. Scivit quo in loco exercitus iniml- 

cus consedisset. 8. Dux, tells con- 

iectls, ad hostis adequitat et ut obsides 

dent postulat. 9. Audiverunt quan- 

tus timor exercitum occupavisset. 

II. 1. Who are joining battle? They 
know who are joining battle. 2. What 
boy is at the river ? I know what boy 
is at the fountain. 3. They will ask 
why the horsemen of Ariovistus are rid- 
ing up to our camp. 4. Ariovistus 
sent messengers to Caesar to demand 

r a • • x. Roman Emperor. 

a conference. 5. Ariovistus was a 

man of so great boldness that he said, " This part of Gaul 

is mine." 

398. Reading Lesson 

Ariovistus ad postulata Caesaris pauca respondit, et de 
suis virtutibus multa praedicavit. Dixit se Rhenum non 
sua sponte transisse, 1 sed rogatum 2 et arcessitum 2 a Gallls ; 
non sese Gallls, sed Gall5s sibi, bellum intulisse ; 3 se prius 
in Galliam venisse quam 4 populum Romanum ; Caesarem 

1 that he had crossed. 

2 Participle agreeing with se. 

3 Perf. Inf., had brought. * 

4 priusquam, conj., before. This word is often separated into two parts by 
intervening words. 




230 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

non amicum sed hostem esse ; provinciam suam hanc 
partem Galliae esse non Romanorum. Caesar autem re- 
spondit Galliam non : potius esse Ariovisti x quam populi 
Roman! ; aut 2 imperium R6man5rum iustissimum esse in 
Gallia aut 2 llberam debere esse Galliam. 

399. Root fa-, shine, show. 

fabula, fable, story fama, 7'eport 

fabulosus, ? fas, right (by divine law) 

f abulose, ? nefas, ? 

Infans, infant 

Infandus, unspeakable 

tectum, fate (things spoken) 

Eng. Der. — Fable, fame, fate, nefarious, infamous. 
Form others. 



LESSON 54 

REVIEW OF THE PASSIVE VOICE — QUESTIONS WITH 
nonne, num AND -ne— READING LESSON 

Make a careful review of the passive voice (95, 166, 171, 
264). This will be easy if you have kept the forms in 
mind as the work has gone on. 

400. Direct questions which are answered by yes or no 
occur with three different interrogative words, as follows : — 

1 . Nonne Helvetii pacem conf irmant, do not the Helvetians 
establish peace ? 

2. Num est paliis magna? the marsh is not large, is itf 

1 did not belong to Ariovistus rather than to the Romans (was of). 

2 aut . . . aut, either . . . or. 



QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 231 

3. Videsne signum ? do you see the standard? 

a. Here nonne suggests the answer yes, num the answer 
no, and -ne, always enclitic, asks for information and sug- 
gests nothing as to the answer expected. 

401. Answers. — These questions may be answered by 
repeating the verb — with non, if negative — or by using 
the affirmative adverbs vero, certe, ita, etc., or the negative 
adverbs non, minime, etc., as : — 

Pugnabatne, was he fighting ? Pugnabat, he was ; non 
pugnabat, he was not. 

Venitne, is he coming? Vero, certe, certainly; ita, yes ; 
non, no ; minime, by no means. 

402. VOCABULARY 

aetas, -atis, f., age demonstro, -are, -avi, -atus, 

arbor, -oris, f., tree show, point out 

contumelia, -ae, f., affront, incito, -are, -avi, -atus, urge 

insult on, incite 

indignitas, -atis, f., indignity perspicio, -ere, -spexi, -spec- 

claudo, -ere, clausi, clausus, tus, see through, perceive 

close up ; agmen claudere, deinde, adv., then, next 

bring up the rear identidem, adv., repeatedly 
quam, adv., how 

403. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Num duo amici eadem 1 aetate erant? Non erant. 
2. Nonne propter contumelias indignitatesque ad bellum 
incitatus est ? Incitatus est. 3. Clauditne agmen exer- 
citus qui identidem in hostis impetum fecit ? Non claudit. 
4. Estne in ordinibus nostrorum perspectus ? Perspectus 

1 the same. 



232 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

est. 5. Nonne demonstrabat quo in loco nostri essent? 
Vero. 6. Dixitne quam multi legati in castrls Caesaris 
essent? Minime. 7. Quam multae arbores erant in 
agrls agricolae ? Centum arbores erant in agris agricolae. 
8. Prlmum praesidia disponent, deinde Gallos a castrls 
repellent. 

II. 1. Did he not perceive that the lieutenant was bring- 
ing up the rear ? He did. 2. He did not perceive that 

the lieutenant was bring- 
ing up the rear, did he ? 




No. 3. Were the men 
incited to war by their 

brave leaders ? Yes. 4. 

Writing Materials. ~. .. , , . 

I hey did not show what 

the Helvetians were answering, did they? No. 5. Were 

the scouts and spies seen in the camp of the enemy ? They 

were. 

404. Reading Lesson 

Dum haec geruntur, 1 Caesari nuntiatum est equites Ario- 
vistl propius tumulum 2 accedere et lapides telaque in 
nostros conicere. Certis de causls Caesar proelium non 
committere constituit ; itaque suos in castra reduxit. Post- 
quam nuntiatum est Ariovistum magna adrogantia usum 
esse, 3 multo mains studium pugnae exercitui iniectum est. 4 
Bicluo post 5 Ariovistus ad Caesarem legatos de conloquio 
misit. Itaque Caesar C. Valerium Procillum, summa vir- 
tute virum, ad eum mittere constituit. Alius quoque, qui 
amicus AriovistI erat, missus est. Sed Ariovistus, legatos 

1 While this ivas going on. 2 nearer to the mound. 

3 usum esse is used with the abl. ; had used great arrogance. 

4 was inspired in the army. 5 two days after. 



DEPONENT VERBS 233 

videns in castris suis, conclamavit, " Quare ad me venis- 
tis? " et eos in catenas coniecit. 

405. Root die-, show, point. 

dico, / say, tell index, pointer, witness abdico, ? 

_ ? 



dictator, ? iudex, law speaker, judge praedico, - 

edictum, ? iudicium, ? praedictio, ? 

Eng. Der. — Diction, dictionary, dictate, ditto, judge, 
edict, benediction. Form others. Do not forget the aid 
a large dictionary will give you. 



LESSON 55 

DEPONENT VERBS— THE ABLATIVE WITH CERTAIN 
DEPONENTS — READING LESSON — WORD. LIST VIII 

406. Certain verbs are active in meaning but passive in 
form. They have the participles of both voices. The per- 
fect participle has sometimes an active sense. Their prin- 
cipal parts are passive : — 

Present Indicative Present Infinitive Perfect Indicative 

i . conor, / attempt conari conatus sum 

2. polliceor, I promise pollicerl pollicitus sum 

3. utor, / use, enjoy uti usus sum 

4. patior, / suffer, allozv pati passus sum 

5. potior, / become master of potiri potitus sum 

Give translations in second and third columns of the above. 

a. For conjugation of deponents see 625. You will 
observe that they are conjugated largely like the passive 
voice of other verbs, with a few additional active forms. 
Select and remember these active forms. 



234 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

407. Examine the following : — 

1. Armls utitur, he ttses arms. 

2. Provincia potitur, he becomes master of the province. 
Notice the case used here, and compare it with the 

English use of a direct object. 

408. Rule 

Special Deponents. — Certain deponents, with their com- 
pounds, take the ablative. These verbs are : — 

utor, uti, usus sum, use, enjoy 

fruor, frul, fructus sum, enjoy 

fungor, fungi, functus sum, perform 

potior, potirl, potltus sum, become master of, gain posses- 
sion of 

vescor, vesci, , eat 

a. Inflect these verbs in the indicative and subjunctive. 
Write synopses in the third person singular. 

b. Learn this list. The ablative used with these verbs 
is an ablative of means. 

409. VOCABULARY 

hospitium, hospiti, n., Jwspi- vereor, -eri, veritus sum, fear 

tality, friendship videor, -eri, visus sum, pas- 

mors, mortis, f., death sive of video, often used 

occasus, -us, m., setting; oc- as a deponent, seem, appear 

casus solis, sunset (w. complementary inf.) 

sedes, -is, f., seat, abode tandem, adv., at length 

Insequor, -qui, -cutus sum, usque, adv., even up to, as 

pursue, follow after far as 

410. EXERCISES 

I. I. Hospitio fruimur, Gallia potitur, hostis Insequen- 
tur, periculum veriti sunt. 2. Multis magnum perlculum 



DEPONENT VERBS 235 

mortis est, sed nos nihil veremur. 3. Pace frul debemus, 
multa enim proelia commisimus et potentissimas gentis 
superavimus. 4. Sedes in Gallia nobis a. te datae sunt, 
quibus maxime fruimur. 5. Caesar hostls Insequitur et 
eorum oppidls potltur. 6. Quaeslvit cur Sequanl tarn 
tristes viderentur. 7. Occasu solis manum magnam 
nrilitum praeter eum locum usque ad montem procedere 
iussit. 

II. 1. We shall enjoy peace, you have pursued the 
Gauls, they seemed to be our friends. 2. Caesar of his 
own accord gave them abodes in Gaul, which they en- 
joyed. 3. At sunset, drawing up a triple line of battle, 
they advanced quickly to the hill, in order that they might 
not be seen by the Gauls. 4. They fought even up to 
evening and enjoyed peace on the next day. 5. I know 
that they hastened on the next day to a place beyond Cae- 
sar's camp. 6. I know why they hastened on the next 
day to a place beyond Caesar's camp. 

411. Reading Lesson 

Eo die Ariovistus castra promovit, et milibus passuum 
sex a. 1 Caesaris castris sub monte consedit. Postrldie eius 
die! praeter Caesaris castra suas copias traduxit et mili- 
bus passuum duobus ultra eum castra fecit. Caesar, ubi 
intellexit Ariovistum se castris tenere, ultra, eum locum 
circiter passus sescentos ab Germanls, locum castris ido- 
neum delegit, acieque triplicl Instructs, ad eum locum 
venit. Proximo die Caesar copias suas eduxit et aciem 
instruxit. Eo die acriter pugnatum est 2 usque ad ves- 
perum. Solis occasu Ariovistus, multls vulneribus ac- 
ceptis, suas c5pias in castra reduxit. 

1 six miles away from. 2 they fought fiercely. Notice the idiom. 



236 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 




DEPONENT VERBS 



237 



412. Root es- 
sum, I am 

intersum, ? 

supersum, i 



exist. 
Insum, - 
subsum, 



absentia, 
essentia, 



absens, absent praesentia, 



Eng. Der. — Entity, essential, present, interest, ab- 
sentee, quintessence. 



413. 


WORD LIST VIII 




adequito 


graviter 


polliceor 


aetas 


hospitium 


postulatum 


alius 


identidem 


potior 


alter 


incito 


produco 


arbor 


indignitas 


proelium 


bene 


insequor 


quaero 


breviter 


interclud5 


quam 


certus 


magis 


quantus 


claudo 


magnopere 


quis 


commeatus 


male 


salus 


committ5 


maxime 


sedes 


conclamo 


minus 


solus 


conicio 


mors 


sponte 


conor 


multum 


subitus 


consanguineus 


negotium 


tandem 


consido 


neuter 


ullus 


contumelia 


nullus 


unde 


debeo 


occasus 


usque 


deinde 


omnino 


uter 


demonstro 


parum 


iitor 


doled 


patior 


vereor 


fruor 


perspicid 


videor 


fungor 


plurimus 


vigilanter 


gloria 


plus 


vulgus 



238 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

LESSON 56 

SEMI-DEPONENTS — DATIVE WITH SPECIAL VERBS — 
READING LESSON 

414. Semi-deponents. — Some verbs have the forms 
from the present stem active and the rest passive. These 
are called semi-deponents. Learn the following list : — 

Conj. Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Perf. Ind. 

II. audeo, I dare audere, to dare ausus sum, I dared 
II. gaudeo, I rejoice gaudere, to rejoice gavisus sum, I re- 
joiced 
II. soleo, lam wont solere, to be wont solitus sum, I ivas 

wont 
III. fldo, I trust fidere, to trust fisus sum, I trusted 

a. Note the irregularity in the form of the perfect par- 
ticiple of gaudeo. Inflect audeo and fldo in the indicative 
and subjunctive. Write synopses in the third plural of 
gaudeo and soleo. 

415. Some verbs are intransitive in Latin, and are used 
with a dative of the indirect object, while their English 
equivalents are transitive. The following examples illus- 
trate the use of such verbs : — 

1. Suis militibus favet, he favors his soldiers (shows 
favor to). 

2. Mihi credit, he believes me (gives belief to me). 

3. Aeduis imperavit, he ordered the Aeduans (gave orders 
to). 

4. Huic legion! confidebat, lie trusted this legion (gave 
confidence to). 

5. Hostibus restitit, he resisted the enemy (gave resist- 
ance to). 



DATIVE WITH SPECIAL VERBS 239 

6. Helvetils persuasit, he persuaded the Helvetians {of- 
fered persuasion to). 

7. Paci studuit, he desired peace {gave attentiofi to). 

a. Learn these examples, noticing carefully the mean- 
ing of the verbs, and the fact that they govern the dative 
case. Observe that they contain the idea of giving, and 
fit an indirect object. 

b. In the passive the dative is retained, and the verb is 
used impersonally, as: I zvas persuaded by him, mini ab eo 
persuasum est. Note the ablative of the personal agent 
with a, used instead of the nominative of the active. 

416. Rule 

The Dative with Special Verbs. — Some verbs, intransitive 
in Latin though transitive in English, are followed by a 
dative of the indirect object. Such are verbs signifying 
to favor, please, trust, assist, command, obey, serve, resist, 
pardon, threaten, spare, and others of similar nature. 

417. VOCABULARY 

alacritas, -atis, f., eagerness, Ignosco, -ere, -novi, -notus, 

alacrity pardon 

lux, lucis, f., light ; prima noceo, -ere, -ui, -iturus, in- 

luce, adverbial phrase, at jitre 

daybreak parco, -ere, peperci, parsurus, 

studium, studi, n., zeal, de- spare 

sire persuadeo, -ere, -suasi, -sua- 

tumulus, -1, m., mound surus, persuade 

credo, -ere, -didi, -ditus, believe resisto, -ere, -stiti, , resist 

faveo, -ere, favl, fauturus, ob, prep. w. ace, on account 

favor of 

vix, adv., scarcely, hardly 



240 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



418. EXERCISES 

I. i. Mihi persuasit, tibi persuasum est, el vix credidit, 

amicis favet, amicis ab eo favetur. 2. Ausus erat, fisi 

, erimus, gavisus est, 

W populus Romanus 

«^m his Ignoverat. 3. 

WjL. Maior alacritas studi- 

umque belli exercitui 
iniectum est. 4. lis 
ut in Italiam venlrent 
persuasit. 5. Ario- 
vistus gavisus est 
Caesarem copias pe- 
destris ad tumulum 
non duxisse. 6. 

Hostibus a Caesare 
non nocebitur. 7. 
Prima luce proelium 
commiserunt et 
hostibus diu restite- 
runt. 8. Sunt in 
exercitu qui hostibus 
parcant. 

II. 1. I shall re- 
joice, we dared, they 
had trusted, we shall 
have rejoiced, you 
have been wont. 2. 
I rejoiced that my 
friends had been 
faithful to me. 3. The soldiers on account of their 

eagerness and zeal for battle resisted the enemy a long 




\ 
Aquilifer. 



DEMONSTRATIVE AND INTENSIVE PRONOUNS 241 

time. 4. For a certain reason Caesar spared the Gauls ; 
he said that for a certain reason Caesar spared the Gauls. 
5. Who is there that does not favor his friends ? 

419. Reading Lesson 

Postridie eius die! Caesar praesidio castris paucos re- 
liquit. Ipse, triplicl acie Instructs., usque ad castra hostium 
accessit. Turn demum German! suas copias castris edu- 
xerunt. Caesar ipse a dextro cornu 1 proelium commisit. 
Nostrl acriter in hostls, slgnd dato, impetum fecerunt, et 
diu in uno loco pugnatum est. Tandem hostes fugere 
coeperunt, neque prius fugere destiterunt quam 2 ad flumen 
Rhenum, milia passuum ex eo loco circiter quinquaginta, 
pervenerunt. Multi in ea pugna atque fuga occisi sunt. 
Ariovistus ipse evasit. 

420. Root da-, give. 

do, I give dono, I give > donate edo, I give out 

dedo, I give tip donum, ? trado, I give over 

deditio, f vendo, / sell traditio, ? 

Eng. Der. — Date, dot, dative, edition, donate, donor, 
traitor, vend. 

LESSON 57 

THE DEMONSTRATIVE AND INTENSIVE PRONOUNS — 
READING LESSON 

421. The demonstratives are : hie, this ; is, this or that ; 
ille, that; iste, that ; idem, the same. The intensive pro- 

1 on the right zving. 

2 neque . . . quam, and did not cease to flee until; priusquam is often 
separated into parts by intervening words. 



242 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



noun is ipse. Idem is the demonstrative is with the em- 
phatic suffix -dem ; its first part only is declined. Ipse 
alone has a vocative. They are declined as follows : — 









Singular 








Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


N. 


hie 


haec 


hoc 


ille 


ilia 


illud 


G. 


huius 


huius 


huius 


illius 


illius 


illius 


D. 


huic 


huic 


huic 


illi 


ill! 


illi 


Ac. 


hunc 


hanc 


hoc 


ilium 


illam 


illud 


Ab. 


hoc 


hac 


hoc 


illo 


ilia 


illo 



Plural 

N. hi hae haec illi illae ilia 

G. horum harum horum illorum illarum illorum 

D. his his his illis illis illis 

Ac. hos has haec illos illas ilia 

Ab. his his his illis illis illis 



N.V. ipse ipsa 

G. ipsius ipsius 

D. ipsi ipsi 

Ac. ipsum ipsam 

Ab. ipso ipsa 



N.V. ipsi ipsae 

G. ipsorum ipsarum 
D. ipsis ipsis 

Ac. ipsos ipsas 
Ab. ipsis ipsis 



Singular 






ipsum Idem 


eadem 


idem 


ipsius eiusdem 


eiusdem 


eiusdem 


ipsi eldem 


eidem 


eldem 


ipsum eundem 


eandem 


idem 


ipso eodem 


eadem 


eodem 


Plural 






ipsa Idem 


eaedem 


eadem 


(eldem) 






ipsorum eorundem earundem eorundem 


ipsis ilsdem 


ilsdem 


ilsdem 


(eisdem) (eisdem) (eisdem) 


ipsa eosdem 


easdem 


eadem 


ipsis ilsdem 


ilsdem 


ilsdem 


(eisdem 


) (eisdem) (eisdem) 



DEMONSTRATIVE AND INTENSIVE PRONOUNS 243 

a. Iste, ista, istud is declined like ille. Notice the 
resemblance in the genitive and dative singular to the 
irregular adjectives (376). 

b. Observe the change from m to n before d in forms 
of idem. 

c. The demonstratives have both an adjective and a 
substantive use : hie puer, this boy ; hie, this person, he, 
etc. In their adjective use they regularly precede the 
nouns to which they belong. 

d. Hie is used of that which is near the speaker, iste of 
that which is near the person spoken to, ille of that which 
is remote from the speaker. Ille often means that well- 
known or famous person, or tiling, and in this use regularly 
follows its noun. 

e. Hie often means the latter {near the speaker), ille the 
former (remote from the speaker). 

/. Ipse is used with the personals, alone, or with a 
noun : ego ipse, / myself ; ipse, he himself ; vir ipse, the 
man himself. Distinguish carefully ipse, self, from ille, 
that, also the reflexive sui from the intensive ipse. The 
following illustrate these differences : — 

1. Puer ipse, the boy himself ; ille puer, that boy. 

2. Vir se laudat, the man praises himself ; vir ipse 
laudat, the man himself praises {somebody else). 

422. VOCABULARY 

Insidiae, -arum, f. pi., am- interior, gen. -oris, com p. 

bush, snares adj., interior 

rumor, -oris, m., rumor ulterior, gen. -oris, comp. 
citerior, gen. -oris, comp. a.d]., farther 

adj., hither commoveo, -ere, -movl, 




Consul, attended by Lictors. 



(244) 



DEMONSTRATIVE AND INTENSIVE PRONOUNS 245 

-motus, move greatly, proficlscor, -1, -fectus sum, set 

alarm out, advance 

coniuro, -are, -avi, -atus, non solum . . . sed etiam, 

conspire correlative conjunction, 

populor, -ari, -atus sum, not only . . . but also 
ravage 

423. EXERCISES 

I. 1. 111! puero, huius puellae, ei regno, iste homo, homo 
ipse, eiusdem rumoris, in eadem palude. 2. Exercitus 
eandem alacritatem et exercitationem in armls praebuit. 
3. Quod 1 his idoneum est non est idoneum illls. 4. Ru- 
moribus audltis profectus est ut in interiorem 2 Galliam per- 
venlret. 5. Ilia pars Galliae ulterior appellata est, haec 
citerior. 6. Non solum cum hostibus populi RomanI 
coniuraverunt sed etiam legatos in multas civitates de bello 
miserunt. 7. Imperator ipse insidiis captus est neque se 
liberare potuit. 8. His rumoribus commotus Caesar ad 
interiorem Galliam profectus est. 

II. 1. To this camp, for that army, of the same am- 
bush, the attack itself, that attack, his practice in arms. 

2. We blame ourselves, we ourselves blame the man. 

3. This man praises himself ; that man blames his friends. 

4. The former remains in the city, the latter is setting out 
for the lake. 5. Moved by these frequent rumors he set 
out for hither Gaul. 6. They say that the Belgae are 
conspiring against the Roman people. 

424. Reading Lesson 

Cum esset Caesar in citeriore Gallia in hlbernis, crebri 
rumores ad eum adferebantur et certior fiebat 3 omnis Bel- 

1 (id) quod, that -which. 2 See 361, 362. 

3 certior fiebat, he was informed. 



246 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

gas contra populum Romanum coniurare obsidesque inter 
se : dare. His nuntils commotus Caesar duas legiones in 
citeriore Gallia conscrlpsit, et inita aestate 2 in interiorem 
Galliam cum els Q. Pedium legatum mlsit. Ipse, cum 
pabuli c5pia esse inciperet, 3 ad exercitum venit. Fmitiml 
Belgarum Caesarl nuntiaverunt exercitum hostium in unum 
locum conduci. Quare Caesar ad eos proficiscl constituit. 
Re frumentaria comparata, castra movet, diebusque circiter 
qulndecim ad finis Belgarum pervenit. 

425. Root ag-, drive. 
ago, / drive agito, I put in motion 

agmen, line of march agilis, ? 

actor, ? exiguus, driven out, scanty 

agitatio, ? 



cogo, / drive together 
exigo, ? 

Eng. Der. — Acre, act, agriculture, cogent, agent, cogi- 
tate, ache. Find others. 



LESSON 58 

THE GERUND — READING LESSON 

426. The gerund is a verbal noun found only in the 
oblique cases of the neuter singular. It has the construc- 
tion of other nouns, and the meaning of the English 
verbal in -ing. Distinguish this verbal in both English 
and Latin from the present participle. In the expression 
ars scribendi, the art of writing, scribendl is a gerund and 

1 to one another. 2 in the beginning of summer. 

3 when there began to be. 



THE GERUND 247 

writing the verbal in -ing ; while in the statement eum 
scrlbentem vldl, I saw him writing, scribentem and writi?ig 
are both present participles. 



CONJ. 


1 


G. 


vocandl 


D. 


vocando 


Ac. 


vocandum 


Ab. 


vocando 


CONJ. 




G. 




D. 




Ac. 


1 


Ab. 


1 



11 


in 


monendl 


regendi 


monendo 


regendo 


monendum 


regendum 


monendo 


regendo 


IV 




audiendl 




audiendo 




audiendum 


audiendo 





III 
capiendi 
capiendo 
capiendum 
capiendo 

Write synopses of the model verbs, including the gerund. 

a. The gerund is formed from the present stem of the 
verb by adding -ndl, -ndo, -ndum, -ndo to make the several 
cases. Note in the table above the shortening of the long 
stem vowels before -nd and certain other changes in the 
fourth conjugation and in -io verbs of the third. 

427. 1. Magister artem legend! docet, the master teaches 
the art of reading. 

2. HI libri idonei sunt legendo, these books are suitable 
for reading. 

3. Magister mihi libros ad legendum dat, the master 
gives me books to read {for reading). 

4. Magister sapiens legendo factus est, the master was 
made wise by reading. 

a. Note carefully in the above examples the use of the 
gerund in each of the oblique cases, depending upon 
artem, idonei, dat, and factus est, respectively. 



248 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

428. i. Consilium pacem confirmandi, a plan for estab- 
li siting peace. 

2. Magister sapiens factus est libros legendo, the master 
was made wise by reading books. 

a. Note that the gerund in these sentences governs an 
object in the same case as any other form of the verb. 

Caution. — Use the gerund with an object only when 
the gerund itself stands in the genitive or in the ablative 
without a preposition. 

429. Rule 

The Gerund. — The gerund as a noun has the construc- 
tion of other nouns, and as a verb retains its power of gov- 
erning an object. 

430. VOCABULARY 

ars, artis, f., art tus, join together ; se con- 

imperatum, -1, n., order, com- iungere, unite, join them- 

mand selves together with 

potestas, -atis, f ., power doceo, -ere, -ui, -tus, teach 

victoria, -ae, f., victory lego, -ere, legl, lectus, collect, 
se suaque omnia, ace. pi, read 

themselves and all their diligenter, adv., promptly, 

property diligently 

bello, -are, -avi, -atus, wage ad diem, prepositional 

war phrase, to the day 

coniungo, -ere, -iunxi, -iunc- 

431. EXERCISES 

I. i. Bellandi spes, vincendi cupiditas, legend! studium, 
el arma ad bellandum dedit. 2. Omnibus militibus erat 



THE GERUND 



249 



magnum bellandl studium. 3. Labienus suds in locum 
omnibus rebus idoneum pugnando duxit. 4. Remi dl- 
xerunt se cupiditatem bellandl non habere sed se suaque 
omnia in potestatem Caesaris permittere. 5. Laeta spe 
victoriae se magno studio bellandl ad hoc proelium con- 
iunxerunt. 6. Dlligenter ad diem studio maximo bellandl 
cum Belgis se 
coniunxerunt. 
7. Maxima ala- 
critate Caesaris 
imperata fece- 
runt. 

II. 1. Zeal 
for 1 conquering, 
desire for 1 wag- 
ing war, hope 
of hastening to 
the mountains, a place suitable for encamping. 2. Caesar 
had 2 a very great desire for waging war. 3. These 
books are not suitable for reading. 4. A desire for vic- 
tory and a hope of conquering were inspired in Caesar's 
army. 3 5. They intrusted themselves and all their prop- 
erty to Caesar in order that they might be saved by him. 
6. They will do everything promptly to the day in order 
to have 4 a hope of conquering. 




Battering Ram. 



43 2 - Reading Lesson 

Rem! ad Caesarem legatos, prlmos civitatis, mlserunt, 
qui dixerunt Remos se suaque omnia in potestatem populi 
RomanI permittere, paratosque esse et obsides dare et 



2 Dat. of possessor. 



3 Dative. 

4 Note all signs of subjunctive construction. 



250 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

imperata facere ; reliquos omnls Belgas in armls esse, 
Germanosque, qui cis Rhenum incolant, 1 sese cum his 
coniunxisse. Caesar Remos cohortatus, omnem senatum 
ad se convenire, principumque Hberos ad se adducl, iussit. 
Quae omnia ab his diligenter ad diem facta sunt. 

433. Root ten-, stretch, hold. 

tendo, / stretch tenax, ? tenuiter, ? 

teneo, / hold tenaciter, ? tenuitas, ? 

tener, tender tenacitas, ? tenuo, / make thin 

Note the correspondence of Latin -tas to English -ty. 
Form derivatives. 



LESSON 59 

THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE — SOME WAYS OF EX- 
PRESSING PURPOSE — READING LESSON 

434. The Gerundive is a verbal adjective made from the 
present stem of the verb in the same way as the Gerund, 
but it is found in both numbers and in all genders and 
cases. It is always accompanied by a noun or pronoun 
with which it agrees in gender, number, and case. 

a. Make a careful study of the following examples of 
gerund and gerundive uses, comparing them so thoroughly 
with each other that you will always be able to distinguish 
them. Refer to the caution under 428. 

435. 1. Nulla erat spes 

a. pacem faciendi (gerund), there was no hope of making 
peace. 

1 dwell. For reason for subjunctive see 557, 2. 



THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE 25 1 

b. pads faciendae (gerundive), there was no hope of mak- 
ing peace. 

2. Tempus erat idoneum 

a. paci faciendae (gerundive), the time was suitable for 
making peace. 

3. Misit legatos 

a. ad pacem faciendam (gerundive), he sent ambassadors 
to make peace. 

4. Consilia fecit 

a. de pace facienda (gerundive), he made plans for mak- 
ing peace. 

5. Sapiens f actus est 

a. libros legendo (gerund), he was made wise by reading 
books. 

b. librls legendis (gerundive), he was made wise by read- 
ing books. 

In the above examples observe carefully and learn the 
following points : — 

1. The gerund with an object or the gerundive in agree- 
ment with a noun or pronoun may be used in the genitive 
case or in the ablative without a preposition. 

2. In all other cases the gerundive in agreement with a 
noun or pronoun takes the place of a gerund with an object. 
Here the noun or pronoun takes the case which the gerund, 
if used, would have had. 1 

3. The gerund and gerundive are translated alike. 

1 This construction seems to be preferred even with the genitive and the 
ablative without a preposition. 



252 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



436. We have seen that purpose may be expressed by 
the use of a subordinate clause introduced by ut, nega- 
tive ne, or by a relative pro- 
noun (283, 284, 295, 296). 
It is also expressed by the 
use of the gerund or the 
gerundive, as you will see 
in the following exam pies: — 

Venit 

a. pacem faciendi causa 
(gerund), he came to make 
peace {for tJie purpose of 
making). 

b. pacis faciendae causa 
(gerundive), he came to make 
peace {for the purpose of 
making). 

c. ad pacem faciendam 
(gerundive), he came to make 
peace {for the purpose of 
making). 

In the construction of a 
and b above, causa always 
follows the gerund or ge- 
rundive. 

Archer. Caution. — Use the ge- 

rundive, not the gerund, with an object, when a preposition 
occurs in the construction. 

437. Rule 

The Gerundive Construction. — The gerundive construction 
is used by preference instead of the gerund where the latter 




THE GERUND AND GERUNDIVE 253 

would, if used, take a direct object. This object is then put 
into the case in which the gerund, if used, would have been, 
and the gerundive agrees with it in gender, number, and case. 

a. Do not forget that the gerund is always a noun and 
the gerundive always an adjective. 

438. VOCABULARY 

causa, abl., f.,for the sake of, arbitror, -an, -atus sum, 

always placed after a limit- think, suppose 

ing genitive coepl, -isse, perf . tense ; de- 

funditor, -oris, m., slinger fective verb, began 

Sagittarius, -I, m., archer expugno, -are, -avi, -atus, take 

cupidus, -a, -um, eager for y by storm, capture 

desirous of, w. genitive egregie, adv., excellently 
satis, adv., enough, sufficiently 

439. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Funditores cupidi bellandi, ad has res conficiendas, 
paludis videndae causa. 2. Pabulum flagitandl causa, 
spes pacem petendi, spes pads petendae, ad exercitum 
distinendum. 3. Ad eas res conficiendas annum satis 
esse arbitratus est. 4. Multis oppidls ex itinere expugna- 
tis maximum studium pads faciendae mentis omnium occu- 
pavit. 5. Spes erat magna legat5 regnum occupandl. 
6. Funditores sagittarilque ad muros magna cum spe 
oppidl expugnandl pervenerunt. 7 . Magno impetii castra 
oppugnant in loco quo nostri ad ea defendenda missi sunt. 

II. 1. For the purpose of persuading, to accomplish ail 
these things, a desire for wintering in Gaul. 2. They 
were sent to conquer the enemy, they will come to cut 
down the bridge. 3. Caesar had a great desire for carry- 
ing on war. 4. Their hope of capturing the town was 



254 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



great,. I think that their hope of capturing the town was 
great. 5. The camp was excellently fortified, but there 

were few men to defend 1 it. 6. There were some who 2 
had no hope of defending the towns. 




Slinger. 



440. 



Reading Lesson 



A castrls Romanorum oppidum Remorum, nomine Bibrax, 
aberat mllia passuum octo. Id ex itinere magno impetu 
Belgae oppugnare coeperunt. Cum proell flnem nox fecis- 
set, Jccius, vir summa nobilitate et gratia inter Remos, qui 
turn oppido 3 praefuerat, nuntium ad Caesarem mlsit qui 

1 Use proper form of subjunctive (283, a, 6). 

2 Dat. of possessor. 3 Dat. with praefuerat, had been in command of. 



PREPOSITIONS 255 

diceret; sese diutius sustinere non posse. Caesar statim 
auxilium mlsit, sagittarios et funditores, quorum adventu 
oppidum reliquerunt hostes et ad Caesaris castra omnibus 
copils contenderunt. Caesar fossam perduxit, castella c5n- 
stituit, tormenta conlocavit. Hoc facto, duabus legionibus 
in castrls relictis, reliquas sex legiones pro castris in acie 
constituit. Hostes quoque suas copias Instruxerunt. 

441. Root cap-, take. 

capio, I take capto, I take eagerly praecipue, especially 

capax, ? captatio, ? principium, beginning 

capacitas, ? captlvus, ? caput, head 

Form compound verbs with con, de, ex, per, re, and give 
meanings. Note change in root vowel in forming com- 
pounds. 

Eng. Der. — Capture, captive, captivate, reception, ac- 
ceptable, accept. 

LESSON 60 

PREPOSITIONS — REVIEW OF MEANS AND AGENCY — 
READING LESSON — WORD LIST IX 

442. Prepositions in Latin are properly used with two 
cases only, the accusative and the ablative. Some govern 
the accusative only, some the ablative only, and some the 
accusative or the ablative with a difference of meaning. 

443. Study carefully the following examples : — 

1. Ab urbe properavit, he hastened away from the city. 

2. Ex urbe properavit, he hastened out of the city. 

3. De urbe properavit, he hastened down from the city. 
A- In urbem venit, he came into the city. 




(256) 



PREPOSITIONS 



257 



5. Ad urbem venit, he came to the city. 

6. In castra venit, he came into the camp. 

7. In castrls manebat, lie remained in the camp. 

8. Sub pontem venit, he came under the bridge. 

9. Sub ponte manebat, he remained under the bridge. 
Fix in mind the meaning of each of the above preposi- 
tions and the case or cases governed by each. 

444. Rules 

Special Prepositions. — 1 . Ab is used where motion away 
from a place is to be expressed, ex where motion out of a 
place ; and de where motion down from a place is indicated. 

2. In and sub govern the accusative with verbs of motion, 
the ablative with verbs of rest. 

3. Ad is used where motion to a place and in where mo- 
tion into a place is indicated. 

a. These points may be conveniently illustrated by the 
following diagram : — 



Urbs 



ex urbe 

-< 



ab urbe 



• in urbem. 



in urbe 



ad urbem 



\ I de urbe 



b. The following are the most important prepositions 
governing the ablative case only : — 



a or ab, away from 
coram, in the presence of 
cum, with 
de, down from 
e or ex, out of 



prae, before, in front of 
pro, for, before, in behalf of, 

instead of 
sine, without 



258 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

c. All others given in this book (and nearly all others 
in the language), except in and sub, govern the accusative. 
Therefore the memorizing of this list will settle for you, 
at once and forever, the question of what case to use with 
each preposition. 

445. VOCABULARY 

remus, -1, m., oar lacesso, -ere, -Ivi, -ltus, excite, 

Suessiones, -um, m., the provoke 

Suessiones, a people of permoveo, -ere, -movi, -motus, 

Gaul move greatly, alarm 

velum, -I, n., sail postrldie, adv., on the day 

vinea, -ae, f., shed (for pro- after, used w. following 

tection of besiegers) genitive ; postrldie eius 

comporto, -are, -avi, -atus, diei, on the day after that 

briiig together, collect day 

446. EXERCISES 

I. 1. In Italia, in Italiam, sub ponte erat, sub pontem 
navigavit, cum multls amlcis, praeter finis Gallorum. 
2. Eo tempore magno cum clamore ad flumen Ararim 
contenderunt. 3. Postrldie eius die! castra reliquerunt 
quod montes ab hostibus tenebantur. 4. Initium fugae 
a Dumnonge factum est, quare frater eius graviter dolebat. 
5. Haec navis remis agitur, ilia veils. 6. Aedui crebrls 
proelils a Germanis lacessitl ad Caesarem legatos miserunt 
qui auxilium peterent. 7. Ad muros vlneas maxima cum 
celeritate egerunt. 

II. 1. Why were the soldiers praised by their com- 
manders ? 2. On the third day the grain will be collected 
from the fields into the city. 3. We have come hither 
into the woods because the towns have been attacked by 



WORD LIST IX 



259 



the enemy with fire and sword. 4. They were greatly 
moved by the rumors which were reported by the scouts. 
5. The forces of Caesar are in hither Gaul and will hasten 
into winter quarters. 



447- 



Reading Lesson 



Equites hostium cum nostrls pro palude contenderunt. 
Caesar copias suas in castra reduxit. Hostes statim ad 
flumen Axonam properaverunt et partem suarum copiarum 
traducere conati sunt, ut castellum, cui praeerat legatus, 
expugnarent et pontem interscinderent. Caesar omnis 
equites et funditores sagittariosque pontem traduxit, et ad 
eos contendit. In eo loco acriter pugnatum est. Nostri 
magnum numerum hostium occiderunt. Concilio convo- 
cato, hostes domum : contendere et suos finis defendere 
constituerunt. Ea re constituta, secunda vigilia 2 magno 
cum tumultu castris egress! sunt. Caesar Insidias veritus 
copias suas castris continuit. 



448. Root reg-, stretch, guide. 

rego, / ride regio, I'egion 
rex, king regina, queen 
regno, / reign regnum, 



regalis, 

regaliter, — 
rector, ? 



Eng. Der. — Regal, direct, rector, correct, correction, 
incorrigible. 



449- 

ad diem 
alacritas 



WORD LIST IX 

arbitror aude5 

ars bello 



causa 
coepl 



1 ho?ne (452, 453) . 2 in the second watch (somewhere between nine and 
twelve in the evening). 



260 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



commoveo 


funditor 


prima luce 


satis 


comporto 


gaudeo 


non solum . . . 


se suaque 


confido 


hie 


sed etiam 


omnia 


coniungo 


Idem 


ob 


soleo 


coniuro 


Ignosc5 


parco 


studeo 


coram 


ille 


permove5 


studium 


credo 


imperatum 


populor 


Suessiones 


cupidus 


Insidiae 


postridie 


tumulus 


diligenter 


interior 


potestas 


ulterior 


doceo 


ipse 


prae 


velum 


egregie 


iste 


proficlscor 


vero 


expugno 


lacesso 


remus 


victoria 


fave5 


lego 


resisto 


vinea 


fido 


lux 


Sagittarius 


vix 



LESSON 61 

CONSTRUCTIONS OF PLACE 

450. Note use and omission of prepositions in the fol- 
lowing : — 

1. A Gallia navigavit, he sailed away from Gaul. 

2. Roma profectus est, he set out f rout Rome. 

3. Ex urbe egressus est, he went out of the city. 

4. Delo venit, he came from Delos. 1 

5. Domo exiit, he went out from home. 

a. In the above, motion from or out of a place is ex- 
pressed. 

1 Delos is a small island in t.tte. Aegean Sea. 



CONSTRUCTIONS OF PLACE 261 

451. Rule 

The Place from Which. — The place from which is regu- 
larly expressed by the ablative with a preposition, generally 
ab, de, or ex ; but names of towns and small islands, also 
domus and rus, omit the preposition. 

452. Note in the following the use and omission of 
prepositions and the classes of nouns with which they are 
omitted. 

1. Ad finis Belgarum properat, he hastens to the territory 
of the Belgae. 

2. Romam profectus est, he set out for Rome. 

3. In Italiam venit, he came into Italy. 

4. Delum navigavit, lie sailed to Delos. 

5. Domum contendet, he will hasten home. 

6. Rus venit, he came into the country. 

453- Rule 

The Place to Which. — The place to which or into which 
is regularly expressed by the accusative with a preposition ; 
but names of towns and small islands, also domus and rus, 
omit the preposition. 

454. Note very carefully the use and omission of 
prepositions and the forms of the nouns in the follow- 
ing:— 

1. In urbe mansit, he remained in the city. 

2. Romae mansit, he remained in Rome. 

3. Athenis fuit, he was at Athens. 

4. Dell non f ui, / was not at Delos. 

5. Rex erat Curibus, the king was at Cures. 

6. Domi eramus, we zvere at home. 



262 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



a. In i you find the place in which expressed by the 
ablative with the preposition in. This use is regular with 
most nouns. In 2-6 you find a case which is new to you, 
but which in some of its forms is the same as the dative 
or ablative. This case is called the Locative (cf. locus, 
place), which in singulars of the first and second declen- 



1 


.,i 


m 








Mil mmm 










£££ 


B* 








- 





fefife»^l£ 







Delos. 



sions is like the genitive, but in singulars of the third de- 
clension and in all plurals is like the dative or ablative. 
The locative forms of domus and rus are doml and run 
(rarely rure). 



455- Rule 

The Place in Which. — The place in which is regularly 
expressed by the ablative with the preposition in ; but names 
of towns and small islands, also domus and rus, are put into 
the locative. 



CONSTRUCTIONS OF PLACE 263 

456. VOCABULARY 

Athenae, -arum, f. pi., Athens levis, -e, light 

Cures, -ium, f. pi., Cures consentio, -Ire, -sensl, -sensus, 

Delos, -1, f ., Delos agree with, conspire 

res frumentaria, rei frumen- egredior, -1, -gressus sum, go 

tariae, f ., grain supply or march out 

rus, ruris, n., country (op- impono, -ere, -posul, -positus, 

posed to city) place tipon, assign 
vivo, -ere, vixl, vlctus, live 

457. EXERCISES 

I. I. Deli, Athenis, Athenas, Curibus, domum, rus, 
run, doml, Romae. 2. Omnes consentiunt melius esse 
rem frumentariam Romam portare. 3. Impetu facto in 
multa oppida, Romam statim profectus est. 4. Rebus 
frumentariis conlectls, Delum cum maxima multitudine 
profectus erat. 5. Levi curru ab urbe domum revertit. 
6. Athenis sunt multl et fortes viri, qui statim Delum navi- 
gabunt. 7. Multos annos ruri vixit, sed denique in 
urbem venit. 8. Re frumentaria iumentis imposita, 
curru Romam vectus est. 

II. 1. He came to Rome on the tenth day and set out 
immediately for Athens. 2. Grain supplies were brought 
to Delos, for the inhabitants feared an attack of the enemy. 
3. You will come immediately into the country, for there is 
lack of a grain supply in the city. 4. He will have set 
out for Delos within four days. 5. He lives in Athens, 
a very beautiful city, 1 but he comes often to Rome. 
6. They are coming from the city to the country. 

1 Abl. either with or without in if it stands after the word for Athens; with 
the preposition if it stands before it. 



264 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

458. Root man-, ma-, measure. 

manus, hand manceps (manus + capio), one 
mando, I put into the hand, who takes by the hand, pur- 
order chaser 
mandatum, ? manipulus, handful, company 

Eng. Der. — Manacle, manage, manifest, manner, man- 
ual, manufacture, manuscript, maintain, maneuver. 

LESSON 62 

REVIEW OF CARDINALS AND ORDINALS — ABLATIVE 
OF DEGREE OF DIFFERENCE — Cum CAUSAL AND 
CONCESSIVE— READING LESSON 

Make a careful review of 287, 288, 311. 

459. Study and carefully compare the following sen- 
tences : — 

1. Puer multo maior est quam soror, the boy is much 
larger than his sister (larger by mucli). 

2. Flumen multis pedibus altius est quam fossa, the river 
is many feet deeper than the ditch. 

Multo and multis pedibus are each in the ablative case 
and express the degree of difference between two persons 
or things. 

460. Rule 

The Degree of Difference. — The ablative is used without 
a preposition to express the degree of difference between two 
persons or l V kings. 

461. a. The conjunction cum meaning since introduces 
a Causal Clause and takes the subjunctive. 



CUM CAUSAL AND CONCESSIVE 265 

b. Cum meaning although introduces a Concessive Clause 
and takes the subjunctive. Study the following illustra- 
tions. 

1. Cum nobis naves non essent, transire non potuimus, 

since we did not have boats, we could not cross. 

2. Cum nobis naves essent, tamen non transivimus, al- 
though we had boats, yet we did not cross. 

In 1 cum is causal, in 2 concessive. Note sequence of 
tenses (277, 278). 

462. Rule 

Cum Causal and Concessive. — Cum causal and concessive 
is followed by the subjunctive. The law of sequence of 
tenses is observed. 

463. VOCABULARY 

numerus, -i, m., number, conservo, -are, -avi, -atus, 

quantity save, preserve, spare, w. 

possessio, -onis, i., possession accusative 

socius, soci, m., ally intercede, -ere, -cessi, -cessu- 

perpetuus, -a, -um, perpetual rus, be between, intervene 

singuli, -ae, -a, single, indi- ante, adv., before 

vidual, separate, one-by-one post, adv., after 

conloco, -are, -avi, -atus, set, cum, conj. (causal and con- 

place cessive), since, although 

tamen, conj., nevertheless 

464. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Tribus diebus ante, post duobus annis, iunior 
decern annis, tribus annis senior. 2. Duobus ante diebus 
ad murum venit et ibi tormenta conlocavit. 3. Cum legi- 
ones singulae procederent facile superatae sunt. 4. Cum 



266 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



legiones singulae procederent, tamen ab hostibus superatae 
non sunt. 5. Cum oranes, et viri et llberi, conservarentur, 
Galli gavlsl sunt. 6. Cum in deditionem accept! sint, 
tamen gaudere non possunt. 7. Caesar, obsidibus accep- 
tis, cum in deditionem Suessiones accepisset, exercitum 
reduxit. 




Ruins of Dwelling, Delos. 



II. I. Three days after, two days before, three years 
ago (before), two months younger, a ditch three feet 
longer. 2. Since their redoubts are fortified, we will not 
f attack the enemy. 3. Although our redoubts are forti- 
fied, yet we will not attack the enemy. 4. He says that 
a great quantity of baggage was between the two legions. 
5. The allies of the Roman people were provoked for 
many years by the injustice of Ariovistus. 6. On the fifth 
day they stormed the redoubts in order to capture the camp. 



COMPOUNDS OF SUM 



267 



465. Reading Lesson 

Postrldie eius die! Caesar in finis Suessionum, qui 
proximl Remis erant, exercitum duxit, et magno itinere 
confecto ad oppidum Noviodunum contendit. Ibi, castris 
munltis, vineas agere coepit. Magnitudine operum et 
celeritate Romanorum permoti, legatos ad Caesarem de 
deditione miserunt. Caesar vero, obsidibus acceptls armls- 
que omnibus ex oppido traditls, in deditionem Suessiones 
accepit, exercitumque in Bellovacos duxit, qui pacem a 
Romanls statim petierunt. 

466. Root luc-, shine. 

luceo, / shine lucus, sacred grove, lustro, / light up 

lux, light the shining place inlustris, ? 

lumen, light luna, moon lucidus, ? 

Eng. Der. — Luster, illustrious, illumine, lucid, lunatic. 
LESSON 63 



COMPOUNDS OF sum — REVIEW OF PURPOSE AND 
RESULT CLAUSES — READING LESSON 

467. Sum is compounded without change with the 
prepositions ab, ad, de, ex, inter, ob, prae, pro, sub, and 
super. In the compound prosum, / help, pro appears in 
the form prod before a vowel. 



Present 



indicative 



SINGULAR plural , 

1 . prosum, / help prosumus, we help 

2. prodes, you help prodestis, you help 

3. prodest, he helps prosunt, they help 



subjunctive 

SINGULAR PLURAL 

prosim prosimus 
prosls prositis 
prosit prosint 



268 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



Imperf. 

Future 
Perfect 
Pluperf. 
Fat. Perf. 



INDICATIVE 

proderam, etc., / was helping, etc. 
prodero, etc., / shall help, etc. 
profui, etc., I helped, etc. 
profueram, etc., / had helped, etc. 
profuero, etc., / shall have helped, etc. 



SINGULAR 



SUBJUNCTIVE 



Imperf. prodessem, etc. 
Perfect profuerim, etc. 
Pluperf. profuissem, etc. 



PLURAL 

prodessemus, etc. 
profuerlmus, etc. 
profuissemus, etc. 



468. 

opus, -eris, n., work 
vadum, -I, n., ford 
adversus, -a, -um, opposite ; 

adverso colle, adverbial 

phrase, uphill 
medius, -a, -um, middle ; in 



VOCABULARY 

peritus, -a, -um, skilled, used 

w. genitive 
absum, -esse, afui, afuturus, 

be absent, be away 
adsum, -esse, -ful, -futurus, 

be present 



medio colle, on the middle cohortor, -ari, -atus sum, ex- 



of the hill 
militaris, -e, military ; res 
militaris, military affairs 



Iwrt, encourage 
reperio, -Ire, repperi, -pertus, 

find 



longe, adv., a long zvay off , far 



469. 



EXERCISES 



I. I. Adsum, adestis, afuerunt, afuimus, adfuerunt, 
afueritis. 2. Ibi, vadis repertis, partem suorum mllitum 
traducere conatl sunt, qui hostls pellerent. 3. Per multos 
dies in medio colle et longe a castris erat. 4. Palus tarn 
magna inter nostrum atque hostium exercitum erat, ut 
mllites traducl non possent. 5. Deinde incredibill celeri- 



COMPOUNDS OF SUM 



269 



tate adverso colle contenderunt atque in aciem hostium 
identidem impetum fecerunt. 6. Rel mllitaris peritus est 
quare hostis suos semper superat. 7. Flumen transgressl 
horis post paucis in castris hostium erant. 8. Caesar 
suos cohortatus aciem Instruxit ut 1 ordo rel mllitaris 
postulabat. 

1 Not that ; see General Vocabulary. 




Caesar crossing the Rubicon. 



270 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

II. I. We are present, you are absent, we were far 
away from the ford. 2. Caesar sent the tenth legion 
through the fields to defend the camp. 3. The lieutenant 
came with a hundred soldiers to cut down the bridge. 
4. The Remi sent ambassadors to say that they had 
not conspired against the Romans. 5. The king had 
been repeatedly called the friend of the Roman people. 
6. The cavalry, having crossed 1 the marsh, hastened up- 
hill to a place where the soldiers were occupied in the 
work of fortifying 2 the camp. 

470. Reading Lesson 

Caesar se Bellovacos conservaturum 3 dixit et sescentos 
obsides poposcit. His traditis omnibusque arm is ex op- 
pido conlatls, 4 ab eo loco ad Nervios contendit. Quorum 5 
de natura reperiebat : Mercatores ad se adire 6 n5n patl, 
nihil patl vini 7 Inferrl, 8 esse homines feros magnaeque 
virtutis, incusare reliquos Belgas qui se populo Romano 
dedidissent. Quldam ex Belgls 9 ad Nervios pervenerunt 
et ils dlxerunt, inter singulas legiones magnum numerum 
impedimentorum intercedere. Itaque Nervii cum prima 
legio in castra venisset, earn sub sarcin'is adorlrl constitue- 
runt. Sed quod ad hostls appropinquabant, Caesar sex 
legiones expedites ducebat, post eas omnia impedimenta 
conlocaverat ; inde duae legiones, quae proxime conscrlptae 
erant, agmen claudebant praesidioque impedlmentls erant. 

1 transgress!. 

2 Gerundive construction. 

3 In compound infinitives the forms of sum are often omitted. 

4 brought together. 7 nihil vini, no wine. 

5 Of these. 8 to be brought in. 

6 to approach. 9 Certain of the Belgae. 



THE IRREGULAR VERB FERO 2J\ 

471. Root mu-, mov-, move. 

moveo, I move motus, a moving mobilitas, ? 

motio, ? mox, soon muto, move, change 

motor, ? mobilis, movable mutatio, ? 

momentum, weight mollis, easily moved promoveo, ? 

Eng. Der. — Motion, movable, mobile, motor, automo- 
bile, moment, motive, mob. 

LESSON 64 

THE IRREGULAR VERB fero AND ITS COMPOUNDS — 
THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS — READING LESSON 

472. Certain verbs, called irregular, annex the personal 
endings for the most part directly to the root. 

fero, I bear, carry; Root, fer- 

Pres. stem, fer- Perf. stem, tul- Part, stem, lat- 

Principal Parts : fero, ferre, tali, latus ; perf. inf., tulisse 

INDICATIVE 
Active Voice 

present 

singular plural 

i . fero, / bear f erimus, we bear 

2. fers, you bear fertis, you bear 

3. fert, he bears ferunt, they bear 

Imperf. ferebam, etc., / was bearing, etc. 

Future feram, feres, etc., I shall bear, etc. 

Perfect tall, etc., / bore, etc. 

Pluperf. tuleram, etc., I had borne, etc. 

Fut. Peif. tulero, etc., / shall have borne, etc. 



272 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



Passive Voice 



SINGULAR 

i. feror, I am borne 
2. ferris, you are borne 
3.' fertur, he is borne 



PRESENT 



PLURAL 

ferimur, we are borne 
ferimini, you are borne 
feruntur, they are borne 



Imp£rf. ferebar, etc., / was being borne, etc. 

Future ferar, etc., I shall be borne, etc. 

Perfect latus sum, etc., / was borne, etc. 

Pluperf. latus eram, etc., T had been borne, etc. 

Fut. Perf. latus ero, etc., I shall have been borne, etc. 

SUBJUNCTIVE 
Active Voice 

SINGULAR 





Present 


Imperfect 


Perfect 


Pluperfect 


I. 


feram 


ferrem 


tulerim 


tulissem 


2. 


feras 


ferres 


tuleris 


tulisses 


3. 


ferat 


ferret 


tulerit 


tulisset 






PLURAL 




I. 


feramus 


ferremus 


tulerlmus 


tulissemus 


2. 


feratis 


ferretis 


tulerltis 


tulissetis 


3- 


ferant 


ferrent 


tulerint 


tulissent 



Passive Voice 

singular 



I. 

2. 

3- 


ferar 

feraris (-re) 
feratur 


ferrer 

f erreris (-re) 

ferretur 


latus sim 
latus sis 
latus sit 


latus essem 
latus esses 
latus esset 


2. 

3- 


feramur 
feramini 
ferantur 


PLURAL 

ferremur 
ferremini 
ferrentur 


latl simus 
lati sitis 
latl sint 


latl essemus 
latl essetis 
lati essent 



THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS 273 

a. Learn at once the principal parts of this verb to- 
gether with the present indicative, active and passive. 
Use rego as a model for the other forms. Notice the 
quantity of the penult of fero and accent its compounds 
correctly. 

b. Inflect the following like fero: — 

adfero, adferre, attuli, adlatus, bring to, report. 
defero, deferre, detuli, delatus, bring down from, report. 
infero, inferre, intull, inlatus, bring in or on, inflict. 
perfero, perferre, pertuli, perlatus, bring to an end, endure. 

c. Observe the change in ad before -t in the perfect 
tense. 

473. Many verbs compounded with certain prepositions 
take a dative of the indirect object. There are two classes 
of these verbs : — 

1. Intransitive verbs which cannot take a dative of the 
indirect object unless compounded with a preposition. 

2. Transitive verbs which take only a direct object, but 
which, when compounded with a preposition, take a dative 
of the indirect object also, the direct object depending 
upon the force of the simple verb and the indirect upon 
the force of the preposition in composition with the verb. 

Examples : — 
a. First Class. 1. Omnibus perlculis adfuit, he was pres- 
ent in (to) all dangers. 

2. Eorum consilils obstitit, he opposed 

their plans. 

3. Homines hominibus et prosunt et ob- 

sunt, men both benefit and injure 
men. 



274 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

4. Labienus exercitul praefuit, Labienus 
was in command of the army. 

b. Second Class. I. Labienum exercitul praefecit, he 
placed Labienus in command of the 
army. 

2. Bellum populo Romano intulit, he 

brougJit war upon the Roman people. 

3. Gloriam potentiae anteponit, he pre- 

fers glory to poiver. 

Note that the verbs in these examples are compounded 
with ad, ante, in, ob, prae, and pro, and that they take the 
dative case. 

474. Rule 

The Dative with Compounds. — Many verbs compounded 
with ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, and 
super take the dative case of the indirect object. 

Note. — Since this use of the dative is that of the indirect object, it 
follows that the original construction of the simple verb remains, if the 
meaning acquired in the compound is not suited to an indirect object, 
as for example : — 

Milites in castra convocavit, he called the soldiers together into the 
camp. 

Caution. — Where motion from one place to another is clearly in- 
dicated, these verbs regularly take a preposition with its object in the 
accusative instead of the dative : — 

In hostls infertur, he is being borne against the enemy. 

475. VOCABULARY 

agger, -eris, m., mound strepitus, -us, m., noise, diji 

altitudo, -inis, f., height vexillum, -1, n., banner, flag 



THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS 



275 



sinister, -tra, -trum, left 
compello, -ere, -pull, -pulsus, 

drive together, drive 
desum, deesse, def ui, -f uturus, 

lack, be wanting, w, dat. 
occurro, -ere, -curri, -cursurus, 

to meet, meet, w. dat. 



praeficio, ^ere, -feci, -fectus, 

place in command of, w. 
ace. and dat. 

praesum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, 
be over, command, w. dat. 

supersum, -esse, -fui, -futu- 
rus, be over, sitrvive, w. dat. 
rursus, adv., again 

476. exercises 

I. 1. Feres, fertur, fert, ferunt, tulero, tulistis, tulerunt, 
attulistis, detuleram. 2. ExercituI praefuit, amicis non 
deerit, omnibus reliquis supersunt. 3. Mllites nonae et 




The Colosseum as it looks To-day. 



From a photograph 



276 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

decimae legionis Caesari non defuerunt sed hostis a supe- 
riore loco compulerunt. 4. Nonne Galli saepe Germanis 
restiterunt ? 5. Nonne magno cum strepitu ad aggerem 
contendunt ut duel adsint ? 6. Aggere maxima altitu- 
dine facto, omnes qui proelio superfuerunt oppidum rursus 
oppugnaverunt. 7. Victoria Caesaris hostibus magnam 
calamitatem attulit. 

II. 1. I shall carry, you were carried, he will be car- 
ried, they have carried, we shall have brought war on the 
Roman people. 2. We shall be over the camp, he will 
command the army, they survived the battle. 3. On 
the day after that day, having given and received many 
wounds, they led their forces to the middle of the hill. 
4. After inflicting many wounds on the enemy the com- 
mander led his left wing back to the camp. 5. We met 
the Gauls and conquered them. 6. Caesar placed Labie- 
nus in command of the troops which he sent to the top of 
the hill. 

477. Reading Lesson 

Equites nostri, cum funditoribus sagittariisque flumen 
transgress!, cum hostium equitatu proelium commiserunt, 
qui identidem se in silvas ad suos receperunt. Deinde 
subito omnibus copiis impetum in nostros equites fecerunt. 
His facile pulsis incredibill celeritate ad flumen decucurre- 
runt. Eadem autem celeritate adverso colle ad nostra 
castra atque eos qui in opere occupatl erant contenderunt. 
Caesar milites cohortatus proelium commisit. Instructs 
exercitu magis ut 1 loci natura quam ut 1 rei militaris ordo 
postulabat eventus fortunae varii sequebantur. 

1 as. When used with the indicative ut means as or when. 



THE INDEFINITE PRONOUN 277 

478. Root fer-, bear, carry. 

f ertilis, ? f ertilitas, ? f ortuna, ? 

f ero, / bear forte, by chance defero, ? 



Eng. Der. — Fertile, fortune, infer, offer, refer, suffer. 

LESSON 65 

THE INDEFINITE PRONOUN — THE GENITIVE OF THE 
WHOLE — READING LESSON 

479. The Indefinite Pronouns are used, as in English, to 
show that some person or thing is meant without pointing 
out what particular one, as : aliquis, any one ; quidam, a 
certain one. 

a. These words are used both as pronouns and adjec- 
tives, as: aliquis, some one ; aliquid, something; aliquis 
puer, some boy ; aliquod animal, some animal. 

b. Quis and qui are found mainly after si, nisi, num, and 
ne; as, si quis, if any one. In other cases aliquis is gen- 
erally used instead. 

c. The indefinite adjective qui, quae, quod is declined 
like the relative, as is also the plural of the indefinite 
pronoun quis, 1 quid (255). The singular of the latter is 
declined as follows : — 

Singular 
Masc. and Fern. Neut. 

N. quis, any one quid, anything 

G. cuius, of any one cuius, of anything 

D. cui, to or for any one cui, to ox for anything 

Ac. quern, any one quid, anything 

Ab. quo, 2 from any one quo, 2 from anything 

1 qua is generally used instead of quae in the nom. and ace. neuter plural. 

2 The ablative may also be translated with, by, by means of out of, etc. 



278 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



Masc. 



Singular 
Fern. 



N. aliquis (aliqui) aliqua 

G. alicuius alicuius 

D. alicui alicui 

Ac. aliquem aliquam 

Ab. aliquo aliqua 



Masc. 

N. aliqui 

G. aliquorum 

D. aliquibus 

Ac. aliquos 

Ab. aliquibus 



Plural 

Fern. 

aliquae 

aliquarum 

aliquibus 

aliquas 

aliquibus 



Neut. 

aliquid (-quod) 

alicuius 

alicui 

aliquid (-quod) 

aliquo 

Neut. 

aliqua 

aliquorum 

aliquibus 

aliqua 

aliquibus 



480. The other important indefinite pronouns are : — 

Masc. Fern. Neut. 

quidam quaedam quiddam (quoddam), a certain one 
quisquam (quaequam) quidquam (quicquam), any one 
quisque quaeque quidque (quodque), each one, every one 

a. These are declined like the simple pronouns, but qui- 
dam changes m to n before d : quendam, quorundam. 

481. Compare carefully the Latin and English in each 
of the following : — 

1. Pars montis, a part of the mountain. 

2. Horum fortissiml, the bravest of these. 

3. Maior fratrum, the elder of the brothers. 

4. Quidconsili? ivhat plan? 

5. Tantum spati, so much space. 

6. Satis pabuli, enough fodder. 



THE GENITIVE OF THE WHOLE 



279 



a. In each of the above expressions the genitive denotes 
a whole, out of which a part — the same in kind, of course 
— is taken. This part is denoted by 
the word which the genitive limits. 
In examples 1-3 the English idiom is 
the same as the Latin ; in 4-6 it is 
different. Follow these examples in 
your exercises. 

b. This use is called the Genitive of 
the Whole, or the Partitive Genitive. 



482. Rule 

The Genitive of the Whole. — Words 




Roman Altar. 



denoting a part are used with a genitive of the zvhole to 
which the part belongs} 

Note. — Partitive words are nouns, pronouns, and adjectives and 
adverbs used substantively. 



483. Compare with the above examples the following : — 

1. Unus ex militibus, one of the 

soldiers. 

2. Quidam de nostris, certain of our 
men. 

3. Primus omnium, the first of all. 

4. Duo milia hominum, two thou- 
sand men {thousands of men). 

a. Observe the use of ex and de 
with unus and quidam, and of the 
Roman altar. genitive with primus and milia. 

1 Would you express all of as by the genitive of the whole? If not, why 
not? How would you express it? 




280 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



484. Rule 

Quidam, Unus, etc. — Quidam and the cardinal numerals 
{except milia) generally take the ablative with ex or de to 
express the whole of which a part is taken ; the ordinals 
generally take the genitive. 



485. 

Aduatuci, -orum, m. pi., 
the Aduatuci, a Gallic 
people 

moenia, -ium, n. pi., 
walls (of a city), ram- 
parts 




Marble Bust of a Barba- 
rian, PROBABLY A GAUL. 



VOCABULARY 

multitude, -inis, I., multitude, 
great number 

principatus, -us, m., chief place, 
leadership 

contentus, -a, -um, content, satis- 
fied, w. abl. 

appropinquo, -are, -avi, -atus, ap- 
pj-oach, w. dat. 

revertor, -verti, -versus sum, dep., 
except in the perf., pluperf., 
and fut. perf., which have re- 
verti, reverteram, etc., from 
reverto, -ere, -I, return, come or 
go back 

demum, adv., at last 

nimium, adv., too much. 

486. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Nihil spat!, satis fru- 
mentl, parum pabuli, quid tem- 
poris, magna pars exercitus. 2. 
Duo milia passuum, itinior duo- 
rum fratrum, senior duarum soro- 
rum. 3. Quod satis frumenti 



THE GENITIVE OF THE WHOLE 



28l 



exercitul non erat, Caesar id Aeduos 1 cotidie flagitabat. 

4. Aliquos milites quoque die videmus. 5. Quidam ex 

legatls qui ad Gallos missi 

erant in catenas iactl sunt. 

6. Suo loco non erat con- 

tentus sed prlncipatui stu- 

duit. 7. Cum magna 

multitudine mllitum populo 

Romano bellum Inferebat. 

8. Moenibus appropinqua- 

bant ut auxilium amlcls ad- 

ferrent. 9. Quis nostrum, 

tarn magna multitudine in- 

terfecta, in patriam suam 

revertetur ? 

II. 1. Some of these 
men, enough speed, too 
much grain, six thousand 
paces, ten miles. 2. He 
hastened with very great 
speed into the country of the Aduatuci. 3. He returned 
to the ramparts within three days. 4. It is just that 
enough fodder should be given 2 to the horses and enough 
grain to the soldiers. 5. Certain of the centurions 

came each day to the ramparts of the city. 6. Some 
are not content with the leadership in their own states. 




Marble Bust of a Dying Gaul. 



487. Reading Lesson 

Legionis nonae et decimae milites, qui in sinistra parte 
aciel InstructI erant, hostis ex loco superiSre compulerunt 

1 kept demanding this of the Aeduans ; verbs of demanding, etc., take 
two accusatives. 2 dari, pres. pass. inf. of do. 



282 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

et multos eorum interfecerunt. Nervil autem confertissimo 
agmine ad castra nostra contenderunt. Eodem tempore 
equites nostrl qui prlmo impetu hostium pulsl erant, rursus 
aliam in partem fuga salutem petebant. 

Caesar cum 1 suos urgerl videret, in primam aciem pro- 
cessit et milites cohortatus est. Eius adventu milites acrius 
fortiusque pugnare coeperunt, et T. Labienus decimam 
legionem nostrls 2 subsidio mlsit. Huius legionis adventu 
nostrl tam fortiter pugnare coeperunt ut hostes brevl tem- 
pore pellerentur. 3 Hoc proelio facto Nervil legatos ad 
Caesarem mlserunt. Quos Caesar in deditionem accepit 
et finitimos ab iniiiria maleficioque prohibuit. 

488. Root ing-, join, yoke. 

iungo, I join iugulum, collar bone coniuro, / conspire 
iugum, yoke iudex, judge iumentum, yoke animal 
ius, right iubeo, / order iustitia, ? 

Eng. Der. — Judge, jury, junction, conjugate, conjunc- 
tion, joint, jugular, subjugate. 

LESSON 66 

THE IRREGULAR VERB volo AND ITS COMPOUNDS 
— TEMPORAL CLAUSES — READING LESSON 

489. volo, be willing, wish 
Principal Parts : volo, velle, volul 

Perfect stem volu-; perfect infinitive voluisse 

nolo (non volo), be unwilling 
Principal Parts : nolo, nolle, nolul 

1 cum, when. 2 g ee 2 g7, 298. 

3 Account for mood and tense. See 369, 370. 



VOLO AND ITS COMPOUNDS 



283 



Perfect stem nolu-; perfect infinitive noluisse 

malo (magis volo), wish rathe? \ prefer 
Principal Parts : malo, malle, malul 
Perfect stem malu-; perfect infinitive maluisse 

INDICATIVE 

PRESENT TENSE 
SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR. 

i. volo volumus nolo nolumus malo malumus 

2. vis vultis non vis non vultis mavis mavultis 



3. vult volunt non vult nolunt 



volebam, etc. 
volam, voles, etc. 
volul, etc. 
volueram, etc. 
voluero, etc. 



IMPERFECT TENSE 

nolebam, etc. 

FUTURE TENSE 

nolam, noles, etc. 

PERFECT TENSE 

nolui, etc. 

PLUPERFECT TENSE 

nolueram, etc. 



mavult malunt 
malebam, etc. 
malam, males, etc. 
malul, etc. 
malueram, etc. 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE 

noluero, etc. maluero, etc. 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

PRESENT TENSE 
SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR. 



i . velim velimus 

2. veils velitis 

3. velit velint 



nolim nolimus 
noils nolitis 
nolit nolint 



malim malimus 
malls malitis 
malit malint 



IMPERFECT TENSE 

vellem, velles, etc. nollem, nolles, etc. mallem, malles, etc. 



284 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

PERFECT TENSE 

voluerim, etc. noluerim, etc. maluerim, etc. 

PLUPERFECT TENSE 

voluissem, etc. noluissem, etc. maluissem, etc. 

a. Notice that the irregularities occur in the present 
tense only. 

490. Make a careful study of the following : — 

1. Postquam Caesar pervenit, pontem interscindl iussit, 

after Caesar had arrived, lie ordered the bridge to be cut 
down. 

2. Ubi Caesar pervenit, suas copias in castra reduxit, 

when Caesar arrived, he led his forces back into the camp. 

a. Postquam and ubi denote time and are followed by 
the indicative ; simul ac, as soon as, and ut meaning when, 
take the same construction. Note the tense used. 

491. Rule 

Clauses with postquam, etc. — Postquam, ubi, simul ac 
(atque), and ut temporal are used zvith the i?idicative, gen- 
erally the perfect. 

492. You have become familiar with cum as introducing 
a clause of cause and of concession with the subjunctive 
mood. Cum is also a conjunction denoting time, and 
takes sometimes the indicative and sometimes the subjunc- 
tive. You should carefully distinguish these uses and 
learn the signs of both constructions. The following ex- 
amples will help you : — 

1 . Turn cum in Italiam venit urbem condidit, at that time 
when lie came into Italy he founded a city. 



TEMPORAL CLAUSES 285 

2. Cum per eorum finis iter fecisset, inveniebat ex cap- 
tivis . . ., when he had marched through their territories, he 
learned from the captives . . . 

In 1 the clause with cum fixes the time of founding the 
city ; in 2 the clause with cum describes the circumstances 
under which the information was received. 

493. 1. Cum amici adsunt, laetus sum, I am glad when 
my friends are present. 

2. Cum videbis, turn scies, when you see, you will know. 
Observe carefully the mood and tenses used with cum. 

494. Rules 

Cum Temporal. — 1 . Cum temporal is used with the indic- 
ative to fix or define the time of an action, and with the 
subjunctive to describe the circumstances under which it oc- 
curred. In narration cum almost always takes the subjunc- 
tive zvhen the tense is imperfect or pluperfect. 

2. Cum temporal referring to present time takes the pres- 
ent indicative ; referring to future time, the future indicative. 

495. VOCABULARY 

calo, -onis, m., soldier's cum, conj., when, w. ind. and 

servant, camp follower subj. 

condicio, -onis, f., condition, postquam, conj., after, w. 

terms ind. 

turpitude, -inis, f., dis- simul ac (atque), conj., as 

grace soon as, w. ind. 

loquor, -qui, -cutus sum, ubi, conj., when, w. ind. 

speak, talk ut, conj., when, w. ind. 

redigo, -ere, -egi, -actus, ut primum, conj., as soon as, 

reduce w. ind. 



286 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



496. EXERCISES 

I. I. Volumus, malul, nolebat, noluistis, malueramus, 
maluimus. 2. Vult, non vult, nolunt, malunt, voluistis, 
voluerunt, voluerimus. 3. Ubi portae clausae sunt, nulla 
potestas civibus data est salutem fuga petendi. 4. Turn 




Romans storming a City. 



cum de condicione pacis locutus sum earn recusavit. 
5. Calones ut turpitudinem fugae delerent fortiter pugna- 
verunt. 6. Simul ac prima impedimenta nostrl exercitus 
visa sunt, se in locum egregie munitum receperunt. 

7. Cum ad quingentos mllites redact! essent, se dediderunt. 

8. Ubi proelium commissum est, calones se fugae raan- 
daverunt. 

II. 1. They have wished, we have been unwilling, since 
they have preferred, when they had wished. 2. Although 



TEMPORAL CLAUSES 287 

they were unwilling, he said that he wished, the camp was 
so excellently fortified that he was unwilling to attack it. 
3. As soon as Caesar found out in what place the enemy 
were, he hastened towards them. 4. When no power of 
defending themselves was given them, they cast themselves 
down from the wall into the ditch. 5. The tribune spoke 
to his soldiers, saying, " We will accept no terms of peace." 
6. When the camp followers came into the city they talked 
with their friends. 7. The enemy refused to accept the 
terms of peace. 

497. Reading Lesson 

AduatucI autem, qui omnibus cophs auxilio Nerviis vene- 
rant, hac pugna nuntiata, ex itinere domum reverterunt, 
suaque omnia in oppidum egregie natura munitum contule- 
runt. Id nostri, vinels actis turrique exstructa, oppugnare 
coeperunt. Ubi vero turrim moverl et appropinquare moe- 
nibus viderunt, legatos ad Caesarem de pace miserunt. His 
Caesar locutus est : Se condicionem deditionis nullam ac- 
cepturum esse, nisi armls traditis. 1 Re nuntiata, AduatucI 
dixerunt se facturos esse quae imperarentur. 2 Armorum 
vero magna multitudine de miiro in fossam iacta, circiter 
autem tertia parte celata et in oppido retenta, portis pate- 
factis eo die pace usi sunt. 

498. Root ped-, tread. 

pes, foot impedio, I entangle pedester, 071 foot 
pedes, foot soldier expedio, ? impedimentum, ? 

Eng. Der. — Pedal, pedestal, pedestrian, biped, impede. 

1 unless they gave up their arms. 

2 what was ordered (zohat things were ordered). 



288 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

LESSON 67 

THE IRREGULAR VERBS eo AND fio — REVIEW OF 
THE IRREGULAR VERBS — READING LESSON — WORD 
LIST X 

499. eo, go. Principal Parts : eo, Ire, ii (ivi), iturus. 

Perf. inf. Isse (Ivisse). Pres. stem 1-. Perf. stem I- or iv-. 

Part, stem it-. 

Indicative Active 

present tense Imperf. ibam, etc. 

Singular Plural Future lbO, etc. 

1. eo Imus Perfect ii (ivi), etc. 

2. is itis P hip erf. ieram (iveram), etc. 

3. it eunt Fut. Perf. iero (Ivero), etc. 

Supply omitted forms. Eo is used impersonally in the 
third person singular passive : Itur {it is gone), they go. 

The compounds adeo, / approach, and ineo, / enter, are 
transitive and have a passive inflection also. 

Indicative Passive of adeo 
present tense Imperf. adibar, etc. 

Singular Plural Future adibor, etc. 

1. adeor adimur Perfect aditus sum, etc. 

2. adiris (-re) adlmini Pluperf. aditus eram, etc. 

3. aditur adeuntur Fut. Perf. aditus ero, etc. 

Subjunctive Active 
Singular 
Pres. Imperf. Perfect Pluperf. 

i. earn irem ierim (Iverim) Issem (Ivissem) 

2. eas Ires ieris (iveris) Isses (ivisses) 

3. eat iret ierit (Iverit) Isset (ivisset) 



IRREGULAR VERBS 



289 



Plural 

i. eamus iremus ierlmus (Iverimus) Issemus(Ivissemus) 

2. eatis iretis ieritis (iveritis) issetis (ivissetis) 

3. eant irent ierint (Iverint) Issent (ivissent) 



Subjunctive Passive of adeo 

Singular 
Pres. Imperf. Perfect 

i. adear adlrer aditus sim 

2. adearis (-re) adireris (-re) aditus sis 



3. adeatur 



adiretur 



aditus sit 



Pluperf. 

aditus essem 
aditus esses 
aditus esset 



Plural 

1. adeamur adiremur aditi simus aditi essemus 

2. adeamini adireminl aditi sitis aditi essetis 

3. adeantur adirentur aditi sint aditi essent 

a. Inflect in both active and passive transeo, go across, 
and praetereo, go by. Accent accurately. Note all irregu- 
larities of form. 

500. fio, used as passive of facio, be made, become, come 
to pass. Principal Parts : fio, fieri, f actus sum. 









Indicative 






PRESENT TENSE 


Imperf. 


fiebam, etc. 




Singular 


Plural 


Future 


flam, fies, etc. 


I. 


fio 


[fimus] 


Perfect 


factus sum, etc. 


2. 


fis 


[fitis] 


Pluperf. 


factus eram, etc. 


3- 


fit 


fiunt 


Fut. Perf 
Subjunctive 


factus ero, etc. 


I. 


fiam 


fiamus 


Imperf. 


fierem, etc. 


2. 


fias 


fiatis 


Perfect 


factus sim, etc. 


3- 


fiat 


fiant 


Pluperf. 


factus essem, etc 



Note. — Flo has I except in the form fit and before -er. 



290 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 




IRREGULAR VERBS 291 

Review the irregular verbs (355, 467, 472, 489, 499). 

501. Examine the following : — 

1. Caesarem certiorem facit, he informs Caesar {makes 
Caesar more certain). 

2. Caesar certior factus est, Caesar was informed. 

Here certior is an adjective in the comparative degree 
and is declined like any other comparative. Note the 
difference between the active and passive construction, 
also the agreement of the predicate adjective. 

502. VOCABULARY 

consuetudo, -inis, f ., custom, adiungo, -ere, -iunxl, -iunctus, 

habit add to, join to 

iniquitas, -atis, f., uneven- opprimo, -ere, -press!, -pressus, 

ness, unfavorableness overpower, overwhelm 

nemo, dat. nemini, (gen. and transeo, -Ire, -ii (-Ivi), itus, 

abl. supplied from nullus), cross over, go across 

m. and f., no one, nobody ne . . . quidem, (with the 

abdiico, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, emphatic word between 

lead away the two parts), not even 

accido, -ere, -cidi, — , happen, etiam, adv. and conjunction, 

occur even, yet, still 

503. EXERCISES 

I. I. Fiebatis, flent, fieri, fit, factus sum, fact! eratis, 
f actl eritis, factus est. 2. Eo, Itur, ibimus, Istis, ieris, ieritis, 
Imus, Ibunt, transitum est, adibunt. 3. Accidit ut, cum 

acriter pugnatum esset, nemo hostem fugientem videret. 
4. Fit ut propter inlquitatem loci exercitus transire non 
possit. 5. Cum nostrl hostibus f ortiter resisterent, tamen 
ad flumen compellebantur. 6. Factum est ut nostrl ne pri- 
mum quidem impetum eorum sustinere possent. 7. Caesar 



292 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

cum Gallls in loco inlquo pugnare noluit. 8. German! 

consuetudine sua, 1 hostibus oppressis, agr5s populabantur. 
9. Auxilio amicorum adiuncto, tamen hostls opprimere non 
potuerunt. 

II. 1. I go, they will have gone, he had crossed over, 
they had become, we shall prefer. 2. He wished, he 
informed Caesar, he did not wish, we shall bear, they will 
become, no one went. 3. Since Caesar encourages his 
soldiers, they will prefer to fight. 4. Although many 
disasters are brought upon us, let us bear 2 them bravely. 
5. Why do they wish to cross the river in this unfavorable 
place ? 6. They could not even lead their men away 
from the camp for the purpose of attacking the enemy. 3 
7. The scouts informed Caesar that the enemy were coming. 

504. Reading Lesson 

Multis de causls acciderat ut subito Galli belli renovandi 
legionisque opprimendae consilium caperent, prlmum quod 
legionem nostram propter paucitatem despiciebant, turn 
etiam quod propter iniquitatem loci ne primum quidem 
impetum suum sustinere posse existimabant. Dolebant 
quoque quod llberi sul obsides a R5manis abducerentur, 
et exlstimaverunt Roman5s non solum itinerum causa sed 
etiam perpetuae possessionis Alpls occupare et ea loca 
flnitimae provinciae adiungere conari. 

505. Root i-, go. 

eo, I go aditus, ? comes, companion 

iter, journey adeo, ? initium, beginning 

Eng. Der. — Exit, initial, itinerant, ambition, transit, 
initiation. 

1 according to their custom. 2 See 271, 1, a. 

3 Use gerundive construction. What other might you use? 





WORD 


LIST X 


29: 


5o6. 


WORD 


LIST X 




abduco 


consuetude 


mllitaris 


quisque 


absum 


contentus 


moenia 


redigo 


accido 


cum 


multitud5 


reperio 


adeo 


defero 


ne . . . quidem 


res frumen 


adfero 


Delos 


nimium 


taria 


adiungo 


demum 


nolo 


revertor 


adsum 


desum 


numerus 


rus 


Aduatuci 


egredior 


occurro 


simul ac 


adversus 


eo 


opprimo 


singuli 


agger 


etiam 


opus 


sinister 


aliquis 


fero 


perfero 


socius 


altitudd 


fio 


peritus 


strepitus 


ante 


impono 


, perpetuus 


supersum 


appropinquo 


Infero 


possessio 


tamen 


Athenae 


inlquitas 


post 


transeo 


calo 


intercedo 


postquam 


turpitudo 


cohortor 


lacesso 


praeficio 


ubi 


compello 


levis 


praesum 


ut 


condicio 


longe 


principatus 


vadum 


conloco 


loquor 


prosum 


vexillum 


consentio 


malo 


quldam 


vivo 


conservo 


medius 


quis 


volo 



LESSON 68 

NOUN AND ADJECTIVE REVIEW — THE CONDITIONAL 
SENTENCES — CONDITIONS OF FACT — READING LESSON 

Review carefully nouns and adjectives of the first and 
second declensions. This should be pleasant and successful 



294 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

work for you if you learned them thoroughly at first and 
have used them accurately since. 

507. Conditional Sentences. — A conditional sentence 
consists of at least one principal and one subordinate 
clause. The subordinate clause contains the condition 
and is called the Protasis ; the principal clause contains 
the conclusion and is called the Apodosis. In the sen- 
tence, If he is my friend, I rejoice, the clause if Jie is my 
friend is the protasis, and the clause / rejoice is the apodo- 
sis. Study the following sentences and select the protasis 
and the apodosis in each. Note also mood and tenses 
used. 

1. Si venit, fidus est, if he comes, he is faithful. 

2. Si venit, fidus erat, if he came, he was faithful. 

3. Si veniet, fidus erit, if he comes (shall come), he will 
be faithful. 

4. Si venerit, fidus erit, if he comes (shall have come), he 
will be faithful, 

a. The subordinate clause in each of the above assumes 
the condition as a fact, and the conclusion necessarily fol- 
lows, followed, or will follow. Do you see this clearly ? 

b. The protasis is regularly introduced, when affirmative, 
by si, if; when negative by si non, if not, when a single 
word is negatived ; and by nisi, unless, when the entire 
protasis is negatived. 

508. Rule 

Conditions of Fact. — Conditions of fact are found in pres- 
ent, past, or future time, and take the indicative mood in 
any tense required by the nature of the thought. They are 
classed as Past, Present, and Future. 



CONDITIONS OF FACT 



295 



509. 



TABLE OF CONDITIONS OF FACT 



Conditions 

of 

Fact 



1. Present 



2. Past 



3. Future 



2. 



Protasis, The present indica- 
tive 

Apodosis, The present indica- 
tive or any form required by 
the nature of the thought 

Protasis, A past tense of the 
indicative 

Apodosis, A past tense of the 
indicative 

Protasis, The future (or fut. 
perf.) indicative 

Apodosis, The future indica- 
tive 



Note. — You may use the future perfect in the protasis of a future 
condition of fact if you wish to express the act of the protasis as finished 
before the act of the apodosis is begun. 

510. VOCABULARY 

planities, -iei, f., plain proicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus, 



tuba, -ae, f., trumpet 

vigilia, -ae, f., watch 

vinum, -I, n., wine 

importo, -are, -avi, -atus, 
bring in, import 

perago, -ere, -egi, -actus, ac- 
complish 



hurl forward) abandon 
relanguesco, -ere, — , — , be- 
come weak 
vergo, -ere, — , — , turn, slope 
aequaliter, adv., uniformly 
nisi, conditional particle, if 
not, unless 



si, conditional particle, if 



511. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Si collis aequaliter ad planitiem vergit, iter facile 
est. 2. Si hoc peragit, fortis est. 3. Si telum proiecit, 



296 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



virum interfecit. 4. Si slgnum tuba dabit, omnes copiae 
proelium committere volent. 5. Si tertia vigilia Ibit, laeti 
erunt amid. 6. Nisi tertia vigilia Ibunt, amid tristes 
erunt. 7. Si vinum importatur, mentes incolarum relan- 
guescunt. 8. Si vinum importabitur, mentes incolarum 




Temple of Jupiter Capitolinus (Restoration). 



relanguescent. 9. Putat virum maxima aetate non facile 
tela proicere posse. 

II. 1. If he comes, he is good ; if he comes, I shall see 
him. 2. Unless the hill slopes uniformly to the plain, the 
road is difficult. 3. If the signal was not given, the men 
could not fight. 4. If they are pushing up the sheds, 
they are a help to Caesar. 5. If the Belgae are unwill- 
ing to import wine, they are wise. 6. If they imported 



THE CONDITIONAL SENTENCE 297 

too much wine, their minds became weak. 7. They asked 
why the soldiers came in the third watch. 

512. Reading Lesson 

BrevI spatio interiecto, hostes ab omnibus partibus signo 
dato decucurrerunt et lapides telaque in vallum conicie- 
bant. Nostri primo integris viribus fortiter pugnaverunt, 
neque ullum telum frustra ex loco superiore miserunt. 
Cum iam sex horas continenter pugnatum : esset, 2 et non 
solum vires sed etiam tela nostros deficerent 2 atque hostes 
acrius Instarent, 2 una spes sola salutis manebat, si nostri, 
eruptione facta, impetum in hostis facerent. 

513. Root cla-, call. 

clamo, / call, cry out clarus, famous classis, fleet 
clamor, ? praeclarus, ? conclamo, ? 

Eng. Der. — Clamor, claim, exclaim, class, classical, 
calendar. 



LESSON 69 

NOUN AND ADJECTIVE REVIEW {Continued) — CONDI- 
TIONS CONTRARY TO FACT— READING LESSON 

Make a careful review of consonant stems, nouns, and 
adjectives of the third declension. (See 141-143, 147-149, 
194-198.) 

1 Explain impersonal use of this verb. 

2 "Why are these verbs in the subjunctive? Is the time dated or described ? 
What tenses are used ? (See 492, 2 ; 494.) 



298 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

514. Study the following, noting use of mood and 
tenses : — 

1. SI pater me timeret, ab eius oculis concederem, if my 

father feared me, I should withdraw from his sight. 

2. SI pater me timuisset, ab eius oculis concedissem, if 

my father had feared me, I should have withdrawn from 
his sight. 

Sentence 1 implies : My father does not fear me, I do 
not withdraw. The condition (protasis) is not fulfilled, the 
conclusion (apodosis) does not follow. The time is present 
and the imperfect subjunctive is used. 

Sentence 2 implies : My father did not fear me, I did 
not withdraw. The condition was not fulfilled, the con- 
clusion did not follow. The time is past and the pluper- 
fect subjunctive is used. 

515. Rule 

Conditions Contrary to Fact. — In conditions contrary to 
fact the imperfect and pluperfect subjicnctive are used in 
both protasis and apodosis, the imperfect to express present 
time, the pluperfect to express past time. 

Note. — Compare the conditional sentences in this lesson with 
those in the preceding, and note that th.3 indicative is used in condi- 
tions of fact and the subjunctive in conditions contrary to fact. Note 
also the difference in the nature of the thought expressed. 



516. TABLE OF CONDITIONS CONTRARY TO FACT 

1. Protasis, Imperfect subjunctive 

2. Apodosis, Imperfect subjunctive 
J 1. Protasis, Pluperfect subjunctive 

2. Apodosis, Pluperfect subjunctive 



Conditions 

Contrary 

to Fact 



Present 



CONDITIONS CONTRARY TO FACT 299 

517. VOCABULARY 

aqua, -ae, f., water be at hand, press on, w. 

lapis, -idis, m., stone dat. 

memoria, -ae, f., memory recipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus, 

ratio, -onis, f., plan take back ; se recipere, be- 

pristinus, -a, -urn, former take one's self, draw back, 

deficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, retreat 

fail, be lacking frustra, adv., in vain 

insto, -stare, -stitl, -staturus, undique, adv. , from all sides 

518. EXERCISES 

I. I. Si Caesar aliam rationem belli cepisset, celerius 
omnls Gallos vicisset. 2. Si dux mllites cohortari voluisset, 
fortiter usque ad vesperum pugnavissent. 3. Si consul 
fieres, omnls cdpias hostium se recipere cogeres. 4. Si 
flumen transire noles, te hie exspectabo. 5. Si rursus 
contra hostes Institissent, socil ad eos undique venissent. 

6. Amici ils non deficient, si pristinam virtiitem praebe- 
bunt. 7. Nisi mllites longa oratione monuisset, memo- 
riam prlstinae virtutis non retinuissent. 8. Nisi lapides 
in moenia oppidl frustra coniecissent, oppidanos de miiris 
depulissent. 

II. 1. If the hill slopes uniformly to the plain, the 
place is suitable for a camp. 2. If you had retreated to 
the mountains, you would not have been driven from your 
position. 3. If you were willing to retain the memory 
of your former valor, you would conquer all your enemies. 
4. If I can make terms of peace, I shall prefer not to 
fight again. 5. If we shall be willing to make terms of 
peace, Caesar will pardon us. 6. If they had retreated 
to the mountain, they would have saved themselves. 

7. If our strength fails us, we shall no longer fight. 



300 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 




A Roman Banquet. 



CONDITIONS 3OI 

519. Reading Lesson 

Itaque proelium intermittunt, se ex labore refkiunt, 
signo dato 1 ex castris erumpunt. Omni spe in virtute 
posita, subito ex omnibus portis eruptione facta, hostibus 
facultatem neque cognoscendl 2 quid fieret neque sui conli- 
gendl relinquunt. Itaque fortuna mutata, eos qui in spem 
potiundorum castrorum 2 veniebant undique circumventos 
interficiunt, et, ex hominum milibus triginta plus tertia 
parte interfecta, reliquos in fugam coniciunt atque ne in 
locis mferioribus quidem consistere patiuntur. 

520. Root voc-, call. 

voco, / call vocabulum, name y vociferor, / cry aloud 
word 

vox (voc + s), vocula, a feeble vocativus, ? 

voice voice 

Form compound verbs with a, con, de, pro, re, and give 
their meanings. 

Eng. Der. — Vocal, vocabulary, voice, vocation, vocifer- 
ate, revoke, vocative. 

LESSON 70 

NOUN REVIEW — REVIEW OF CONDITIONS OF FACT 
AND CONTRARY TO FACT — CONDITIONS OF POSSI- 
BILITY—READING LESSON 

Make a careful review of noun forms of the fourth and 
fifth declensions. See 254, 312. Recall to mind classes 

1 Construction? Are there similar constructions elsewhere in this pas- 
sage ? If so, have they the same meaning ? 

2 Gerund or gerundive construction ? See 435, 436. 



302 A P1RST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

of conditional sentences already studied, together with 
the verb forms used in the protasis and apodosis of each, 
referring to 507-509, 514-516. 

521. Study the following sentences: — 

1. SI veniat, laetus sim, if he should come, I should be 
glad. 

2. Si venerit, laetus sim, if he should come {should have 
come), I should be glad. 

3. Si veniat (venerit), laetus sis, if he should come, you 
would be glad. 

a. Note in the above sentences the following points : — 

1. The subjunctive mood is used in both clauses. 

2. The tense of the protasis is either present or perfect. 

3. The tense of the apodosis is present. 

4. The condition is represented as possible, and the time 
is future. 

5. In the protasis and in the first person of the apodosis, 
the verb is translated by the English potential with sJiould. 
In the second and third person in the apodosis, it is trans- 
lated by the English potential with would. 

b. Make a table of conditions of possibility, following 
the model of the other classes. 

522. VOCABULARY 

lacrima, -ae, f., tear conligo, -ere, -legi, -lectus, 

mulier, -eris, f., woman collect 

saepes, -is, f., hedge consists, -ere, -stiti, — , stop, 

adorior, -Iri, -ortus sum, at- halt 

tack incito, -are, -avi, -atus, urge 

circumvenio, -ire, -veni, -ven- on, incite 

tus, surround proxime, adv., very recently 



CONDITIONS OF POSSIBILITY 303 

523. EXERCISES 

I. I. Si Athenas videas, pulchram et claram urbem 
videas. 2. Si multls cum lacrimls se Caesarl ad pedes 
proiciant, iis ignoscat neque incuset. 3. Nisi magnus 
strepitus factus esset, hostes effugissent. 4. Si Nervii 
saepes faciant, flnitimos prohibeant. 5. Si Gallos ad 
bellum incitavissent, magnam iniuriam fecissent. 6. Si 




Roman Aqueduct at Nimes, France. 

in itinere consistant, hostes eos adoriantur. 7. Si mulieres 
pacem petent et se Caesarl ad pedes proicient, iis Ignos- 
cet. 

II. 1. If he should go into Gaul, he would incite the 
inhabitants to war. 2. If you should cross the river, I 
should not blame you. 3. If you had crossed the river, I 
should not have blamed you. 4. If the fathers lay down 
their arms, the sons will not fight. 5. If you should at- 
tack the towns of the Nervii, you would not conquer that 



304 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

brave tribe. 6. If you had been surrounded by hostile 
forces, you would have fought bravely. 

524. Reading Lesson 

His rebus cSnfectis, omnibus copils hostium in fugam 
conversis, se in castra munitionesque suas receperunt. 
Galba autem, quod saepius fortunam temptare nolebat 
atque inopia frumenti maxime permotus est, postero die, 
omnibus hostium aedificils incensis, in provinciam revert! 
contendit, ac, nullo hoste prohibente aut iter demorante, 
incolumem legionem in Allobroges perduxit ibique hie- 
mavit. His rebus gestis, Caesar in Illyricum profectus 
est ut alias quoque nati5nes adlret et regiones cognosceret. 
Quo facto, bellum in Gallia subito coortum est. 

Select and explain all ablative absolute phrases in the 
above. 

525. Root flu-, flow. 

fluo, flow flumen, ? fluctus, wave, flood 

fleo, weep influo, ? fluito, float 

Eng. Der, — Fluid, flush, fluctuate, flux, flume, influence, 
fluency. 

LESSON 71 

THE IMPERATIVE MOOD — REVIEW OF NOUNS COM- 
PLETED -- READING LESSON — WORD LIST XI 

526. The Imperative Mood in Latin as in English ex- 
presses a command or entreaty : Go ! Come ! It has two 
tenses, the present and the future. In the present only 
the second person, singular and plural, is found; in the 
future only the second and third persons. 



THE IMPERATIVE MOOD 



305 



Present 
active passive 

Sing. 2. voca, call, call thou vocare, be called, be thou called 
Plur. 2. vocate, call, call ye vocamini, be called, be ye called 

Future 

Sing. 2. vocato, call, you vocator, be called, you shall be 
shall call called 

3. vocato, he shall 'call vocator, he shall be called 

Plur. 2. vocatote, call, you 

shall call 
3. vocanto, they shall vocantor, they shall be called 
call 

Active Endings 

Pres. S. 2. mone rege cape audi — 

PL 2. monete regite capite audlte -te 
Put. S. 2. moneto regito capito audlto -to 
3. moneto regito capito audlto -to 
PL 2. monetote regitote capitote audltote -tote 
3. monento regunto capiunto audiunto -nto 



Pres. S. 2. 

PL 2. 

Put. S. 2. 

3- 
PL 2. 

3 



Passive 

monere regere 
monemini regimini 
monetor regitor 
monetor regitor 



capere 
capimini 

capitor 
capitor 



audire -re 
audimini -mini 
auditor -tor 
auditor -tor 



monentor reguntor capiuntor audiuntor -ntor 

a. The second person singular of the present imperative 
active is the present stem of the verb. The other forms 
are made by adding to this stem the active imperative end- 
ings. This stem in the third conjugation changes -e to -i. 



306 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

In the third and fourth conjugations -u is inserted before 
-nto in the third person plural of the future. 

b. The second person singular of the present imperative 
passive is the same as the present active infinitive. The 
other forms are made by adding the passive imperative 
endings to the present stem. The second person plural of 
the future is lacking. 

a Learn the list of endings and inflect in the imperative, 
active and passive, laudo, habeo, mitto, duco, 1 iacio and 
vincio, giving meanings. 

527. Examine the following: — 

1. Munite oppidum, fortify the town. 

2. Meos liberos vobis permittam ; eos conservatote, / shall 
intrust my children to you, guard them carefidly. 

3. Ne muniveritis oppidum, do not fortify the town. 

4. Nolite oppidum munire, do not {be unwilling to) fortify 
the town. 

a. From these examples you will see that : — 

(1) The present imperative is used in affirmative com- 
mands, unless distinct reference is made to future time, 
as in 2. In this case the future imperative is used. 

(2) Ne with the second person of the perfect subjunctive 
or the present imperative of nolo with a complementary 
infinitive is used to express a prohibition. 

528. Review carefully the rules for gender. See 306. 

a. In the following list of words state in tabular form 
the declension, gender, nominative and genitive singular 
and plural. 

1 Four verbs, dico, duco, facio, and fero have the forms die, due, fac, and 

fer in the second person singular present imperative active. 



REVIEW OF NOUNS 



307 



acies 


caput 


exercitus 


iuvenis 


mulier 


spatium 


adventus 


castra 


finis 


lacus 


multitudo 


tempus 


aestas 


centurio 


flumen 


legatio 


ordo 


vectlgal 


agger 


cohors 


frlgus 


locus 


palus 


vlnea 


agmen 


copia 


genus 


lux 


pons 


vinum 


agricola 


dies 


homo 


mens 


Rhenus 


vir 


bellum 


dolus 


ignis 


miles 


scutum 


virtus 


calo 


domus 


iter 


mons 


soror 


vis 


520. 




VOCABULARY 







internecio, -onis, f., destruc- sequor, sequi, secutus sum, 

tion, annihilation follow 

testudo, -inis, f., testudo, roof tempto, -are, -avi, -atus, 

of shields tempt, try 

intentus, -a, -um, intent, valeo, -ere, -ui, -iturus, be well, 

eager be strong ; vale, valete, 

permitto, -ere, -mlsi, -missus, farewell 

permit, intrust clam, adv., secretly 



530. 



EXERCISES 



I. I. Vale, valete, permittite, permittitote, temptator, 
morantor, iaciunto, muniunto, educ, die, fac. 2. Iaciuntor, 
permittite llberos incolumls vestris amlcls. 3. Dimitte- 
mus nuntios ad vos in flnitimas clvitates ; eos accipitote. 

4. Contende cum hostibus, Labiene, et tuos amlcos defende. 

5. Agmen claude et cum omnibus copiis ducem ad pontem 
sequere. 6. Ne permlserls nostros hostls incolumls ad 
suos ire. 7. Ne eos inermls ad internecionem redege- 
ritis. 8. Testudine facta, clam ad mur5s urbis inimlcae 
contendite. 

II. 1. Lead, he shall follow, be praised, let them be 
praised, speak, make. 2. Lead the horsemen secretly 



308 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



into the native country of the Gauls. 3. Come with us 1 
in order that we may fortify a camp. 4. Let us not 
reduce these unarmed men to destruction, do not reduce 
these unarmed men to destruction. 5. Do not abandon 

the hope of safety, but fight bravely till evening. 6. Let 
us not intrust our children as hostages to the power of our 
enemies. 




Roman Testudo with Horseman on it. 

531. Reading Lesson 

Sablnus loco 2 omnibus rebus idoneo sese tenebat, cum 
Viridovlx contra eum duorum milium passuum spatio conse- 
disset, cotidieque productis copiis, pugnandi potestatem 
faceret, ita ut iam Sablnus hostibus in contemptionem 
venlret, 3 tantamque oplnionem timoris praeberet 3 ut iam 
hostes ad moenia castrorum accedere auderent. 3 Id ea de 

1 See 321, b, 3. 

2 The abl. of locus is often used without a preposition. 

3 Reasons for mood and tense? See 369, 370. 



WORD LIST XI 



309 



causa Sablnus faciebat quod cum tanta. multitudine, prae- 
sertim eo absente qui summam imperl tenebat, contendere 
nolebat. Hac opmione timoris conflrmata. quendam homi- 
nem idoneum delegit, Galium ex lis quos auxili causa secum 
habebat, et eum pro perfuga, ad hostis misit. Qui ubi ad 
eos venit timorem Romanorum niintiavit. 

532. Root cad-,/^//. 

cado, I fall accido, happen cadaver, dead body 

casus, accident discedo, depart discessus, ? 

Eng. Der. — Case, casual, accident, secede, ancestor, 
success. 



533. 




WORD LIST 


XI 




adorior 


imports 


nisi 


recipi5 


tuba 


aequaliter 


incito 


perago 


relanguesco 


undiqi 


circumvenio 


• Insto 


permitto 


saepes 


valeo 


clam 


internecio planities 


sequor 


vergo 


conligo 


lacrima 


pristinus 


se recipere 


vigilia 


consisto 


lapis 


proicio 


si 


vlnum 


deficio 


memoria 


proxime 


tempto 




frustra 


mulier 


ratio 
LESSON 


testudo 
72 





PRONOUN REVIEW — THE IMPERATIVE MOOD, IRREG- 
ULAR VERBS — READING LESSON 

Review classes and forms of pronouns. See 319. 
534. fero nolo eo sum fio 

Active Passive Active Active Active Active 

Pres. 5. 2. fer ferre noli 1 es fl 

PL 2. ferte feriminl nolite Ite este fite 



3io 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 







Active 


Passive 


Active 


Active 


Active 


Fut. S. 


2. 


ferto 


fertor 


nolito 


Ito 


esto 




3- 


ferto 


fertor 


nolito 


Ito 


esto 


PL 


2. 

3- 


fertote 
ferunto 




nolitote 
nolunto 


Itote 
eunto 


estote 
sunto 


feruntor 



a. How does the inflection of these verbs differ from 
that of the regular verbs ? Compare forms in 526. 

VOCABULARY 



535. 

currus, -us, m., chariot 
Liger, -eris, m., the Loire or 

Liger, a river in Gaul 
praemium, praeml, n., reward, 

prize 
Veneti, -orum, m. pi., the 

Veneti, a people of Gaul 
apertus, -a, -um, open 
recens, gen. -entis, fresh, 

recent 



administro, -are, -avi, -atus, 

manage 
aedifico, -are, -avi, -atus, build 
aufero, -ferre, abstull, abla- 

tus, bear away or off 
orno, -are, -avi, -atus, equip 
vend, -ere, vexl, vectus, bear, 
carry ; curru vehi, ride in 
a chariot ; equo or equis 
vehi, ride on horseback 



536. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Fer, ferte, feruntor, fertor, n5lite, nolito, nolitote, 
feriminT, fi, fite, esto. 2. Ferte mllitibus pro recent! vic- 
toria multa et magna praemia. 3. Ornate navls, milites, 
et amlcos in Italiam ferte. 4. Administrate, tribuni, 
diligenter omnls res, et pro patria fortiter pngnate. 
5. Este fortes in periculo subito, et praemia victoriae au- 
ferte. 6. Curru per ordines hostium vehere et, si necesse 
erit, pro patria morere. 7. Aedificate multas navls in 
flumine Liger! et ad Venetos celeriter ite. 

II. 1. Fight bravely for your country, soldiers, in order 
to bear off the rewards of victory. 2. Do not cast the 



IMPERATIVE OF IRREGULAR VERBS 311 

anchor from the boat, but sail quickly to Delos. 3. Equip 
your boat with oars, for it is necessary to go to Athens. 

4. Drive your chariot through the open places in order 
that you may not be frightened by any sudden danger. 

5. Do not retain the ambassadors in your camp. 6. Be- 
come wiser and better every day. 7. Ride on horseback 
to the river Loire. 8. Build boats near the bank of the 
river. 

537. Reading Lesson 

His rebus audltis omnes Galli conclamant ad castra 
R6man5rum Ire necesse esse. Locus castrorum editus 
erat. Hue magnls itineribus contenderunt ut quam mini- 
mum spatl 1 ad se conligendos 2 armandosque Romanls 
daretur, exanimatlque pervenerunt. Sablnus suos hortatus 
signum dat. Impedltls hostibus propter ea onera quae 
ferebant, subito duabus portis eruptidnem fieri iussit. 
Factum est virtute mllitum et alils de causis ut ne prlmum 
quidem nostrorum impetum sustinerent et statim terga 
verterent. Quos impeditos milites nostri integris viribus 
secuti magnum numerum eorum occlderunt. Ubi Galli de 
his victoriis certiores factl sunt, se suaque omnia statim 
dediderunt. 

538. Root col-, till. 

colo, / till, inhabit incolo, / inhabit agricola, ? 



colonus, tiller, colonist incola, ? agricultura, 

cultus, cultivation colonia, ? incultus, ? 3 

Form English derivatives. 

1 as little time as possible. 

2 Explain construction. 

3 Here the prefix in has a negative force. 




(312) 



THE SUPINE 313 

LESSON 73 

GENERAL VERB REVIEW — THE SUPINE — EXPRESSIONS 
OF PURPOSE — READING LESSON 

Make a careful review of all verbs as given in the 
appendix. Be able to give, with meaning, any form of the 
indicative, imperative, infinitive, and participle. Be able 
also to give any subjunctive form. 

539. The supine is a verbal noun of the fourth declen- 
sion found only in the accusative singular (former supine) 
and in the ablative singular (latter supine) : rogatum, rogatu. 

540. In the sentence, Legati pacem petitum venerunt, 

the ambassadors came to seek peace, petitum, the former 
supine, is used with venerunt, and expresses the purpose 
for which the ambassadors came. 

541. Rule 

The Former Supine. — The former supine is used with 
verbs of motion to express the purpose of the motion. 

542. Note the sentences : — 

1. Hoc est difficile factu, this is difficult to do {in respect 
to the doing). 

2. Hoc est fas dictu, this is right to say. 

Here factu and dictu express acts in respect to which 
the quality is asserted. 

543. Rule 

The Latter Supine. — The latter supine is used with some 
adjectives and a fezv other words to express the act in 
reference to which the quality is asserted. 



314 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



544. You have already learned several ways of express- 
ing purpose. The following sentences illustrate the most 
common of these : — 





1. ut pacem peterent, 






2. qui pacem peterent, 




Legati 


3. pads petendae causa, 


ambassadors came to 


venerunt 


4. pacem petendl causa, 

5. ad pacem petendam, 

6. pacem petitum, 


seek peace. 



Here purpose is expressed by : — 

1. A clause with ut and the subjunctive. 

2. A clause with the relative pronoun and the sub- 

junctive. 

3. 4. The gerundive or gerund with causa. 

5. The gerundive in the accusative with ad. 

6. The former supine with a verb of motion. 



545- 



VOCABULARY 



ascensus, -us, m., ascent 
eruptio, -onis, f., sally 
fas, indecl. noun, n., right 
species, -el, f., appearance 
supplex, -icis, m. and f., sup- 
pliant 



gate, because here the 
tenth legion was stationed 

repentinus, -a, -um, sudden, 
unexpected 

singularis, -e, singular, re- 
markable 



decumanus, -a, -um, belong- gratulor, -ari, -atus sum, con- 
ing to the tenth; hence gratulate 
porta decumana, the rear 



546. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Romam iit Caesarem gratulatum, domum Ibit 
patrem visum. 2. Difficile est dictu, optimum erat factu, 



EXPRESSIONS OF PURPOSE 315 

fas erat audltu. 3. Facile est dictu Germanos a Gallis 
superari posse. 4. In agros Aeduorum duae legiones 
frumentatum (ad frumentandum, frumentandl causa) mis- 
sae sunt. 5. MissI sunt ut satis magnam copiam pabull 
domum auferrent. 6. Caesar ad eos legatos misit qui 
dicerent se eos in dediti5nem accepturum (esse). 
7. Eruptione facta e porta decumana ierunt et ad collem 
difficill ascensu se receperunt. 8. Equi singularl specie 
duo fratres in proelium portaverunt. 9. Repentlno 
perlculo territi supplices ad Caesarem pacem petitum 
contenderunt. 

II. 1. They came to congratulate the suppliants, we 
hold in memory that which is difficult to say. 2. In the 
memory of our fathers the Gauls made a sally from their 
towns to attack the enemy. 3. They came to ask aid 
{four ways). 4. The suppliants ask what is best to say, 
hear, do. 5. The memory of all these things was fresh 
in their minds. 

547. Reading Lesson 

Eodem fere tempore 1 P. Crassus, cum in Aquitaniam 
pervenisset non parvam diligentiam 1 sibi x adhibendam 
esse * cognovit. Itaque, re frumentaria prSvisa, auxiliis 
equitatuque comparato, 2 multis praeterea viris convocatis, 
in Sontiatum finis exercitum duxit, cuius adventu cog- 
nito, 1 Sontiates magnls copils equitatuque coactls 3 in itinere 
in agmen nostrum impetum fecerunt. Prlmum equestre 
proelium commlserunt, deinde, equitatu suo pulso atque 

1 Construction ? 2 Notice agreement and compare with footnote 3. 

3 Notice agreement and compare with footnote 2. An adjective or parti- 
ciple may agree with the nearer of two nouns, or may be in the plural to agree 
with both. 




(3i6) 



THE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS 317 

Insequentibus nostrls, subito pedestrls copias, quas in valle 
in Insidils conlocaverat, ostenderunt. Hi nostros adorti 
proelium renovaverunt. Pugnatum est diu atque acriter. 
Sontiates autem superati sunt et obsides ad Caesarem 
miserunt. 

548. Root hab-, have. 

habeo, / have debeo, have from some prohibeo, ? 

one, owe 
habito, / inhabit habitus, condition, garb debilis, weak 

Eng. Der. — Habit, inhabit, exhibit, prohibit, debt, 
ability, average. 



LESSON 74 

REVIEW OF AGREEMENT — THE PERIPHRASTIC CON- 
JUGATIONS—READING LESSON 

Make a careful review of Agreement, 38, 39, 48, 49. 

549. In Latin the future active participle is joined with 
forms of sum in the indicative, subjunctive, and infinitive 
to express future or intended action : auditurus sum, / am 
about to hear or / intend to hear. This is called the First 
or Active Periphrastic Conjugation. 

The future passive participle (gerundive) is joined in 
the same way with forms of sum to express action which 
must occur or ought to occur : docendus sum, / must be 
taught or ought to be taught. This is called the Second or 
Passive Periphrastic Conjugation. 



3i» 

a. 

Present 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

First (Active) Periphrastic Conjugation 
indicative 



vocaturus x sum, etc., / am about to call, I intend 
to call, etc. 
Imperf. vocaturus eram, etc., / was about to call, etc. 
Future vocaturus ero, etc., / shall be about to call, etc. 
P effect vocaturus fui, etc., / ivas about to call, etc. 
Plupeif. vocaturus fueram, etc., I had been about to call, 

etc. 
Put. Per/, vocaturus fuero, etc., / shall have been about to 

call, etc. 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present vocaturus sim, etc. 

Imperf. vocaturus essem, etc. 

Perfect vocaturus fuerim, etc. 

Pluperf vocaturus fuissem, etc. 

INFINITIVE 

Present vocaturus esse, to be about to call 

Perfect vocaturus f uisse, to Jiave been about to call 



b 
Present 



Second (Passive) Periphrastic Conjugation 
indicative 



vocandus 1 sum, etc., I must or ought to be called, 

etc. 
Imperf. vocandus eram, etc., I had to be called, etc. 
Future vocandus ero, etc., / shall have to be called, etc. 
Perfect vocandus fui, etc., / had to be called, etc. 
Pluperf. vocandus fueram, etc., I had had to be called, etc. 
Fut. Perf vocandus fuero, etc., I shall have had to be called, 

etc. 

1 Of course the participle is inflected to agree with the subject. 



THE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS 319 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present vocandus sim, etc. 

Imperf. vocandus essem, etc. 

Perfect vocandus fuerim, etc. 

P hip erf. vocandus fuissem, etc. 

INFINITIVE 

Present vocandus esse, to have to be called 
Perfect vocandus f uisse, to have had to be called 

550. Examine the following : — 

1 . Quaero quid f acturus sit, / ask what he intends to do, 
is going to do, will do. 

2. Quaesivi quid f acturus esset, / asked what he intended 
to do, etc. 

a. In the indirect questions in the above, forms of the 
first periphrastic conjugation take the place of the lacking 
future subjunctive. Note that the law of sequence of 
tenses holds. 

551. Study carefully the following sentences and observe 
the difference between the Latin and the English idiom : — 

1 . Slgnum Caesari dandum erat, Caesar had to give the 
signal {the signal was to Caesar to be given, the signal had 
to be given by Caesar). 

2. Militibus ad montem currendum erat, the soldiers had 
to run to the mountain (it was to the soldiers to be run to the 
mountain). 

a. In the above sentences duty, obligation, or necessity 
is implied, and the name of the person upon whom the 
duty, obligation, or necessity rests is in the dative case. 



320 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



Intransitive verbs, as is seen in 2, are used impersonally 
in this construction. 

552. Rule 

The Dative of the Agent. — To express the person upon 
whom a duty, obligation, or necessity rests, the second peri- 
phrastic conjugation with the dative of the agent is used. 



553. VOCABULARY 

latus, -eris, n., side, flank 

wing (of an army) 
supplicatio, -onis, f., thanks 



uterque, -traque, -trumque, 

each, both 
decerno, -ere, -crevl, -cretus, 

decree 
refringo, -ere, -fregi, -fractus, 

break down 
qua, adv., where 



miquus, -a, -um, uneven, un- 
favorable 
universus, -a, -um, as a 

whole, entire 

554. EXERCISES 

I. I. Supplicationes decernendae sunt, erant, fuerunt, 
fuerint. 2. Mihi scrlbendum est, fuerat, fuerit, fuit. 
3. Legatus septimam legionem ad collem missurus est, 
erat, fuerat. 4. Caesari omnia uno tempore agenda sunt. 
5. Castra nobis munienda erant postquam copias nostras 
flumen traduximus. 6. Acies instruenda, slgnum dan- 
dum, milites ab opere revocandi sunt. 1 7. Deditione 
facta, nostros praesidia deducturos esse exlstimaverunt. 
8. Omnibus copiis subito ex oppido eruptionem fecerunt, 
qua ascensus ad nostra castra facilior videbatur. 9. Sini- 
stra latere pugnandum erat. 10. In utrlsque lateribus 
milites constituendl erant. 



1 Note agreement of sunt with its nearest subject. 



THE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS 



321 



II. i.I must speak, he is about to go, they will have 
to come. 2. The signal has to be given, messengers 
will have to be sent. 3. Caesar had to draw up a line 
of battle. 4. The lieutenant thought that he ought to 
occupy the hill. 5. He said that the senate intended to 
decree a thanksgiving. 6. They 
are about to come into an uneven 
place for the purpose of fighting. 
7. The wall of the camp had to 
be broken down. 



555- 



Reading Lesson 




Praetorian Guards. 



Obsidibus 1 acceptis Crassus in 
finis Vocatium et Tarusatium pro- 
fectus est. Turn vero barbari 
commotl, quod oppidum et natura 
et manu munitum paucis diebus 
expugnatum erat, legatos in om- 
nis partis mittere, coniurare, ob- 
sides inter se dare, copias parare 

coeperunt. LegatI mittuntur etiam ad eas civitates quae 
Aqultaniae finitimae sunt. Quorum adventu magna, cum 
auctoritate et magna cum hominum multitudine, bellum 
gerere conantur. Duces 2 vero il deliguntur qui summam 
scientiam rei militaris habere existimantur. Hi loca capere, 
castra munire, commeatibus nostros intercludere coeperunt. 
Proelium autem non commlserunt, sed exspectabant 3 quid 
consili nostri caperent. 

1 Explain this and all other ablatives in the passage. 

2 Appositive with ii, as leaders. 

3 were waiting to see. 



322 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

LESSON 75 

REVIEW OF CASE CONSTRUCTIONS — COMPLEX SEN- 
TENCES IN INDIRECT DISCOURSE — READING LESSON 

Make a careful review of 24, 26, 27, 29, 34, 97, 120, 
i37> I 55> 161, 168, 181, 187. You have become familiar, 
through repeated practice, with the construction of the 
simple sentence in indirect discourse. Review carefully 
223-230, 354, et seq., also the Law of Sequence of Tenses 
(277, 278, 394, Note). 

556. The following examples illustrate the changing of 
complex sentences from the direct to the indirect form. 

Direct Statement 
Vir quern laudo meus amicus est, the man whom I am 
praising is my friend. 

Indirect Statement 
Primary Sequence : 
Dicit, he says ] virum quern laudet suum ami- 

Dlcet, hi will say | cum esse, that the man whom 

Dixerit, he will have said J he is praismg is his friend. 

Secondary Sequence : 

Dlcebat, he was saying } virum quern laudaret suum ami- 
Dlxit, he said \ cum esse, that the man whom 

Dixerat, he had said he was praising was his friend. 

557. In changing a complex sentence from the direct to 
the indirect form remember the following points: — 

1. The principal verbs follow the law of simple sentences 
and have tenses of the infinitive according to 354. 



COMPLEX SENTENCES IN INDIRECT DISCOURSE 323 

2. The subordinate verbs are in the subjunctive and 
follow the sequence of the introductory verb of saying. 

3. Changes may take place in the person of the verb, 
the pronoun, or the pronominal adjective (354, Note, 
1, 2). 

Note. — All imperatives, and nearly all interrogative principal verbs, 
become subjunctives in the indirect discourse. 

a. Remember that in the principal clause in the indirect 
discourse : — 

1 . The present infinitive stands for the present indicative 
of the direct. 

2. The perfect infinitive stands for the imperfect, per- 
fect, and pluperfect indicative of the direct. 

3. The future infinitive stands for the future and future 
perfect indicative of the direct. 

558. Study carefully the following examples : — 

Direct 
Virum quern omnes laudant videbo, I shall see the man 
whom all are praising. 

Indirect 
Primary Sequence : 

Dicit, he says ] se virum quern omnes laudent 

Dicet, he will say \ visurum esse, that he will see 



Dixerit, he zvill have said j the man whom all are praising. 
Secondary Sequence : 



Dlcebat, he was saying 
Dixit, he said 
Dixerat, he had said 



se virum quern omnes laudarent 
visurum esse, that he would see 
the man whom all were praising. 



324 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



Direct 
Virum quern omnes laudant vldi, / saw the man whom 
all are praisijig. 

Indirect 
Primary Sequence : 

Dicit, he says ] se virum quern omnes laudarent 

Dicet, he will say f vidisse, that he saw the man 

Dixerit, he zuill have said] whom all are praising. 

Secondary Sequence : 



Dicebat, he was saying 
Dixit, he said 
Dixerat, he had said 



se virum quern omnes laudarent 
vidisse, that he saw or had 
seen the man whom all were 
praising. 

You see in the last examples that the subordinate verb 
laudarent follows the sequence of the perfect infinitive 
vidisse instead of that of the introductory verb of saying, 
and is in a secondary tense. This is regular when the per- 
fect infinitive stands for the historical perfect (204, b) of 
the indicative. 



559- 



VOCABULARY 



dolus, -I, m., trick, fraitd, de- 
ceit 
gens, gentis, f., tribe 
munitio, -onis, f., fortification 
servitus, -utis, f., slavery 
arduus, -a, -um, steep 
praeceps, -cipitis, headlong 



admiror, -ari, -atus sum, ad- 
mire > wonder at 

nanciscor, -i, nactus sum, 
get, obtain 

igitur, adv., therefore (seldom 
first in its clause) 

nuper, adv., recently 



560. EXERCISES 

I. 1. Vidit equites, quod hostes secutl essent, ad collls 
se praecipites recepisse. 2. Dicit se montls quos videat 



COMPLEX SENTENCES IN INDIRECT DISCOURSE 325 



ascensurum esse. 3. Dlcit eum montls quos videat as- 
censurum esse. 4. Dlcit se, qui liber nunc sit, numquam 
in servitutem venturum esse. 5. Gall! dicunt iniurias 

quas acceperint magnas esse. 6. Nuntius dixit omnis 
nationes quae nuper pacatae essent, coniurationem fecisse. 
7. Dlcit se pacem 
nanclsci non posse 
quod inimlcl sui per 
dolos sibi obsistant. 
II. 1. He said 
that both camps 
which Caesar had 
pitched were being 
attacked by the 
Gauls. 2. I know 
why the enemy will 
not fight, he says 
that he knows why 
the enemy will not 
fight. 3. You won- 
der at the boldness 
which Caesar showed, I know that you wonder at the bold- 
ness which Caesar showed. 4. He knows that he cannot 
blot out the disgrace of flight because he began it (made- 
the beginning of it). 5. He says that he knows why 
they began the flight, therefore he blames them. 




Standard Bearer and Soldiers. 



561. SPECIAL EXERCISES ON THE GENITIVE, DATIVE, AND 
ACCUSATIVE 

I. i. Agger eius munitionis quindecim pedum in longi- 
tudinem est. 2. Duo milia passuum ab hoc loc5 aberat 
Caesar. 3. Consul sua et senatus consilia tribunis mlli- 



326 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

turn retulit. 4. Dlxerunt consulem sua et senatus con- 
silia multis et fortibus virls retulisse. 5. Athenas et 
R5mam Ibit, urbes claras et pulchras, ut ibi multos mores 
multarum gentium videat. 6. Genavam iit ut de consilils 
Helvetiorum cognosceret. 7. Omnes dlcunt eum amlcls 
favere, inimlcls autem non nocere. 8. Putaverunt eas 
res Caesarl curae futuras esse. 9. Propter iter facile per 
provinciam nostram Ire constituerunt. 10. Virum, quem 
ducem delegerant, de omnibus rebus statim certiorem 
fecerunt. 

II. 1. This boy's father is a man of great influence in 
many states. 2. For nine days the army remained across 
the river Rhine, then the commander set out for Rome. 

3. He said that his sister was unlike many other girls. 

4. I think that it will be very disagreeable to march for 
many hours along this steep and difficult road. 5. A wall 
of great height and a ditch of great width were a defense 
to this town. 

562. Reading Lesson 

Quod 1 ubi Crassus animadvertit, concilium convocavit 
et posterum diem pugnae constituit. 2 Prima luce pro- 
duces omnibus copils, duplici acie instructs, auxiliis in 
mediam aciem coniectis, 3 exspectabat quid consill hostes 
caperent. Illi, quamquam propter multitudinem suam et 
veterem belli gloriam se tuto pugnare existimabant, tamen 
tutius esse arbitrabantur, obsessis viis, commeatu inter- 
cluso, sine ullo vulnere victoria 4 potirl, et, si propter 
inopiam frumenti Roman! sese recipere coepissent, impe- 
ditos in agmine adorirl cogitabant. Hoc consilio probato, 

1 And when Crassus perceived this. 3 having brought together. 

2 appointed. 4 See 408. 



REVIEW OF CASE CONSTRUCTIONS 



327 



hostes, Romanorum copils ab ducibus productis, sese cas- 
tris tenebant. 



LESSON 76 

REVIEW OF CASE CONSTRUCTIONS {Continued) — 
READING LESSON 

Review carefully 212, 218, 239, 266, 290, 298, 314, 364, 
408, 416, 444, 460, 474. Make table of ablative uses, 
with an example of each. 

563. EXERCISES 

I. i. Hoc proelio fact5, pontem in Aran fecit atque 
ita exercitum traduxit. 2. A militibus de muris lapidibus 
telisque deiectis, brevl tempore oppidum 
captum est. 3. Dlcunt Germanos ho- 
mines magna statura atque incredibili- 
bus viribus corporum esse. 4. Gall! 
pauc5s magnitudine corporum praestant, 
multos autem vi animi. 5. Si proelio 
abstinebit, multls perlculls liberabitur. 
6. Consilium belli renovandi legionisque 
opprimendae a Gallls captum erat. 7. 
Dux duabus legionibus in hostis impetum 
fecit, sed brevl tempore in fugam con- 
versus est. 8. Dlcunt Caesarem Dum- 
norigem reprehendisse cupiditate regni, 
Dlviciacum autem liberalitate laudavisse. 
9. Prima hora e castrls Helvetiorum ad 
Rhenum finlsque Germanorum contendimus. 10. Arbi- 
tratus est eas legiones quas in Gallia conscriberet non 
fortiorls esse quam eas quas secum duxisset. 




Roman General. 



328 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

II. I. We saw in Gaul many men of small stature, 
bright eyes, and great strength of body. 2. Many men 
of great courage came from Germany to seize the territory 
of the Gauls. 3. Caesar ordered his men to fight bravely 
with their swords and keep the enemy from the march. 
4. Having accomplished all these things, they set out for 
Athens in order to see the beautiful buildings of that 
famous city. 5. Having given hostages and established 
peace, the Gauls crossed the river and returned home. 

564. Reading Lesson 

Hac re perspecta Crassus, cum hostes sua cunctatione 
atque oplnione timoris nostros acriores ad pugnandum 
effecissent, cohortatus suds ad hostium castra contendit. 
Ibi cum alii 1 fossas complerent 2 alii, 1 multls tells coniectls, 
defensores vallo munltionibusque depellerent, 2 equites, qui 
castra hostium circumierant, Crass5 nuntiaverunt non ea- 
dem dlligentia omnibus locls castra munlta esse et facile 
aditum habere. Crassus equitum praefectos cohortatus, 
quid fieri vellet 2 ostendit. Illl, ut 3 erat imperatum, educ- 
tls iis cohortibus quae praesidio 4 castrls 4 relictae erant, 
omnium oculls mentibusque ad pugnam intentls, celeriter 
ad eas, quas dlximus, munltiones pervenerunt, et prius 5 
castrls potltl sunt quam 5 plane ab his viderl aut quid gere- 
retur cognoscl posset. Hac victoria audita maxima pars 
Aqultaniae sese Crasso dedidit obsidesque mlsit. 

1 See 379 and note. 

2 Explain subjunctive, also use of tense. 

3 Not that. 

4 See 297, 298. 5 See 398, footnote 4. 



GENERAL REVIEW 329 

LESSON 77 

REVIEW OF CLAUSE CONSTRUCTIONS, GERUND, GERUN- 
DIVE, SUPINE — READING LESSON — WORD LIST XII 

565. I. Review 61, 283, 377, 461, 490, 49 2 , 493- Re- 
member that the indicative is the mood of fact in state- 
ments or questions. Distinguish its use from that of the 
subjunctive in subordinate clauses — relative, causal, con- 
cessive, and temporal. 

2. Review 271, 1, aw/, 283, 295, 369, 377, 394, 461, 49 2 - 
Make a table of subjunctive uses in independent clauses 
and in clauses of purpose, result, characteristic or descrip- 
tion, cause, concession, and time, and in indirect questions. 

3. Review 426-428, 434, 435. Distinguish between 
the gerund (a verbal noun) and the gerundive (a verbal 
adjective). When may the gerund with an object be used ? 
When must the gerundive be substituted for the gerund 
with an object? 

4. Review 539-544. State ways of expressing purpose, 
with an example of each. 

5. Review 125, 127, 129, 223-230, 354, 394, 556, 557. 
Make a table of infinitive uses, including that in indirect 
discourse. What is the mood of the subordinate clause in 
an indirect statement or question ? What law do its tenses 
follow ? What is the law of tenses in the principal clause ? 

566. EXERCISES 

I. I. Funditores sagittarilque magna exercitati5ne atque 
surama celeritate Caesari auxilio veniunt. 2. Nonne 
strepitus discedentis exercitus magnus est ? 3. Cum in 
Galliam veniet multa acria proelia faciet. 4. Cum in 
Galliam venisset multa proelia fecit. 5. Dicit se, cum 




(33°) 



GENERAL REVIEW 33 1 

in Galliam venerit, multa proelia facturum esse. 6. Cae- 
sar non est is qui suls amlcls iniuriam faciat. 7. Post- 
quam turpitudinem fugae virtute delevit suo imperatorl 
gratus erat. 8. Vir belli gerendl cupidus imperatorl suo 
non molestus erit. 9. Bellum gerendl causa in terram 
inimlcam iit. 10. Ad eas res conficiendas legatum Ro- 
inam misit. 11. Tarn acriter pugnatum est ut nullus 
hostis effugeret. 12. Vereor ne Caesar totam Galliam ad 
servitutem redigat. 13. Pacem petltum ad ducem hostium 
venit. 

II. 1. He came to seek 1 peace, but remained for the 
purpose of waging war. 2 2. There were (some) who asked 
why we were going to Athens. 3. The time is not suit- 
able for establishing peace. 4. Who is there who will not 
defend his country if the enemy come to wage war ? 
5. Caesar encouraged his (men) to fight bravely. 6. When 
Caesar was in Cisalpine 3 Gaul frequent rumors were brought 
to him. 7. Since Caesar is our leader let us be brave. 
8. Although the river was deep they crossed it without 
boats. 

567. Reading Lesson 

Eodem fere tempore Caesar, quod MorinI 4 Menapilque 4 
supererant, qui in armls erant neque 5 ad eum legatos de 
pace mlserant, contra eos exercitum duxit. 6 Illi, quod 
magnas silvas et paludes habebant, eo se suaque omnia 

1 Use supine. 

2 Gerund or gerundive? See 426-428, 434, 435. 

3 Use proper form of citerior. 

4 Tribes in northern Gaul. 

5 and . . . not. 

6 Write the principal parts of all verbs in this Reading Lesson. Give infini- 
tives and participles of the same. 



332 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



contulerunt. Ad initium earum silvarum cum Caesar 
pervenisset castraque munlre coepisset, subito ex omnibus 
partibus silvae evolaverunt et in nostros impetum fecerunt. 
Nostri celeriter arma ceperunt eosque, multis interfectls, in 
silvas reppulerunt. Deinde insecutae sunt tempestates 
eiusmodl ut mllites nostri diutius in castris contineri non 
possento Quare Caesar exercitum reduxit et in hlbernis 
conlocavit. 



568. 




WORD list : 


XII 




administro 


decerno 




iniquus 


praemium 


supplex 


admiror 


decumanus 


latus 


qua 


supplicatio 


aedifico 


dolus 




Liger 


recens 


universus 


apertus 


eruptio 




munltio 


refringo 


uterque 


arduus 


fas 




nanciscor 


repentinus 


veho 


ascensus 


gens 




nuper 


servitus 


Veneti 


aufero 


gratulor 




orno 


singularis 




currus 


igitur 




praeceps 


species 





TABLES OF DECLENSIONS 



TYPICAL NOUNS 



569. 





First Declension 






Stem ending a 






Stem, silva Base, silv- 




Singular 




Plural 


N. silva, f. 




silvae 


G. silvae 




silvarum 


D. silvae 




silvls 


Ac. silvam 




silvas 


V. silva 




silvae 


Ab. silva 




silvls 



570. 



Second Declension 
Stem ending 



Stem, legato- 


bello- 


gladio- 


puero- 


agro- 


viro- 


Base, legat- 


bell- 


gladi- 

Singulae 


puer- 


agr- 


vir- 


N. legatus, m. 


bellum, n 


gladius, m. 


puer, m. 


ager, m. 


vir, m. 


G. legati 


belli 


gladl 


puerl 


agrl 


viri 


D. legato 


bello 


gladio 


puero 


agro 


viro 


Ac. legatum 


bellum 


gladium 


puerum 


agrum 


virum 


V. legate 


bellum 


gladie 


puer 


ager 


vir 


Ab. legato 


bello 


gladio 
Plural 


puero 


agro 


vird 


N. legati 


bella 


gladil 


puerl 


agrl 


viri 


G. legatorum 


bellorum 


gladi5rum 


puerorum 


agrorum 


virorum 


D. legatis 


bellls 


gladiis 


puerls 


agrls 


virls 


Ac. Jegatos 


bella 


gladios 


pueros 


agros 


viros 


V. legati 


bella 


gladil 


puerl 


agrl 


viri 


Ab. legatis 


bellls 


gladiis 
333 


puerls 


agrls 


virls 



334 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



571. 



Third Declension 
Stem ending with consonant 



Stem, due- 


milit- 


legion- 


corpor- 


Base, 


due- 


milit- 

SlNGULAR 


legion- 


corpor- 


N.V. 


dux, m. 


miles, m. 


legio, f. 


corpus, n. 


G. 


ducis 


militis 


legionis 


corporis 


D. 


duci 


mlliti 


legioni 


corpori 


Ac. 


ducem 


militem 


legionem 


corpus 


Ab. 


duce 


mllite 

Plural 


legione 


corpora 


N. V. 


duces 


milites 


legiones 


corpora 


G. 


ducum 


militum 


legionum 


corporum 


D. 


ducibus 


mllitibus 


legionibus 


corporibus 


Ac. 


duces 


milites 


legiones 


corpora 


Ab. 


ducibus 


mllitibus 


legionibus 


corporibus 


572. 


Stem ending i 




Stem. 


hosti- 


turri- 


sedili- 


urbi- 


Base, 


host- 


turr- 

SlNGULAR 


sedil- 


urb- 


N.V. 


hostis, m. f. 


turris, f. 


sedile, n. 


urbs, f. 


G. 


hostis 


turris 


sedllis 


urbis 


D. 


hosti 


turri 


sedlli 


urbi 


Ac 


hostem 


turrim (-em) 


sedlle 


urbem 


Ab. 


hosti (-e) 


turri (-e) 

Plural 


sedlli 


urbe 


N.V. 


hostes 


turres 


sedllia 


urbes 


G. 


h ostium 


turrium 


sedilium 


urbium 


D. 


hostibus 


turribus 


sedllibus 


urbibus 


Ac. 


hostis (-es) 


turris (-es) 


sedllia 


urbis (-es) 


Ab. 


hostibus 


turribus 


sedllibus 


urbibus 


573- 


Stem ending irregular 




Stems, iter- ar 


id itiner- senec- and 


sen- 


vi- and viri- 


Bases, iter- and itiner- senec- and 


sen- 


v- and ylr- 



TABLES OF DECLENSIONS 



335 







Singular 


N. V. 


iter, n. 


senex, m 


G. 


itineris 


senis 


D. 


itinerl 


sen! 


Ac. 


iter 


senem 


Ab. 


itinere 


sene 
Plural 


N. V. 


itinera 


senes 


G. 


itinerum 


senum 


D. 


itineribus 


senibus 


Ac. 


itinera 


senes 


Ab. 


itineribus 


senibus 



vis, f. 
(vis) 

(vi) 
vim 
vi 



vires 

vlrium 

vlribus 

vires 

vlribus 



574- 



Fourth Declension 
Stem ending u 



Stem 


casu- 


domu- 


cornu- 


Base, 


cas- 


dom- 

SlNGULAR 


corn- 


N. V. 


casus, m. 


domus, f. 


cornu, n. 


G. 


casus 


domus (-1) 


cornus 


D. 


casui 


domui (-0) 


cornu 


Ac. 


casum 


domum 


cornu 


Ab. 


casu 


domo (-u) 
Plural 


cornu 


N. V. 


casus 


domus 


cornua 


G. 


casuum 


domuum (-drum) 


cornuum 


D. 


casibus 


domibus 


cornibus 


Ac. 


casus 


domos (-us) 


cornua 


Ab. 


casibus 


domibus 


cornibus 


575- 




Fifth Declension 
Stem ending e 




Stem, 


die- 


Stem, re- 




Base, 


di- 


Base, r- 





336 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 





Singular 


Plural 


Singular 


Plural 


N. V. 


dies, m. 


f. 


dies 


res, f. 


res 


G. 


die! 




dierum 


rel 


rerum 


D. 


die! 




diebus 


rel 


rebus 


Ac. 


diem 




dies 


rem 


res 


Ab. 


die 




diebus 


re 


rebus 



576. 



ADJECTIVES 

First and Second Declensions 

a- and o-stems 



Stems, fido-, 


fida-, fido- 


misero-, misera-, misero- 


Base, fid- 






miser- 












Singular 






N. 


fidus 


fida 


fidum 


miser 


misera 


miserum 


G. 


fldi 


fidae 


fldi 


miseri 


miserae 


miseri 


D. 


fido 


fidae 


fido 


misero 


miserae 


misero 


Ac 


fidum 


fid am 


fidum 


miserum 


miseram 


miserum 


V. 


fide 


fida 


fidum 


miser 


misera 


miserum 


Ab. 


fido 


fida 


fido 


misero 


misera 


misero 








Plural 






N. V. 


fidi 


fidae 


fida 


miseri 


miserae 


misera 


G. 


fTd5rum 


fidarum 


fid5rum 


miserorum 


miserarum 


miserorui 


D. 


fidis 


fidis 


fidis 


miseris 


miseris 


miseris 


Ac. 


fidos 


fldas 


fida 


miseros 


miseras 


misera 


Ab. 


fidis 


fidis 


fidis 


miseris 


miseris 


miseris 



D. 

Ac. 

Ab. 



Stems, nostro-, nostra-, nostro- 

SlNGULAR 



N.V. noster 
G. nostri 



nostro 

nostrum 

nostro 



nostra 

nostrae 

nostrae 

nostram 

nostra 



Base, nostr- 



nostrum 

nostri 

nostro 

nostrum 

nostro 



TABLES OF DECLENSIONS 



337 









Plural 




N. V 


nostri 




nostrae 


nostra 


G. 


nostrorum 




nostrarum 


nostrSrum 


D. 


nostrls 




nostrls 


nostris 


Ac. 


nostros 




nostras 


nostra 


Ab. 


nostrls 




nostrls 


nostris 


577- 


Third Declension 








Three terminations ; i-stems 








Stem, 


acri- Base, acr- 

SlNGULAR 




N.V. 


acer 




acris 


acre 


G. 


acris 




acris 


acris 


D. 


acri 




acri 


acri 


Ac. 


acrem 




acrem 


acre 


Ab. 


acri 




acri 

Plural 


acri 


N.V. 


acres 




acres 


acria 


G. 


acrium 




acrium 


acrium 


D. 


acribus 




acribus 


acribus 


Ac. 


acris (-es) 




acris (-es) 


acria 


Ab. 


acribus 




acribus 


acribus 



578. Two terminations ; i-stems 

Stem, facili- Base, facil- 

Singular Plural 

N.V. facilis facile faciles facilia 

G. facilis facilis facilium facilium 

D. facili facili facilibus facilibus 

Ac. facilem facile facilis (-es) facilia 

Ab. facili facili facilibus facilibus 



579. One termination ; consonant stems 

Stem, ferae- Base, ferac- 
Singular Plural 

N.V. ferax ferax feraces feracia 

G. feracis feracis feracium feracium 

D. feraci feraci feracibus feracibus 



338 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 





Singular 






Plural 


Ac. 


feracem 


ferax 




feracls (- 


es) 


feracia 


Ab. 


feracl (-e 


) feracl (-e) 




feracibus 




feracibus 


58 


0. 


Comparative ; 
Stem, fortior- 


consonant stems 
Base, fortior- 








Singular 






Plural 


N.V. 


fortior 


fortius 




fortiores 




fortiora 


G. 


fortioris 


fortioris 




fortidrum 


fortiorum 


D. 


fortiori 


fortiori 




fortioribus 


fortioribus 


Ac. 


fortiorem fortius 




fortioris 


(-es) 


fortiora 


Ab. 


fortiore 


fortiore 




fortioribus 


fortioribus 


58 


I. 


Present participle 


; consonant stems 








Stem, vocant- 


Base, vocant- 








Singular 






Plural 


N.V. 


vocans 


vocans 




vocantes 




vocantia 


G. 


vocantis 


vocantis 




vocantium 


vocantium 


D. 


vocanti 


vocanti 




vocantibus 


vocantibus 


Ac. 


vocantem vocans 




vocantes 




vocantia 


Ab. 


vocanti ( 


-e) vocanti (-e) 




vocantibus 


vocantibus 


58 


2. 


IRREGULAR 


ADJECTIVES 










Singular 








N. 


ullus 


ulla ullum 




uter 


utra 


utrum 


G. 


ulllus 


ulllus ulllus 




utrlus 


utrlus 


utrlus 


D. 


QUI 


Gill ulll 




utri 


utri 


utri 


Ac. 


ullum 


ullam ullum 




utrum 


utram 


utrum 


Ab. 


ullo 


ulla ullo 




utro 


utra 


utro 






Plural 








N. 


mii 


ullae ulla 




utri 


utrae 


utra 


G. 


ullorum 


ullarum ullorum 




utrorum 


utrarum utrorum 


D. 


ullls 


ullls ullls 




utrls 


utrls 


utrls 


Ac. 


ullos 


ullas ulla 




utros 


utras 


utra 


Ab. 


ullls 


ullls ullls 




utrls 


utrls 


utrls 



alius 



List of Adjectives Declined as Above 
alter neuter nullus solus totus ullus iinus 



uter 



TABLES OF DECLENSIONS 



339 



583. 



N. 

G. 

D. 

Ac. 

Ab. 



duo, tres, and mille 



duo 

duorum 
duobus 
duos, duo 
duobus 



duae 

duarum 

duabus 

duas 

duabus 



Plural 
duo 

duorum 
duobus 
duo 
duobus 



tres 
trium 
tribus 
tres, trls 
tribus 



N. 
G. 
D. 
Ac. 

Ab. 



Singular 
mille 



mi lie 



Plural 

mllia 

milium 

mllibus 

mllia 

mllibus 



tria 

trium 

tribus 

tria 

tribus 



584. 

cams 

fortis 

gracilis 

acer 

bonus 

malus 

magnus 

parvus 

multus 

exterus 



585. 



TABLE OF COMPARISONS 



canor 

fortior 

gracilior 

acrior 

melior 

peior 

maior 

minor 

plus 

exterior 



canssimus 

fortissimus 

gracillimus 

acerrimus 

optimus 

pessimus 

maximus 

minimus 

plurimus 

extremus 

extimus 



inferus 

cis 

in, intra 

prae, pro 

prope 

ultra 

posterus 

superus 



Singular 



PRONOUNS 

Personal 



N. 

G. 

D. 

Ac. 

Ab. 



ego 

mei 

mihi 

me 

me 



tu 1 

tui 

tibi 

te 

te 



inferior 

citerior 

interior 

prior 

propior 

ulterior 

posterior 

superior 



Plural 



nos 

nostrum (-1) 
nobis 
nos 
nobis 



infimus 

imus 

citimus 

intimus 

primus 

proximus 

ultimus 

postremus 

postumus 

supremus 

summus 



vos 

vestrum (-i) 
vobis 
vos 
vobis 



1 In tu and ipse the vocative is like the nominative; it is lacking in the 
other pronouns. 



340 
586. 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



587. 





Reflexiv 


E 




Singular 


Plural 


N. 
G. 


sui 


sui 


D. 


sibi 


sibi 


Ac. 


se or sese 


se or sese 


Ab. 


se or sese 


se or sese 



Demonstrative 



Singular 



N. 


hie 


haec 


hoc 


is 


ea 


id 


G. 


huius 


huius 


huius 


eius 


eius 


eius 


D. 


huic 


huic 


huic 


ei 


ei 


ei 


Ac. 


hunc 


hanc 


hoc 


eum 


earn 


id 


Ab. 


hoc 


hac 


hoc 

Plural 


eo 


ea 


eo 


N. 


hi 


hae 


haec 


ei (ii) 


eae 


ea 


G. 


horum 


harum 


horum 


eorum 


earum 


eorum 


D. 


his 


his 


his 


iis (eis) 


iis (eis) 


iis (eis) 


Ac. 


hos 


has 


haec 


eos 


eas 


ea 


Ab. 


his 


his 


his 

Singular 


iis (eis) 


iis (eis) 


iis (eis) 


N. 


ille 1 


ilia 


illud 


ipse 


ipsa 


ipsum 


G. 


illius 


illius 


illius 


ipsius 


ipsius 


ipsius 


D. 


ill! 


ill! 


illi 


ipsi 


ipsi 


ipsi 


Ac. 


ilium 


illam 


illud 


ipsum 


ipsam 


ipsum 


Ab. 


illo 


ilia 


illo 

Plural 


ipso 


ipsa 


ipso 


N. 


ill! 


illae 


ilia 


ipsi 


ipsae 


ipsa 


G. 


illorum 


illarum 


illorum 


ipsorum 


ipsarum 


ipsorum 


D. 


illis 


illis 


illis 


ipsis 


ipsis 


ipsis 


Ac 


illos 


illas 


ilia 


ipsos 


ipsas 


ipsa 


Ab. 


illis 


illis 


illis 


ipsis 


ipsis 


ipsis 



1 iste is declined like ille. 



TABLES OF DECLENSIONS 341 









Singular 






N. idem 






eadem 




idem 


G. eiusdem 






eiusdem 




eiusdem 


D. eidem 






eidem 




eidem 


Ac. eundem 






eandem 




idem 


Ab. eodem 






eadem 

Plural 




eodem 


N. idem (eidem) 




eaedem 




eadem 


G. eorundem 




earundem 




eorundem 


D. iisdem (eisdem) 




iisdem (eisdem) 




iisdem (eisdem) 


Ac. eosdem 






easdem 




eadem 


Ab. iisdem (eisdem) 




iisdem (eisdem) 




iisdem (eisdem) 


588. 






Relative 








Singular 




Plural 


N. qui 


quae 


quoc 


qui 


quae 


quae 


G. cuius 


cuius 


cuius quorum 


quarum quorum 


D. cui 


cui 


cui 


quibus 


quibus quibus 


Ac. quern 


quam 


quod 


quos 


quas 


quae 


Ab. quo 


qua 


quo 


quibus 


quibus quibus 



589. Interrogative and Indefinite 

Singular Plural 

N. quis (qui) quae quid (quod) qui quae quae (qua) 

G. cuius cuius cuius quorum quarum quorum 

D. cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus 

Ac. quern quam quid (quod) quos quas quae 

Ab. quo qua quo quibus quibus quibus 



90. 




Indefinite 








Singular 




N. 


aliquis (-qui) 


aliqua 


aliquid (-quod) 


G. 


. alicuius 


alicuius 


alicuius 


D. 


alicui 


alicui 


alicui 


Ac 


aliquem 


aliquam 


aliquid (-quod) 


Ab. 


aliquo 


aliqua 


aliquo 



342 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 







Plural 




N. 


aliqui 


aliquae 


aliqua 


G. 


aliquorum 


aliquarum 


aliquorum 


D. 


aliquibus 


aliquibus 


aliquibus 


Ac. 


aliquos 


aliquas 


aliqua 


Ab. 


aliquibus 


aliquibus 


aliquibus 



TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS: REGULAR VERBS 
ACTIVE VOICE 



59i- 



Present stems : voca-, mone-, rege-, cape-, audi- 



INDICATIVE MOOD 







Present Tens] 


E 




voco 


moneo 


rego 


capio 


audio 


vocas 


mones 


regis 


capis 


audis 


vocat 


monet 


regit 


capit 


audit 


vocamus 


monemus 


regimus 


capimus 


audimus 


vocatis 


monetis . 


regitis 


capitis 


audltis 


vocant 


monent 


regunt 


capiunt 


audiunt 




] 


imperfect Tense 




vocabam 


monebam 


regebam 


capiebam 


audiebam 


vocabas 


monebas 


regebas 


capiebas 


audiebas 


vocabat 


monebat 


regebat 


capiebat 


audiebat 


vocabamus 


monebamus 


regebamus 


capiebamus 


audiebamus 


vocabatis 


monebatis 


regebatis 


capiebatis 


audiebatis 


vocabant 


monebant 


regebant 
Future Tense 


capiebant 


audiebant 


vocabo 


monebo 


regam 


capiam 


audiam 


vocabis 


monebis 


reges 


capies 


audies 


vocabit 


monebit 


reget 


capiet 


audiet 


vocabimus 


monebimus 


regemus 


capiemus 


audiemus 


vocabitis 


monebitis 


regetis 


capietis 


audietis 


vocabunt 


monebunt 


regent 


capient 


audient 



TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS 



343 



Perfect Tense 



vocavi 


monui 


rexi 


cepi 


audlvi 


vocavisti 


monuisti 


rexisti 


cepisti 


audivisti 


vocavit 


monuit 


rexit 


cepit 


audlvit 


vocavimus 


monuimus 


reximus 


cepimus 


audivitnus 


vocavistis 


monui stis 


rexistis 


cepistis 


audlvistis 


vocaverunt 


monuerunt 


rex£runt 


ceperunt 


audlverunt 




Pluperfect Tense 




vocaveram 


monueram 


rexeram 


ceperam 


audlveram 


vocaveras 


monueras 


rexeras 


ceperas 


audiveras 


vocaverat 


monuerat 


rexerat 


ceperat 


audiverat 


vocaveramus 


monueramus 


rexeramus 


ceperamus 


audiveramus 


vocaveratis 


monueratis 


rexeratis 


ceperatis 


audiveratis 


vocaverant 


monuerant 


rexerant 


ceperant 


audlverant 




Future Perfect 


Tense 




vocaverS 


monuero 


rexero 


cepero 


audivero 


vccaveris 


monueris 


rexeris 


ceperis 


audiveris 


vocaverit 


monuerit 


rexerit 


ceperit 


audiverit 


vocaverimus 


monueritnus 


rexerimus 


ceperimus 


audiveritnus 


vocaveritis 


monueritis 


rexeritis 


ceperitis 


audiveritis 


vocaverint 


monuerint 


rexerint 


ceperint 


audiverint 


592. 


SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 
Present Tense 




vocem 


moneam 


regam 


capiam 


audiam 


voces 


moneas 


regas 


capias 


audias 


vocet 


moneat 


regat 


capiat 


audi at 


vocemus 


moneamus 


regamus 


capiamus 


audiamus 


vocetis 


moneatis 


regatis 


capiatis 


audiatis 


vocent 


moneant 


regant 


capiant 


audiant 




Imperfect Tense 




vocarem 


monerem. 


regerem 


caperem 


audlrem 


vocares 


moneres 


regeres 


caperes 


audlres 


vocaret 


moneret 


regeret 


caperet 


audiret 



344 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



vocaremus 


moneremus 


regeremus 


caperemus 


audlremus 


vocaretis 


moneretis 


regeretis 


caperetis 


audiretis 


vocarent 


monerent 


regerent 
Perfect Tense 


caperent 


audirent 


vocaverim 


monuerim 


rexerim 


ceperim 


audiverim 


vocaverls 


monuerls 


rexerls 


ceperis 


audlveris 


vocaverit 


monuerit 


rexerit 


ceperit 


audiverit 


vocaverlmus 


monuerimus 


> rexerimus 


ceperimus 


audlverlmus 


vocaveritis 


monusritis 


rexerltis 


ceperitis 


audiveritis 


vocaverint 


monuerint 


rexerint 


ceperint 


audiverint 




Pluperfect Tense 




vocavissem 


monuissem 


rexissem 


cepissem 


audivissem 


vocavisses 


monuisses 


rexisses 


cepisses 


audivisses 


vocavisset 


monuisset 


rexisset 


cepisset 


audivisset 


vocavissemus 


monuissemus rexissemus 


cepissemus 


audTvissemus 


vocavissetis 


monuissetis 


rexissetis 


cepissetis 


audivissetis 


vocavissent 


monuissent 


rexissent 


cepissent 


audivissent 


593- 


IMPERATIVE MOOD 








Present Tense 






voca. 


mone 


rege 


cape 


audi 


vocate 


monete 


regite 
Future Tense 


capite 


audlte 


vocato 


moneto 


regito 


capito 


audlto 


vocato 


moneto 


regito 


capito 


audito 


vocatote 


monetote 


regitote 


capitote 


auditote 


vocanto 


monento 


regunto 


capiunto 


audiunto 


594- 




INFINITIVE 
Present 






vocare 


monere 


regere 
Perfect 


cap ere 


audlre 


vocavisse 


monuisse 


rexisse 


cepisse 


audivisse 



TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS 

Future 
vocaturus esse moniturus esse recturus esse capturus esse 



345 



auditurus 



595. 




PARTICIPLE 

Present 






vocans 


monens 


regens 
Future 


capiens 


audiens 


vocaturus 


moniturus 


recturus 


capturus 


auditurus 


596. 




GERUND 






G. vocandl 


monendl 


regendl 


capiendi 


audiendi 


D. vocando 


monendo 


regend5 


capiendo 


audiendo 


Ac vocandum 


monendum 


regendum 


capiendum 


audiendum 


Ab. vocand5 


monendo 


regendo 


capiendo 


audiendo 


597- 




SUPINE 
Former 






vocatum 


monitum 


rectum 
Latter 


captum 


auditum 


vocatu 


monitu 


rectu 


captu 


auditu 



PASSIVE VOICE 

598. INDICATIVE MOOD 

Present Tense 

vocor moneor regor capior audior 

vocaris (-re) moneris (-re) regeris (-re) caperis (-re) audiris (-re) 

vocatur monetur regitur capitur auditur 

vocamur monemur regimur capimur audimur 

vocamini monemini regimini capiminl audlmini 

vocantur monentur reguntur capiuntur audiuntur 



346 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



Imperfect Tense 



vocabar 
vocabaris 

(-re) 
vocabatur 

vocabamur 
vocabamini 
vocabantur 



monebar 
monebaris 

(-re) 
monebatur 

monebamur 
monebamini 



regebar 
regebaris 

(-re) 
regebatur 

regebamur 
regebamini 



capiebar 
capiebaris 

(-re) 
capiebatur 

capiebamur 
capiebamini 



vocabor 
vocaberis (-re) 
vocabitur 

vocabimur 
vocabimini 
vocabuntur 



vocatus sum 
vocatus es 
vocatus est 

vocatl sumus 
vocatl estis 
vocatl sunt 



vocatus eram 
vocatus eras 
vocatus erat 

vocatl eramus 
vocati eratis 
vocatl erant 



vocatus ero 
vocatus eris 
vocatus erit 



monebantur regebantur capiebantur 

Future Tense 
monebor regar capiar 

moneberis (-re) regeris (-re) capieris (-re) 
monebitur regetur capietur 

monebimur regemur capiemur 

monebimini regemini capiemini 
monebuntur regentur capientur 

Perfect Tense 
monitus sam rectus sum captus sum 
monitus es rectus es captus es 

monitus est rectus est captus est 



audiebar 
audiebaris 

(-re) 
audiebatur 

audisbamur 
audiebamini 
audiebantur 



moniti sumus 
monitl estis 
moniti sunt 



recti sumus capti sumus 
recti estis capti estis 
recti sunt capti sunt 



Pluperfect Tense 
monitus eram rectus eram captus eram 
monitus eras rectus eras captus eras 
monitus erat rectus erat captus erat 



moniti eramus 
moniti eratis 
moniti erant 



recti eramus capti eramus 
recti eratis capti eratis 
recti erant capti erant 



Future Perfect Tense 
monitus ero rectus ero captus ero 



monitus ens 
monitus erit 



rectus eris captus ens 
rectus erit captus erit 



audiar 

audieris (-re) 
audietur 

audiemur 
audiemini 
audientur 



auditus sum 
audltus es 
auditus est 

audit! sumus 
audit! estis 
audit! sunt 



auditus eram 
auditus eras 
auditus erat 

audit! eramus 
auditl eratis 
audit! erant 



auditus ero 
auditus eris 
auditus erit 



TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS 



347 



vocatl erimus moniti erimus recti erimus capti erimus audit! erimus 
vocatl eritis moniti eritis recti eritis capti eritis audit! eritis 
vocatl erunt moniti erunt recti erunt capti erunt auditl erunt 



599. 


SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 
Present Tense 




vocer 


monear 


regar 


capiar 


audiar 


voceris (-re) 


monearis (-re) regaris (-re) 


capiaris (-re) 


audiaris (-re) 


vocetur 


moneatur 


regatur 


capiatur 


audiatur 


vocemur 


moneamur 


regamur 


capiamur 


audiamur 


vocemini 


moneatninl 


regaminl 


capiaminl 


audiaminl 


vocentur 


moneantur 


regantur 


capiantur 


audiantur 




Imperfect Tense 




vocarer 


monerer 


regerer 


caperer 


audirer 


vocareris 


monereris 


regereris 


capereris 


audireris 


(-re) 


(-re) 


(-re) 


(-re) 


(-re) 


vocaretur 


moneretur 


regeretur 


caperetur 


audiretur 


vocaremur 


moneremur 


regeremur 


caperemur 


audiremur 


vocareminl 


moneremini 


regereminl 


capereminl 


audireminl 


vocarentur 


monerentur 


regerentur 


caperentur 


audlrentur 




Perfect Tense 




vocatus sim 


monitus sim 


rectus sim 


captus sim 


auditus sim 


vocatus sis 


monitus sis 


rectus sis 


captus sis 


audltus sis 


vocatus sit 


monitus sit 


rectus sit 


captus sit 


auditus sit 


vocatl slmus 


moniti slmus 


recti slmus 


capti slmus 


auditl slmus 


vocatl sltis 


moniti sltis 


recti sltis 


capti sltis 


auditl sltis 


vocatl sint 


moniti sint 


recti sint 


capti sint 


auditl sint 




Pluperfect Tense 




vocatus essem 


monitus essem 


rectus essem 


captus essem 


auditus essem 


vocatus esses 


monitus esses 


rectus esses 


captus esses 


auditus esses 


vocatus esset 


monitus esset 


rectus esset 


captus esset 


auditus esset 


vocatl 


moniti 


recti 


capti 


auditl 


essemus 


essemus 


essemus 


essemus 


essemus 


vocatl essetis 


moniti essetis 


recti essetis 


capti essetis 


auditl essetis 


vocatl essent 


moniti essent 


recti essent 


capti essent 


auditl essent 



348 


A FIRST 


YEAR LATIN COURSE 




6oo. 


IMPERATIVE MOOD 








Present Tense 




vocare 


monere 


regere 


capere 


audire 


vocamini 


monemini 


regimini 


capimini 


audlminl 






Future Tense 




vocator 


monetor 


regitor 


capitor 


auditor 


vocator 


monetor 


regitor 


capitor 


auditor 


vocantor 


monentor 


reguntor 


capiuntor 


audiuntor 


601. 




INFINITIVE 
Present 






vocari 


moneri 


regl 
Perfect 


cap! 


audlri 


vocatus esse 


monitus esse rectus esse 


captus esse 


audltus es 






Future 






vocatum Iri 


monitum iri 


rectum iri 


captum Iri 


auditum 11 


602. 




PARTICIPLE 

Perfect 






vocatus 


monitus 


rectus 
Gerundive 


captus 


audltus 


vocandus 


monendus 


regendus 


capiendus 


audiendus 



603. 



Pres. 



Imperf. 



IRREGULAR VERBS 
sum 
INDICATIVE MOOD 
Fut. Perf. Pluperf. Fut. Perf. 



sum 


eram 


ero 


fui 


fueram 


fuero 


es 


eras 


eris 


fuisti 


fueras 


fueris 


est 


erat 


erit 


fuit 


fuerat 


fuerit 



TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS 



349 



sumus eramus enmus 

estis eratis eritis 

sunt erant erunt 



fuimus fueramus fuerimus 

fuistis fueratis fueritis 

fuerunt fuerant fuerint 



604. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 



sim 

sis 
sit 

simus 

sitis 

sint 



essem 

esses 

esset 

essemus 

essetis 

essent 



fuerim 


fuissem 


fueris 


fuisses 


fuerit 


fuisset 


fuerimus 


fuissemus 


fueritis 


fuissetis 


fuerint 


fuissent 



605. 



606. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD 
Present Tense 

es 
este 

Future Tense 

esto 
esto 
estote 
sunto 

INFINITIVE 
Present 
esse 

Perfect 
fuisse 

Future 

fore or futurus esse 



607. 



PARTICIPLE 
futurus, -a, -urn 



350 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

608. possum, volo, nolo, malo, fio 







INDICATIVE 


MOOD 








Present Tense 




possum 


volo 


nolo 


malo 


fio 


potes 


vis 


non vis 


mavis 


fis 


potest 


vult 


non vult 


mavult 


fit 


possumus 


volumus 


nolumus 


malumus 


[fimus] 


potestis 


vultis 


non vultis 


ma vultis 


[fitis] 


possunt 


volunt 


nolunt 


malunt 


fiunt 






Imperfect Tense 




poteram, etc 


volebam, 


etc. nolebam, etc 


. malebam, etc 


fiebam, etc. 






Future Tense 




potero, etc. 


volam, etc. nolam, etc. 


malam, etc. 


fiam, etc. 



Perfect Tense 



potui, etc. 


volui, etc. 


nolui, etc. 


malui, etc. 


factus sum, etc 






Pluperfect Tense 




potueram, 


volueram. 


nolueram, 


malueram, 


factus eram, 


etc. 


etc. 


etc. 


etc. 


etc. 




Future Perfect Tense 




potuero, etc. 


voluero, etc 


. noluero, etc 


maluero, etc. 


factus ero, etc. 


609. 


SUBJUNCTIVE 


MOOD 








Present Tense 




possim 


velim 


nolim 


malim 


fiam 


possis 


velis 


nolis 


malls 


fias 


possit 


velit 


nolit 


malit 


fiat 


possimus 


velimus 


nolimus 


malimus 


fiamus 


possitis 


velitis 


nolitis 


malitis 


fiatis 


possint 


velint 


nolint 


malint 


fiant 



TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS 



351 



Imperfect Tense 



possem, etc. 


vellem, etc 


nollem, etc. mallem, etc. 
Perfect Tense 


fierem, etc. 


potuerim, 


voluerim, 


noluerim, maluerim, 


factus sim, 


etc. 


etc. 


etc. etc. 
Pluperfect Tense 


etc. 


potuissem, 


voluissem, 


noluissem, maluissem. 


factus essem. 


etc. 


etc. 


etc. etc. 


etc. 


6lO. 


IMPERATIVE MOOD 








Present Tense 








noli 


fi 






nolite 


fite 






Future Tense 








nolito 








nolito 








nolit5te 




6ll. 


INFINITIVE 








Present 




posse 


velle 


nolle malle 
Perfect 


fieri 


potuisse 


voluisse 


noluisse maluisse 
Future 


factus esse 
factum Iri 


612. 




PARTICIPLE 

Present 




potens 


volens 


nolens 

Perfect 
Gerundive 


factus 
faciendus 



352 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 





ACTIVE VOICE 




613. 


eo, fero, do 

INDICATIVE MOOD 
Present Tense 




eo 


fero 


do 


Is 


fers 


das 


it 


fert 


dat 


Imus 


ferimus 


damus 


Itis 


fertis 


datis 


eunt 


ferunt 

Imperfect Tense 


dant 


Ibam, etc. 


ferebam, etc. 
Future Tense 


dabam, etc. 


Ibo, etc. 


feram, etc. 
Perfect Tense 


dabo, etc. 


ii (ivl), etc. 


tull, etc. 
Pluperfect Tense 


dedi, etc. 


ieram (Iveram), etc. 


tuleram, etc. 
Future Perfect Tense 


dederam, etc. 


iero (Ivero), etc. 


tulero, etc. 


dedero, etc 


614. 


SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 
Present Tense 




earn 


feram 


dem 


eas 


feras 


des 


eat 


ferat 


det 


eamus 


feramus 


demus 


eatis 


feratis 


detis 


eant 


ferant 

Imperfect Tense 


dent 


Irem, etc. 


ferrem, etc. 


darem, etc. 



TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS 



353 





Perfect Tense 




ierim (iverim), etc. 


tulerim, etc. 
Pluperfect Tense 


dederim, etc. 


issem (Ivissem), etc. 


tulissem, etc. 


dedissem, etc 


615. 


IMPERATIVE MOOD 
Present Tense 




1 


fer 


da 


ite . 


ferte 

Future Tense 


date 


ito 


ferto 


dato 


Ito 


ferto 


dato 


Itote 


fertote 


datote 


eunto 


ferunto 


danto 


616. 


INFINITIVE 

Present 




Ire 


ferre 
Perfect 


dare 


Isse (Ivisse) 


tulisse 

Future 


dedisse 


iturus esse 


laturus esse 


daturus esse 


617. 


PARTICIPLE 

Present 




iens, gen. euntis 


ferens 

Future 


dans 


iturus 


laturus 


daturus 


618. 


GERUND 




eundi 


ferendl 


dandi 


eundo 


ferendo 


dando 


eundum 


ferendum 


dandum 


eundo 


ferendo 


dando 



354 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



619. 


SUPINE 




itum 


latum 


datum 


itu 


latu 

PASSIVE VOICE 
adeor, feror, dor 


datu 


620. 


INDICATIVE MOOD 
Present Tense 




adeor 


feror 


dor 


adlris (-re) 


ferris (-re) 


daris (-re) 


aditur 


fertur 


datur 


adimur 


ferimur 


damur 


adimini 


ferimini 


damini 


adeuntur 


feruntur 

Imperfect Tense 


dantur 


adibar, etc. 


ferebar, etc. 
Future Tense 


dabar, etc. 


adibor, etc. 


ferar, etc. 
Perfect Tense 


dabor, etc. 


aditus sum, etc. 


latus sum, etc. 
Pluperfect Tense 


datus sum, etc. 


aditus eram, etc. 


latus eram, etc. 
Future Perfect Tense 


datus eram, etc. 


aditus ero, etc. 


latus ero, etc. 


datus ero, etc. 


621. 


SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 
Present Tense 




adear 


ferar 


der 


adearis (-re) 


feraris (-re) 


deris (-re) 


adeatur 


feratur 


detur 



TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS 



355 



adeamur 


feramur 


demur 


adeamini 


feramini 


demini 


adeantur 


ferantur 

Imperfect Tense 


dentur 


adirer, etc. 


ferrer, etc. 
Perfect Tense 


darer, etc. 


aditus sim, etc. 


latus sim, etc. 
Pluperfect Tense 


datus sim, etc. 


aditus essem, etc. 


latus essem, etc. 


datus essem, etc. 


622. 


IMPERATIVE MOOD 
Present Tense 




adire 


ferre 


dare 


adimini 


feriminl 
Future Tense 


damini 


aditor 


fertor 


dator 


aditor 


fertor 


dator 


adeuntor 


feruntor 


dantor 


623. 


INFINITIVE 

Present 




adiri 


ferri 
Perfect 


dari 


aditus esse 


latus esse 
Future 


datus esse 


aditum iri 


latum iri 


datum iri 


624. 


PARTICIPLE 
Perfect 




aditus 


latus 
GERUNDIVE 


datus 


adeundus 


ferendus 


dandus 



356 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



DEPONENT VERBS 

Present stems : cona-, pollice-, ute- ? pate-, poti- 

625. INDICATIVE MOOD 

Present Tense 1 
polliceor utor patior potior 



conor polliceor utor 

conaris (-re) polliceris (-re) uteris (-re) pateris (-re) potlris (-re) 
pollicetur utitur patitur 

pollicemur titimur patimur 

pollicemini utiminl patimini 

pollicentur iituntur patiuntur 

Imperfect Tense 
pollicebar utebar patiebar 

Future Tense 
pollicebor utar patiar 

Perfect Tense 
pollicitus sum usus sum passus sum 

Pluperfect Tense 
conatus eram pollicitus eram usus eram passus eram potitus eram 
Future Perfect Tense 
pollicitus ero usus ero passus ero potitus ero 



conatur 

conamur 
conamini 
conantur 



conabar 



conabor 



conatus sum 



conatus ero 



potitur 

potimur 
potimini 
potiuntur 

potiebar 

potiar 

potitus sum 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 

Present Tense 
pollicear utar patiar potiar 

Imperfect Tense 
pollicerer uterer paterer potirer 

Perfect Tense 
pollicitus sim usus sim passus sim potitus sim 

Pluperfect Tense 

conatus essem pollicitus essem usus essem passus essem potitus essem 

1 Only the present indicative is here conjugated in full. 



conarer 



conatus sim 



TABLES OF CONJUGATIONS 357 

IMPERATIVE MOOD 
Present Tense 
conare pollicere iitere patere potlre 

Future Tense 
collator pollicetor utitor patitor potltor 

INFINITIVE 

Present 
conari polliceri uti patl potlri 

Perfect 
conatus esse pollicitus esse usus esse passus esse potltus esse 

Future 
conaturus esse polliciturus esse usurus esse passurus esse potiturus esse 

PARTICIPLE 

Present 
conans pollicens utens . patiens potiens 

Future 
conaturus polliciturus usurus passurus potiturus 

Perfect 
conatus pollicitus usus passus potltus 

GERUNDIVE 
conandus pollicendus utendus patiendus potiendus 

GERUND 
cdnandl, etc. pollicendi, etc. utendi, etc. patiendi, etc. potiendi, etc. 

SUPINE 
conatum, -tu pollicitum, -tu usum, -su passum, -su potltum, -tu 



RULES OF SYNTAX 

The following rules have been given in the body of this 
book, preceded by illustrative examples and notes. They 
are repeated here for convenience of reference. The num- 
bers following the rules refer to the illustrative examples. 

626. Case of the Subject. — The subject of a finite 
verb is in the nominative case (23). 

627. Predicate Nominative. — A noun in the predi- 
cate with an intransitive or passive verb agrees with the 
subject in case (96). 

628. Appositive. — A noun limiting another noun and 
denoting the same person or thing agrees with it in case (96). 

629. Case Relations. — Case relations in Latin are 
shown by case endings, not by the order of words (28). 

630. The Possessive Genitive. — A noun denoting the 
owner or possessor of a thing limits the word denoting the 
thing possessed, and is in the genitive case (25). 

631. The Possessive and the Genitive Case. — The 
possessive is sometimes used in connection with a genitive 
limiting the same noun (247). 

632. The Genitive of the Whole. — Words denoting 
a part are used with a genitive of the whole to which the 
part belongs (481). 

Note. — Partitive words are nouns, pronouns, and adjectives and 
adverbs used substantively. 

358 



RULES OF SYNTAX 359 

633. The Indirect Object. — The indirect object is in 
the dative case with verbs of giving, telling, and announc- 
ing, and others of similar meaning, to denote the person to 
whom anything is given, told, announced, etc. (33). 

634. The Dative of the Possessor. — The dative case 
is used with sum and similar verbs to denote the possessor. 
The name of the object possessed is in the nominative 
case (160). 

635. The Double Dative. — The Latin often uses a 
dative of the person to ox for whom, together with the da- 
tive of the object for which, where in English a predicate 
noun and an indirect object are used (297). 

636. The Dative with Adjectives. — The dative is 
used with adjectives denoting resemblance, fitness, nearness, 
and the like ; also with their opposites (363). 

Note. — Adjectives of fitness may be used with ad and the accusa- 
tive. 

637. The Dative with Special Verbs. — Some verbs, 
intransitive in Latin though transitive in English, are fol- 
lowed by a dative of the indirect object. Such are verbs 
signifying to favor, please, trust, assist, command, obey, 
serve, resist, pardon, threaten, spare, and others of similar 
nature (415). 

638. The Dative with Compounds. — Many verbs 
compounded with ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, 
sub, and super take the dative case of the indirect object 

(473). 

Note. — Since this use of the dative is that of the indirect object, it 
follows that the original construction of the simple verb remains, if the 
meaning acquired in the compound is not suited to an indirect object. 



360 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

639. The Dative of the Agent. — To express the 
person upon whom a duty, obligation, or necessity rests, 
the second periphrastic conjugation with the dative of the 
agent is used (551). 

640. The Case of Direct Object. — The direct object 
of a transitive verb represents that to which something is 
done, and is in the accusative case (28). 

641. The Direct and Indirect Object. — A direct 
object may be used in connection with an indirect object 
of the same verb (33). 



<b ' 



642. Two Accusatives. — Verbs of calling, naming, 
appointing, and the like take two accusatives in the active 
voice, and in the passive two nominatives, one a subject 
and the other a predicate (186). 

643. The Accusative of Time and Space. — Dura- 
tion of time and extent of space are expressed by the 
accusative case (289). 

644. The Place to Which. — The place to which or 
into which is regularly expressed by the accusative with a 
preposition ; but names of towns and small islands, also 
domus and rus, omit the preposition (452). 

645. The Ablative of Separation. — Verbs denoting 
separation are used with the ablative case, either with or 
without a preposition (119). 

Note. — This rule extends to adjectives of like meaning. 

646. The Ablative of Means or Instrument. — The 
means or instrument of an action is expressed by the abla- 
tive case without a preposition (136). 



RULES OF SYNTAX 361 

647. The Ablative of Specification. — The ablative 
without a preposition is used to express that in respect to 
which anything is or is done (154). 

648. The Ablative of the Personal Agent. — The 
voluntary agent of an action is expressed with passive 
verbs by the ablative with a or ab (167). 

649. The Ablative of Accompaniment. — The abla- 
tive with cum is used to express accompaniment, but in 
military phrases, especially when there is a qualifying 
adjective, cum may be omitted (180). 

650. The Ablative of Description or Quality. — 
The ablative with an adjective in agreement with it is used 
to describe a noun or to express some quality belonging to 
it (211). 

Note. — In descriptive expressions of measure the genitive, not the 
ablative, is used. 

651. The Ablative of Manner. — The manner in 
which an action is performed is expressed by a noun in 
the ablative with cum, when the noun has no qualifying 
adjective, and by the ablative with or without cum, when it 
has a qualifying adjective (217). 

652. The Ablative Absolute. — 1. A noun or pro- 
noun limited by a participle is often used in the ablative 
absolute to express the time or other circumstances of an 
action (237). 

2. Two nouns or a noun and an adjective may be used 
together in the ablative absolute (238). 

653. The Ablative of Cause. — 1. The ablative with- 
out a preposition is used to express cause (265). 

2. Ob and propter with the accusative, and de or ex with 
the ablative, are also used to express cause (265). 



362 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

654. The Ablative of Time at or within Which. — 
Time at or within which an act is performed is expressed 
by the ablative without a preposition (313). 

655. The Ablative of Comparison. — When quam is 
expressed in a comparison, the same case follows as pre- 
cedes ; but when quam is omitted, the ablative case follows 
the word of comparison (345). 

656. The Ablative with Special Deponents. — Cer- 
tain deponents, with their compounds, take the ablative. 
These verbs are : utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor. The 
ablative used with these verbs is an ablative of means (407). 

657. The Ablative of Place from Which. — The 
place from which is regularly expressed by the ablative 
with a preposition, generally ab, de, or ex ; but names of 
towns and small islands, also domus and rus, omit the 
preposition (450). 

658. The Ablative of Place in Which. — The place 
in which is regularly expressed by the ablative with the 
preposition in ; but names of towns and small islands, 
also domus and rus, are put into the locative (454). 

659. The Ablative of the Degree of Difference. 
— The ablative is used without a preposition to express the 
degree of difference between two persons or things (459). 

660. The Ablative with quidam, unus, etc — Quidam 

and the cardinal numerals (except milia) generally take the 
ablative with ex or de to express the whole of which a part 
is taken; the ordinals generally take the genitive (483). 

661. Adjective Agreement. — Adjectives agree with 
their nouns in gender, number, and case (48). 



RULES OF SYNTAX 363 

662. Adjectives as Nouns. — Plural adjectives are 
quite freely used as nouns, the masculine to denote per- 
sons, the neuter to denote things (188). 

Note. — This use occurs sometimes in the singular. 

663. Special Uses of Comparatives and Superla- 
tives. — 1. The comparative is sometimes used to express 
a rather high or too high degree of the quality. 

2. The superlative is often used to express a very high 
degree of the quality (347). 

664. Adjectives of Order and Succession. — Superla- 
tives (sometimes also comparatives) are used in agreement 
with nouns to show what part of an object is designated. 
So also ceterus, medius, and reliquus (361). 

665. Verb Agreement. — A finite verb agrees with its 
subject in person and number (38). 

666. The Complementary Infinitive. — The infinitive 
is used with verbs meaning to decide, hasten, begin, wish, 
be able, and, in general, with those requiring a second act of 
the same subject to complete their meaning (125). 

667. The Infinitive as Object. — The infinitive with 
a subject in the accusative case may be the object of a 
verb (127). 

668. The Infinitive as Subject and Predicate. — 
The infinitive, either with or without a subject accusative, 
may be the subject or predicate of a verb. A predicate 
adjective used in this construction is in the neuter singular 
(129). 

669. Indirect Discourse. — Statements depending 
directly upon verbs of saying, knowing, perceiving, and the 



364 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

like are expressed by the infinitive with the subject in 
the accusative. A predicate noun or adjective is also in the 
accusative (223-227). 

670. Order of Words. — The normal order in a Latin 
sentence is : Subject, Modifiers of Subject, Indirect Object, 
Direct Object, Adverb, Verb. But this order is constantly 
changed for the sake of emphasis (85, 86). 

671. Suus, eius. — 1. Suus in all its forms agrees with 
the name of the thing possessed, but refers to the subject 
of its own sentence (247). 

2. Eius limits the noun to which it belongs, but refers 
to some person or thing other than the subject of its own 
sentence (247). 

672. Alius and alter. — Alius and alter repeated in an- 
other case express briefly a double statement (380). 

673. The Relative Pronoun. — The relative pronoun 
agrees with its antecedent in gender, person, and number, 
but its case depends upon its relation to other words in its 
own clause (256). 

674. Special Prepositions. — 1. Ab is used where mo- 
tion away from a place is to be expressed, ex where motion 
out of a place, and de where motion down from a place is 
indicated. 

2. In and sub govern the accusative with verbs of motion, 
the ablative with verbs of rest. 

3. Ad is used where motion to a place and in where 
motion into a place is indicated. 

a. The following are the most important prepositions 
governing the ablative case only : a or ab, coram, cum, de, 
ex or e, prae, pro, sine. 



RULES OF SYNTAX 365 

b. All others given in this book (and nearly all others 
in the language), except in and sub, govern the accusative 
(442, 443). 

675. Sequence of Tenses. — In complex sentences a 
primary tense in the principal clause is followed by a pri- 
mary tense in the subordinate clause, a secondary by a 
secondary (277). 

676. Adverbial Clauses of Purpose. — Adverbial 
clauses of purpose, with ut affirmative and ne negative, 
have their verbs in the subjunctive (283). 

677. Adjectival Clauses of Purpose. — Adjectival 
clauses of purpose are introduced by relative pronouns 
and have their verbs in the subjunctive. The negative is 
non (283). 

678. Substantive Clauses of Purpose. — Substantive 
clauses of purpose with their verbs in the subjunctive are 
used as the objects of verbs of commanding ; advising, per- 
suading, asking, and demanding (295). 

Note. — Iubeo, command, is used with the complementary infinitive, 
not with the subjunctive. 

679. Adverbial Clauses of Result. — Adverbial 
clauses of result are introduced by ut when affirmative 
and by ut non when negative. They have their verbs in 
the subjunctive (369). 

680. Substantive Clauses of Result. — Substantive 
clauses of result may be used with ut and ut non as the 
objects of verbs of effecting, accomplishing, and the like, 
and with quin as the objects of verbs of hindering, refus- 
ing, and preventing, when they are negatived (369). 

Note. — Clauses of result are very often introduced by ita, talis, 
tantus, and tarn. 



366 A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 

681. The Subjunctive of Characteristic. — The 
subjunctive is used, especially after expressions of existence 
and non-existence and questions implying a negative an- 
swer, to express a characteristic of the subject (377). 

682. Indirect Questions. — Indirect questions are 
used with words of asking, saying, knowing, and in gen- 
eral with verbs of mental action. They have their verbs 
in the subjunctive and follow the law of Sequence of 
Tenses (394)- 

683. Cum Causal and Concessive. — Cum causal and 
concessive is followed by the subjunctive. The law of 
Sequence of Tenses is observed (461). 

684. Cum Temporal. — 1. Cum temporal is used with 
the indicative to fix or define the time of an action, and 
with the subjunctive to describe the circumstances under 
which it occurred. In narration cum almost always takes 
the subjunctive when the tense is imperfect or pluperfect 
(492). 

2. Cum temporal referring to present time takes the 
present indicative, referring to future time, the future in- 
dicative (493). 

685. Clauses with postquam, etc — Postquam, ubi, 
simul ac (atque), and ut temporal are used with the indica- 
tive, generally the perfect (490). 

686. Conditions of Fact. — Conditions of fact are 
found in present, past, or future time, and take the indica- 
tive mood in any tense required by the nature of the 
thought. They are classed as Past, Present, and Future 
(507). 



RULES OF SYNTAX 367 

687. Conditions Contrary to Fact. — In conditions 
contrary to fact the imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive 
are used in both protasis and apodosis, the imperfect to 
express present time, the pluperfect to express past time 
(514). 

688. Conditions of Possibility. — Conditions of pos- 
sibility are found in future time. They take the present 
(or perfect) subjunctive in the protasis, and the present 
subjunctive in the apodosis (521). 

689. The Imperative. — The present imperative is 
used in affirmative commands, unless distinct reference is 
made to future time. In this case the future imperative 
is used. Ne with the second person of the perfect sub- 
junctive or the present imperative of nolo with a comple- 
mentary infinitive is used to express a prohibition (527). 

690. The Gerund. — The gerund as a noun has the 
construction of other nouns, and as a verb retains its 
power of governing an object (427, 428). 

691. The Gerundive. — The gerundive construction is 
used by preference instead of the gerund where the latter 
would, if used, take a direct object. This object is then 
put into the case in which the gerund, if used, would have 
been, and the gerundive agrees with it in gender, number, 
and case (436). 

692. The Former Supine. — The former supine is used 
with verbs of motion to express the purpose of the motion 
(540). 

693. The Latter Supine. — The latter supine is used 
with some adjectives and a few other words to express the 
act in reference to which the quality is asserted (542). 



LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 



Ab., abl. 


= ablative 


n., neut. 


= neuter 


abs. 


= absolute 


N., nom 


. = nominative 


Ac, ace 


= accusative 


num. 


= numeral 


act. 


= active 


ord. 


= ordinal 


adj. 


= adjective 


part. 


= participle, participial 


adv. 


= adverb 


pass. 


= passive 


card. 


= cardinal 


per. 


= person 


<f- 


= compare 


perf 


= perfect 


comp. 


= comparative 


pers. 


= personal 


Conj. 


= conjugation 


pi., plur 


= plural 


conj. 


= conjunction 


pluperf. 


= pluperfect 


D., dat. 


= dative 


pos. 


= positive 


dem. 


= demonstrative 


pass. 


= possessive 


der. 


= derivative 


pred. 


= predicate 


e.g. 


= for example 


prep. 


= preposition 


Eng. 


= English 


pres. 


= present 


f.,fem. 


=: feminine 


pron. 


= pronoun 


flit. 


= future 


pronom. 


— pronominal 


G., gen. 


= genitive 


reflex. 


= reflexive 


imperf. 


= imperfect 


rel. 


= relative 


ind. 


= indicative 


S., sing. 


= singular 


indecl. 


= indeclinable 


subj. 


= subjunctive 


indef. 


= indefinite 


sub st. 


= substantive 


inf. 


= infinitive 


super I. 


= superlative 


interrog. 


= interrogative 


V. 


= vocative 


lit. 


= literally 


Vocab. 


= vocabulary 


171., masc 


= masculine 


w. 


= with 



368 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



a or ab, prep. w. ad/., from, away from, 

by. 
abduco, ere, duxi, ductus, lead away, 

take away. 
abstineo, ere, ui, tentus, abstain 

from, refrain from, spare. 
absum, esse, afui, afuturus, be away 

from, be absent. 

ac, see atque. 

accedo, ere, cessi, cessurus, draw near, 
approach. 

accido, ere, cidi, — , happen, occur; 
w. dat. of person, happen to. 

accipio, ere, cepi, ceptus, accept, re- 
ceive, suffer, entertain (as guest). 

acer, acris, acre, adj., sharp, eager, 
fierce. 

acerrime, superl. adv., most eagerly. 

acies, ei,/., edge, line of battle, battle 
line. 

acriter, adv., sharply, fiercely. 

ad, prep. w. ace, to, toward, near to, 
by, at, for. 

adduco, ere, duxi, ductus, lead to or 
towards, induce, persuade, influence. 

adeo, ire, ii or ivi, itus, go to, ap- 
proach, visit. 

adequito, are, avi, atus, ride towards 
or up, w. ad. 

adfero, ferre, attuli, adlatus, bring to, 
report. 

adficio, ere, feci, fectus, visit with, 
affect. 



adhibeo, ere, ui, itus, bring in, admit, 
aditus, us, m., approach, access. 
adiungo, ere, iunxi, iunctus, join to, 

add to. 
administro, are, avi, atus, manage, 

perform, accomplish. 
admiror, ari, atus sum, wonder at, 

admire. 
adorior, in, ortus sum, approach, 

attack. 
adrogantia, ae,yC, arrogance, pride, 
adsum, esse, fui, futurus, be near, be 

present; w. dat., assist. 
Aduatuci, orum, m. pi., the Aduatuci, 

a people of Gaul. 
adventus, us, m., approach, arrival, 
adversus, a, um, adj., turned towards, 

opposite; adverso colle, uphill. 
aedificium, aedifici, n., building. 
aedifico, are, avi, atus, build. 
Aedui, orum, m. pi, the Aedui, a 

people of Gaul, 
aequaliter, adv., equally, uniformly, 
aestas, atis, /, summer; aestate in- 

ita, in the beginning of summer. 
aetas, atis,/, life, age. 
ager, agri, ;;/., field, territory. 
agger, eris, m., rampart, mound, 
agmen, inis, n., line, army on the 

march; agmen claudere, to bring 

up the rear. 
ago, ere, egi, actus, do, act, drive, 

move, set in motion, construct, 

plead. 



369 



37° 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



agricola, ae, m., farmer. 

alacritas, atis, /., eagerness, alacrity. 

alienus, a, um, adj., belonging to 
another, strange, unfriendly, un- 
favorable. 

aliquis, aliquid, indef. pron., some 
one, somebody, something. 

alius, a, ud, pronom. adj., another, 
other; alius . . . alius, one . . . 
another; alii aliam in partem, 
some in one direction, others in 
another. 

Allobroges, um, m. pi., the Allobro- 
ges, a warlike people in Gaul. 

Alpes, ium, / pi., the Alps. 

alter, era, erum, pronom. adj., the 
other of two, the other, the one of 
two; alter . . . alter, the one . . . 
the other. 

altitudo, inis,/, height, altitude. 

altus, a, um, adj., high, deep. 

amicitia, ae,/, friendship. 

amicus, a, um, adj., friendly. 

amicus, l, m., friend. 

amitto, ere, misi, missus, send away, 
dismiss, lose. 

amo, are, avi, atus, love. 

amplus, a, um, adj., large, wide, 
ample, spacious. 

ancora, ae,/, anchor. 

angustus, a, um, adj., narrow. 

animadverto, vertere, verti, versus, 
turn the mind to, attend to, notice. 

animal, alis, n., animal. 

animus, i, m., mind, courage, disposi- 
tion, spirit. 

annus, i, m., year. 

ante, prep. w. ace, before, in front 
of. 

ante, adv., before, previously. 



antepSno, ponere, posui, positus, 

place before, put before. 

aper, apri, m., wild boar. 

apertus, a, um, adj., open. 

appello, are, avi, atus, call, address, 
call by name. 

appropinquo, are, avi, atus, come 
near, approach. 

apud, prep. w. ace, among, with. 

aqua, ae,/, water. 

Aquitani, orum, m. pi., the Aquitani, 
the people of Aquitania. 

Aquitania, ae, /, Aquitania, a divi- 
sion of Gaul. 

Arar, Araris, ?n., a river in Gaul, now 
the Saone. 

arbitror, ari, atus sum, think, sup- 
pose, believe. 

arbor, oris,/, tree. 

arcessd, ere, ivi, itus, send for, sum- 
mon. 

arduus, a, um, adj., high, steep. 

Ariovistus, i, m., Ariovistus, the king 
of a German tribe. 

arma, orum, n. pi., arms. 

armati, orum, m. pi., armed men. 

armiger, eri, m., armor bearer. 

arm5, are, avi, atus, arm, equip. 

aro, are, avi, atus, plow. 

ars, artis,/, art, skill. 

ascendo, ere, i, scensus, go up, mount 
up, climb. 

ascensus, us, m., ascent. 

Athenae, arum, / //., Athens. 

atque, conj., and, and so, and even, 
and also. 

auctoritas, atis, /, authority, influ- 
ence, reputation. 

audacia, ae, /, boldness, daring, au- 
dacity, insolence. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



371 



audacius, comp. adv., more boldly, 
too boldly. 

audax, acis, adj., bold, daring. 

audeo, ere, ausus sum, dare. 

audio, ire, Ivi, ltus, hear, hear of. 

aufero, ferre, abstull, ablatus, carry 
off or away, lead away. 

aut, conj , or ; aut . . . aut, either . . . 
or. 

autem, postpositive conj., but, more- 
over, however. 

auxilium, auxili, n., aid, help. 

averto, ere, 1, versus, turn away, avert, 
turn aside. 

Axona, ae, /., a river in Gaul, now 
the Aisne. 

B 

barbarus, a, um, adj., foreign, strange, 

barbarous. 
barbarus, 1, m., foreigner, stranger, 

barbarian. 
Belgae, arum, m. pi., the Belgae, a 

warlike people of northern Gaul. 
bellicosus, a, um, adj., warlike. 
bello, are, avi, atus, wage or carry on 

war, war. 
Bellovaci, orum, m.pl., the Bellovaci, 

a people of Gaul. 
bellum, 1, n., war. 
bene, adv., well, successfully. 
beneficium, benefici, »., kindness, 

favor, benefit. 
Bibrax, actis, /, Bibrax, a town of 

the Remi, now Bievre. 
biduum, 1, n., space of two days, two 

days. 
bonus, a, um, adj., good. 
brevis, e, adj., short, brief, 
breviter, adv., briefly. 



C, abbreviation for Gaius. 

cado, ere, cecidi, casurus, fall, be 

killed ; happen. 
caedes, is,yC, slaughter, murder. 
Caesar, aris, m., C. Julius Caesar (100- 

44 B.C.). 

calamitas, atis./., disaster, calamity. 

calcar, aris, n., spur. 

calo, onis, m., soldier's servant, camp 
follower. 

capio, ere, cepi, captus, take, seize, 
capture; choose, form. 

captivus, 1, m., captive, prisoner. 

caput, itis, n., head. 

care, adv., dearly. 

carrus, 1, m., two-wheeled wagon, 
cart. 

carus, a, um, adj., dear, precious. 

castellum, 1, n., fort, stronghold, for- 
tress, redoubt. 

Casticus, 1, m., Casticus, a Sequanian 
nobleman. 

castra, orum, n. pi, camp. 

casus, us, m., chance, accident, event, 
misfortune. 

catena, ae,/, chain. 

causa, ae, /., cause, reason ; causa, for 
the sake of, w. gen. ; hi this sense it 
follows the word which it governs. 

celer, eris, ere, adj., quick, swift. 

celeritas, atis,/, swiftness, quickness, 
speed. 

celeriter, adv., quickly. 

celo, are, avi, atus, conceal. 

Celtae, arum, m. pi., the Celts, a peo- 
ple of Gaul. 

centum, indecl. adj., a hundred. 

centurio, onis, m., captain, centurion. 

certe, adv., certainly, surely, of course. 



372 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



certus, a, urn, adj., certain, sure; cer- 
tior factus, having been informed. 

ceteri, ae, a, adj., pi., remaining, rest. 

Cicero, onis, m., Marcus Tullius Cicero 
(106-43 B.C.), a great Roman orator. 

circiter, adv., about, near. 

circum, prep. w. ace, around, about, 
near. 

circumeo, ire, ii or ivi, itus, go around, 
surround. 

circumvenio, ire, veni, ventus, come 
around, surround. 

cis, citra, prep. w. ace, on this side of. 

citerior, ius, comp. adj., hither. 

Civis, is, m. and f., citizen. 

civitas, atis,/, state. 

clam, adv., secretly. 

clamor, oris, m., shout, clamor. 

clarus, a, urn, adj., clear, bright, 
famous, celebrated. 

claudo, ere, clausi, clausus, close, 
shut, shut up; claudere agmen, 
to bring up the rear. 

cliens, entis, m., client. 

coepi, isse, defective verb, began. 

cogito, are, avi, atus, plan, think, 
consider. 

cognosco, ere, novi, nitus, learn, find 
out; in per/., know, understand. 

cogo, ere, coegi, coactus, drive to- 
gether, collect, compel. 

cohors, ortis, /., company of soldiers, 
cohort. 

cohortor, ari, atus sum, exhort, en- 
courage. 

collis, is, m., hill. 

commeatus, us, m., a going to and 
fro ; provisions, supplies. 

commemoro, are, avi, atus, call to 
mind, relate. 



committo, ere, misi, missus, com- 
mit, begin, join, wage. 

commoveo, ere, movi, motus, move, 
excite, alarm, disturb. 

communio, ire, ivi, itus, fortify on 
all sides, fortify. 

comparo, are, avi, atus, get together, 
prepare, arrange, provide; compare. 

compello, ere, puli, pulsus, drive to- 
gether, drive, move. 

compleo, ere, evi, etus, fill com- 
pletely, fill. 

compono, ere, posui, positus, place 
together, arrange, compare. 

comporto, are, avi, atus, bring to- 
gether, collect. 

c5natus, us, m., attempt, trial, under- 
taking. 

concedo, ere, cessi, cessus, retire, 
withdraw, yield, concede. 

concido, ere, cidi, cisus, cut to pieces, 
kill, destroy. 

concilium, concili, n., council. 

conclamo, are, avi, atus, shout aloud, 
cry out, shout. 

condicio, onis, /., condition, agree- 
ment, terms. 

condo, ere, didi, ditus, put together, 
found, establish, hide. 

conduco, ere, duxi, ductus, lead to- 
gether. 

confero, conferre, contuli, conlatus, 
bring together. 

confertus, a, um, adj., crowded ; con- 
fertissimo agmine, in a densely 
compact body, in a solid mass. 

conficio, ere, feci, fectus, complete, 
accomplish, finish. 

confido, ere, fisus sum, rely upon, 
trust, w. dat. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



373 



cdnfirmS, are, avi, atus, confirm, 
establish, strengthen, fix. 

conicio, ere, ieci, iectus, cast, hurl, 
throw together. 

coniungd, ere, iunxi, iunctus, join 
together, unite. 

coniuratio, onis,/, conspiracy. 

coniuro, are, avi, atus, swear together, 
conspire. 

conligo, ere, legi, Iectus, collect. 

conloco, are, avi, atus, arrange, 

. place, set, station. 

conloquium, conloqui, n., dialogue, 
conference. 

conor, ari, atus sum, try, attempt. 

consanguineus, 1, m., relative, kins- 
man. 

conscribo, ere, scrips!, scriptus, en- 
roll, enlist. 

consentio, ire, sensi, sensus, agree, 
conspire. 

conservo, are, avi, atus, preserve, 
save, spare. 

consido, ere, sedi, sessus, settle, 
encamp. 

consilium, consili, n., counsel, plan. 

consisto, ere, stiti, — , make a stand, 
stop, halt ; depend on. 

conspectus, us, m., sight, view. 

constituo, ere, ui, utus, station, agree 
upon, determine, decide, appoint. 

consuesco, ere, consuevi, consuetus, 
become accustomed; in perf., be 
accustomed. 

consuetiido, inis, /, custom, habit. 

consul, is, m., consul, one of the two 
highest Roman magistrates chosen 
annually. 

contemptio, 5nis, /, contempt, dis- 
dain. 



contendo, ere, tendi, tentus, strive, 

contend, fight ; hasten. 
contentus, a, um, adj., contented, 

content, satisfied. 
continenter, adv., continuously. 
contineo, ere, ui, tentus, adj., hold 

in, restrain, contain, check, stay, 
continuus, a, um, adj., continuous, 

incessant. 
contra, prep. w. ace, against, opposite. 
contumelia, ae, /, abuse, reproach, 

affront, insult. 
convenio, ire, veni, ventus, come 

together, assemble, meet. 
converto, ere, i, versus, turn about, 

change, 
convoco, are, avi, atus, call together, 

summon. 
coorior, oriri, ortus sum, rise, break 

out (of war). 
copia, ae, /, supply, abundance ; pi., 

troops, supplies ; copiae domes- 

ticae, f. pi., supplies from home. 
coram, prep. w. abl, in the presence of. 
Cornelia, ae,/, Cornelia. 
conm, us, n., horn, wing. 
corpus, oris, n., body. 
cotidianus, a, um, adj., daily, 
cotidie, adv., daily, each day. 
Crassus, i, m., Crassus. 
creber, bra, brum, adj., frequent, nu- 
merous. 
credo, ere, didi, ditus, trust, believe, 

w. dat. 
culpa, ae,/, fault, blame. 
culpo, are, avi, atus, blame, censure. 
cum, prep. w. abl., with, along with, 

in company with. 
cum, conj., when, since, although, 

after, while. 



374 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



cunctatio, onis,/., hesitation, delay. 

cupiditas, atis,/., desire, greed. 

cupidus, a, um, adj., eager for, de- 
sirous of, w. gen. 

cur, adv., why. 

cura, a.e,f., care, anxiety. 

Cures, ium, in. and f. pi., Cures, 
ancient town of the Sabines. 

curro, ere, cucurri, cursurus, run, 
hasten. 

currus, us, m., chariot, car. 

custos, odis, m. and f., guard, attend- 
ant. 

cymba, ae,/, boat, skiff. 



damno, are, avi, atus, condemn, con- 
vict. 

de, prep. w. abl., down, down from, 
concerning, about, of, for. 

dea, ae,/, goddess. 

debeo, ere, ui, itus, owe, ought. 

decern, indecl. num., ten. 

decerno, ere, crevi, cretus, decide, 
decree. 

decimus, a, um, ord. num., tenth. 

decumanus, a, um, adj., rear; porta 
decumana, the rear gate. 

decurro, ere, cucurri, — , run down. 

deditio, onis,/, surrender. 

dedo, ere, dedidi, deditus, yield, 
surrender. 

deduco, ere, duxi, ductus, lead down 
or away, withdraw. 

defendo, ere, i, fensus, defend. 

defensor, oris, m., defender. 

defero, ferre, tuli, latus, bear down, 
report. 

deficio, ere, feci, fectus, fail, be lack- 
ing. 



deici5, ere, ieci, iectus, hurl or throw 

down. 
deinde, adv., afterwards, then, next. 
deleo, ere, evi, etus, lay low, destroy, 

annihilate, blot out. 
delig5, ere, legi, Iectus, choose, 

select. 
Delos, i, /., Delos, an island in the 

Aegean Sea. 
demonstro, are, avi, atus, point out, 

show, prove, indicate, 
demoror, ari, atus sum, delay. 
demum, adv. , at last, finally. 
denique, adv., at last, finally. 
dens, dentis, m., tooth, 
densus, a, um, adj., thick, dense, 
depello, ere, pull, pulsus, drive off, 

ward off. 
desisto, ere, stiti, stiturus, cease, de- 
sist from. 
despicio, ere, spexi, spectus, look 

down upon, despise. 
destringo, ere, strinxi, strictus, draw 

(a sword). 
desum, deesse, defui, futurus, w. 

dat., fail, be lacking to, be wanting, 

desert. 
deterior, ius, co?np. adj., worse, of 

less value, 
dexter, tra, trum, adj., right, on the 

right hand. 
Diana, ae,/, Diana, a goddess. 
dico, ere, dixi, dictus, say, speak, re- 
late, appoint, tell, mention, 
dies, ei, m. and f., day ; ad diem, to 

the day, promptly. 
difficilis, e, adj., difficult, hard. 
diligenter, adv., carefully, diligently, 

promptly. 
diligentia, ae,/, diligence. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



375 



dimitto, ere, misi, missus, send 

forth, send out. 
discedo, ere, cessi, cessurus, go away, 

depart, leave. 
disicio, ere, ieci, iectus, hurl asunder, 

disperse, scatter. 
dispono, ere, posui, positus, dispose, 

arrange, station, set, place. 
dissimilis, e, adj., unlike, dissimilar. 
distineo, ere, ui, tentus, hold apart, 

keep asunder, separate. 
diu, adv., for a long time, long. 
diutius, comp. adv., any longer, longer. 
Diviciacus, l, m., Diviciacus, an 

Aeduan nobleman. 
Divico, onis, ;//., Divico, a general of 

the Helvetians. 
divido, ere, visi, visus, separate, 

divide. 
do, dare, dedi, datus, give, permit, 

yield, grant, offer. 
doceo, ere, ui, tus, teach, show. 
doleo, ere, ui, iturus, feel pain, suffer 

pain, grieve for, be grieved. 
dolus, 1, m., guile, fraud, deceit, trick. 
domesticus, a, um, adj., domestic, 

private; domesticae copiae, sup- 
plies from home. 
domus, us or l,/., house, home. 
dubito, are, avi, atus, hesitate, doubt. 
ducenti, ae, a, card, num., two hun- 
dred. 
duco, ere, duxi, ductus, lead, draw, 

consider, think, extend. 
dum, conj., while, until, till. 
Dumnorix, lgis, m., Dumnorix, an 

Aeduan. 
duo, duae, duo, card, num., two. 
duplex, plicis, adj., twofold, double. 
dux, ducis, m., leader, commander. 



E 

e, ex., prep. w. abl., out of, from, 
editus, a, um, adj., high, elevated. 
edo, ere, didi, ditus, put forth, raise, 

elevate; disclose. 
educo, ere, duxi, ductus, lead out. 
efflcio, ere, feci, fectus, bring about, 

make, accomplish, effect. 
effugio, ere, fugi, — , escape, run 

away. 
ego, mei, pers. pron., I. 
egredior, gredi, gressus sum, go out, 

march out. 
egregie, adv., excellently, exceedingly. 
eiusmodi, gen., of this kind, such, 
emitto, ere, misi, missus, send out, 

let out, hurl. 
enim, postpositive conj., for. 
eo, ire, ii or ivi, iturus, go. 
eo, adv., to that place, thither, there, 
eques, itis, m., horseman ; pi., cavalry. 
equester, tris, tre, adj., pertaining to 

a horseman, equestrian, of cavalry; 

equestres copiae, /. //., cavalry 

forces. 
equitatus, iis, m., cavalry. 
equus, i, m., horse. 
erumpo, ere, rupi, ruptus, burst forth, 

break out, make a sally. 
eruptio, onis,/, breaking out, sally. 
et, conj., and; et . . . et, both . . . 

and. 
etiam, adv. and conj., also, and also. 

even, and even, yet, still. 
evado, ere, vasi, vasurus, go forth, 

escape. 
eventus, us, m., event, result, issue. 
evolo, are, avi, aturus, fly out, rush 

forth, 
ex, prep. w. abl., out of, from. 



376 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



exanimatus, a, urn, adj., out of breath, 
breathless. 

exed, ire, ii or ivi, iturus, go out or 
forth, go away, depart. 

exercitatio, onis,/, exercise, practice, 
skill. 

exercitus, us, m., army. 

existimo, are, avi, atus, think, be- 
lieve, suppose. 

expeditus, a, um, adj., unencumbered, 
free. 

explorator, oris, m., scout. 

expugno, are, avi, atus, take by as- 
sault, assault, storm, capture. 

exspecto, are, avi, atus, await, ex- 
pect, wait for. 

exstruo, ere, struxi, striictus, pile up, 
construct, raise. 

F 
fabula, ae,/, fable, story. 
facile, adv., easily. 
facilis, e, adj., easy. 
facio, ere, feci, factus, make, do, put, 

conclude, finish, 
f acultas, atis, /., supply, opportunity. 
fallo, ere, fefelli, falsus, deceive, 

cheat. 
falsus, a, um, adj., false, groundless. 
falx, falcis, /, a curved hook or 

blade. 
fas, 7i., indecl., right, 
faveo, ere, favi, fauturus, favor, be 

favorable to, w. dat. 
felix, icis, adj., happy, fortunate. 
fera, ae,/, wild beast, 
ferax, acis, adj., fertile, productive. 
fere, adv., nearly, almost. 
fero, ferre, tuli, latus, bear, endure, 

bring, carry. 



ferus, a, um, adj., wild, fierce, bar- 
barous, rough, 
fides, ei,f., faith, protection, care, 
fido, ere, fisus sum, trust, rely upon, 

w. dat. 
f idus, a, um, adj , faithful, 
filia, ae,/., daughter, 
filius, fill, m., son. 
finis, is, m., end, limit; //., territory, 

country. 
finitimus, a, um, adj., neighboring; 

as subst., finitimi, drum, m. pi., 

neighbors. 
fio, fieri, factus sum, become, be 

made, happen, come to pass, 
firmus, a, um, adj., firm, strong, 
flagito, are, avi, atus, demand. 
Humeri, inis, n., river, stream, 
tons, fontis, m., fountain, 
fortis, e, adj., brave, powerful, cour- 
ageous, 
fortissimus, a, um, superl. of fortis, 

very brave, bravest, 
fortiter, adv., bravely, courageously. 
fortuna, ae,/, fortune, luck, chance, 

fate. 
fossa, ae, /, trench, ditch, fosse, 
frater, tris, m., brother, 
frigus, oris, n., cold; pi., cold 

weather, 
fruges, um, / pi., fruits of the field, 

produce of the fields. 
frumentor, ari, atus, get grain, 

forage. 
frumentum, i, n., grain; pi., standing 

grain, 
fruor, i, fructus sum, enjoy, w. 

abl. 
friistra, adv., in vain, to no purpose, 
fuga, ae,/, flight. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



377 



fugio, ere, fugi, fugiturus, flee, run j 

away. 
funditor, oris, m., slinger. 
fungor, 1, functus sum, perform, w 

abl. 
furor, oris, m., fury, madness. 



Galba, ae, m., Galba. 

Galli, orum, m. pi., the Gauls. 

Gallia, ae, /, Gaul. 

Gallus, i, m., a Gaul. 

gaudeo, ere, gavisus sum, rejoice, 
take pleasure. 

Genava, ae,/, Geneva. 

gens, gentis,/, tribe, nation. 

genus, eris, n., kind, class, race. 

German!, orum, m. pi., the Ger- 
mans. 

gero, ere, gessi, gestus, wage, carry 
on, conduct, manage. 

gladius, gladi, m., sword. 

gloria, ae,/, glory, fame. 

gracilis, e, adj., graceful. 

gratia, ae, /, favor, influence, kind- 
ness. 

gratulor, ari, atus sum, congratulate, 
rejoice with. 

gratus, a, um, adj., grateful, welcome, 
pleasing, agreeable. 

gravis, e, adj., heavy, weighty, digni- 
fied, serious, severe. 

gravissime, superl. adv., most se- 
verely, most seriously. 

graviter, adv., heavily, seriously, 
gravely. 

H 

habeo, ere, ui, itus, have, hold, de- 
liver, utter, consider. 



habito, are, avi, atus, dwell, abide, 

remain, inhabit. 
Harudes, um, m. pi., the Harudes. 
hasta, ae,/, spear, lance, 
haud, adv., by no means. 
Helvetii, orum, m. pi., the Helvetii, a 

people of Gaul, 
hlberna, Drum, n, pi., winter quarters, 
hie, haec, hoc, dem. pron., this, he, 

the latter. 
hie, adv., here, in this place. 
Memo, are, avi, atus, winter, spend 

or pass the winter. 
hiems, mis,/, winter, winter time, 
homo, inis, 771. and f., man, human 

being. 
honor, oris, m., honor, 
hora, ae,/, hour, 
hospitium, hospitl, n., hospitality, 

friendship. 
hostis, is, m. and f., stranger, enemy. 
hue, adv., hither, to this place. 
humilis, e, adj., humble. 

I 

iacio, ere, ieci, iactus, throw, cast, 
hurl. 

iam, adv., now, already, long since. 

ibi, adv., there. 

Iccius, Icci, i7i., Iccius. 

idem, eadem, idem, dei7i. pron., the 
same. 

identidem, adv., again and again, re- 
peatedly. 

idoneus, a, um, adj., fit, suitable, 
adapted, convenient. 

igitur, adv., therefore. 

ignis, is, m., fire. 

ignosco, ere, novi, ndtus, pardon, 
forgive, w. dat. 



378 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



ille, ilia, illud, dem. pron., that, he, 
that well-known, the former. 

Illyricum, i, n., lllyricum, on the east 
shore of the Adriatic. 

impedimentum, i, n., hindrance, im- 
pediment ; pi., baggage. 

impedio, ire, ivi, itus, impede, 
hinder, check, entangle. 

imperator, oris, m., commander, 
general. 

imperatum, i, n., command, order. 

imperium, imperi, n., command, 
power, dominion, government. 

impero, are, avi, atus, command, 
order, w. dat. ; w. ut and the subj. 

impetus, us, m., attack, charge, 
assault, force. 

impono, ere, posui, positus, place 
upon, put upon, impose, assign, w. 
dat. 

imports, are, avi, atus, import, bring 
in. 

improbus, a, um, adj., bad, wicked. 

in, prep. w. ace, into, against, upon, 
among ; w. abl., in, on, over, among. 

incendo, ere, cendi, census, set on 
fire, kindle, burn. 

incipio, ere, cepi, ceptus, begin. 

incito, are, avi, atus, urge on, incite, 
arouse. 

incola, ae, m., inhabitant. 

incolo, ere, ui, — , dwell ; live in, in- 
habit, w. ace. 

incolumis, e, adj., uninjured, safe, un- 
harmed. 

incredibilis, e, adj., incredible. 

incursio, onis, /, attack, invasion, 
hostile inroad. 

inciiso, are, avi, atus, accuse, blame, 
find fault with. 



inde, adv., thence, then. 

indignitas, atis, /, indignity, insult- 
ing treatment. 

ineo, ire, ii or ivi, itus, go in or 
into, enter. 

inermis, e, adj., unarmed, defense- 
less. 

inferior, ius, comp. adj., lower. 

infero, ferre, intuli, inlatus, bring 
upon, inflict, w. dat. 

infirmus, a, um, adj., infirm, weak. 

ingens, entis, adj., huge, vast, large. 

iniciS, ere, ieci, iectus, hurl or throw 
into, inspire. 

inimicus, a, um, adj., unfriendly, hos- 
tile ; as subst., personal foe. 

iniquitas, atis,/, unevenness, rough- 
ness ; unfavorableness. 

iniquus, a, um, adj., unjust, unfavor- 
able, uneven. 

initium, initi, »., beginning; initium 
facere, to begin. 

iniuria, ae, /., injury, wrong, injustice. 

innascor, i, natus sum, follow, grow, 
spring up. 

inopia, ae, /., want, lack, scarcity. 

insequor, i, cutus sum, follow after, 
pursue. 

insidiae, arum,///., snare, ambush, 
ambuscade. 

insto, stare, stiti, staturus, be at 
hand ; press on. 

instruS, ere, striixi, structus, draw 
up, form, arrange. 

insula, ae,/., island. 

integer, gra, grum, adj., whole ; in- 
tegris viribus, with fresh strength. 

intellego, ere, lexi, Iectus, know, 
understand, perceive. 

intentus, a, um, adj., intent, eager. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



379 



inter, prep. w. ace, among, between ; 
inter se, to one another. 

intercedo, ere, cessi, cessunis, come 
between, be between, intervene. 

intercludo, ere, clusi, cliisus, cut off, 
shut off, hinder, prevent. 

interdiii, adv., by day. 

interea, adv., in the meantime, mean- 
while. 

interficio, ere, feci, fectus, kill, de- 
stroy. 

intericio, ere, ieci, iectus, throw be- 
tween, put between, intersperse. 

interior, ius, comp. adj., inner, inte- 
rior of. 

intermitto, ere, misi, missus, inter- 
rupt, cease, leave vacant. 

internecio, onis, /, destruction, ex- 
termination, annihilation. 

interscindo, ere, scidl, scissus, cut 
or break down, destroy. 

introdiico, ere, duxi, ductus, lead 
within or into, introduce. 

invenio, ire, veni, ventus, come 
upon, find, find out. 

ipse, a, um, intensive pron., that or 
this very; self, himself, herself, very. 

iracundus, a, um, adj., irritable, pas 
sionate, angry. 

is, ea, id, dem. pron., that or this per- 
son; he, she, it; adj., this, that, it. 

iste, a, ud, dem. pron., this or that 
person; he, she, it, referring es- 
pecially to that which is near, or 
to the person addressed. 

ita, adv., thus, so; yes, it is so, true. 

Italia, ae, /, Italy. 

itaque, conj., and so, therefore. 

item, adv., likewise, again, also. 

iter, itineris, n., journey, road, right 



of way, march ; ex itinere, on the 
march; iter facere, to march. 

iterum, adv., again, a second time. 

iubeo, ere, iussi, iussus, order, bid, 
command, w. inf. 

iucundus, a, um, adj., pleasing, agree- 
able, entertaining. 

iudex, icis, m., judge. 

iudico, are, avi, atus, judge, decide. 

iugum, i, n., yoke. 

Iulius, lull, m., Julius. 

iumentum, i, n., beast of burden, 
draft animal. 

iiinior, ius, comp. adj., younger. 

Iiira, ae, m., Jura, a chain of moun- 
tains extending from the Rhine to 
the Rhone. 

ius, iuris, n., right, justice, law. 

iustitia, ae, /, justice. 

iustus, a, um, adj., just, right, fair, 
equitable. 

iuvenis, is, m., young man. 

iuvo, are, iuvi, iutus, assist, help, aid, 
w. ace. 



L., abbreviation for Lucius. 
Labienus, i, m., Labienus, one of 

Caesar's lieutenants. 
labor, oris, ;;/., labor, work, toil. 
lacesso, ere, ivi, itus, excite, attack, 

harass, irritate. 
lacrima, ae,/, tear. 
lacus, us, m., lake. 
laetus, a, um, adj., joyful, glad. 
lapis, idis, m., stone. 
latitiido, inis, /, width, breadth, 
latus, a, um, adj., wide, broad. 
latus, eris, n., side, flank, wing (of 

an army). 



38o 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



laudo, are, avi, atus, praise. 

legatio, onis,/, embassy, legation. 

legatus, 1, m., lieutenant, ambassador. 

legio, onis, /., legion, consisting of 
ten cohorts, from 4000 to 6000 men. 

lego, ere, legi, lectus, gather, collect; 
read. 

leniter, adv., smoothly, gently. 

levis, e, adj., light. 

lex, legis, /, law. 

libenter, adv., gladly, willingly. 

liber, bri, m., book. 

liber, era, erum, adj., free. 

liberalitas, atis, /., kindness, gener- 
osity, liberality. 

liberi, orum, m. pi., children (of free- 
born parents). 

libero, are, avi, atus, free, deliver, 
liberate. 

Liger, eris, m., the Loire. 

Lingones, um, m. pi., the Lingones. 

Liscus, 1, m., Liscus. 

locus, 1, m., place, position; in pi. n., 
loca, orum. 

longe, adv., far away, distant. 

longitudo, inis,/, length. 

longus, a, um, adj., long. 

loquor, 1, cutus sum, speak, plead, 
talk. 

ludo, ere, si, sus, play, sport, make 
fun of, ridicule. 

lux, lucis, /, light; prima luce, at 
daybreak. 

M 

M., abbreviation for Marcus, 
magis, comp. adv., more, 
magister, tri, m., teacher, master. 
magnitudo, inis, /, greatness, size, 
magnitude. 



magnopere, adv., greatly, very much, 
exceedingly. 

magnus, a, um, adj., great, large ; 
magnis itineribus, by forced 
marches. 

maior, ius, comp. of magnus, greater, 
larger. 

maiores, um, m. pi., ancestors. 

male, adv., badly, ill, wickedly. 

maleficium, malefic!, n., evil deed, 
injury, wrong. 

malo, malle, malui, — , prefer, wish 
rather. 

malum, 1, n., evil thing, misfortune, 
calamity. 

malus, a, um, adj., evil, wicked, bad, 
injurious. 

mandatum, 1, n., injunction, com- 
mand, order. 

mando, are, avi, atus, order, com- 
mand, commit, intrust. 

maneo, ere, mansi, surus, remain, 
await. 

manus, us,/, hand, band. 

mare, is, n., sea. 

maritimus, a, um, adj., pertaining to 
the sea, maritime. 

mater, tris,/, mother. 

maturo, are, avi, atus, hasten, make 
haste. 

maturus, a, um, adj., ripe, fit, early. 

maxime, superl, adv., especially. 

maximus, a, um, superl. adj., great- 
est, largest, very large. 

medius, a, um, adj., middle ; medio 
colle, on the middle of the hill. 

melior, ius, comp. adj., better. 

memoria, ae,f, memory. 

Menapii, orum, m. pi., the Menapii. 

mens, mentis,/, mind, soul. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



381 



mensis, is, m., month. 

mercator, oris, m., merchant, trader. 

metus, us, m., fear. 

meus, a, wm,poss. pron., my, mine. 

miles, itis, in., soldier. 

militaris, e, adj., pertaining to a 
soldier, military. 

mille, thousand; pi. milia, ium, n., 
thousands. 

minime, superl. adv., not at all, by 
no means, least; minime vero, 
certainly not. 

minimus, a, um, adj., superl. of par- 
vus, very small, least. 

minor, us, comp. adj., less, younger. 

mirus, a, um, adj., wonderful, strange, 
remarkable. 

miser, era, erum, adj., wretched, un- 
happy. 

mitto, ere, misi, missus, send, dis- 
miss; hurl, cast. 

modus, 1, 7?t., manner, end, limit; 
way. 

moenia, ium, n. pi., walls, walls of a 
city, ramparts. 

molestus, a, um, adj., annoying, dis- 
agreeable, unpleasant, troublesome. 

moneo, ere, ui, itus, warn, advise. 

mons, montis, m., mountain. 

mora, ae,/, delay. 

Morini, orum, m. pi., the Morini. 

morior, mori, mortuus sum, die. 

moror, ari, atus sum, delay, wait, 
hinder. 

mors, mortis,/, death. 

mos, moris, m., custom, manner ; pi., 
manners, character. 

moved, ere, movi, motus, move, ex- 
cite, disturb. 

mulier, eris,/, woman. 



multitudo, inis, /, multitude, great 
number. 

multum, adv., much. 

multus, a, um, adj., much ; pl. t 
many. 

munio, ire, ivi, itus, fortify, defend 
with a wall, defend. 

munitio, onis, /., fortification, de- 
fense. 

munitus, a, um, adj., defended, 
fortified. 

miinus, eris, n., duty, present, work. 

murus, i, m., wall. 

mus, muris, m., mouse. 

musa, ae,/, a muse. 

miito, are, avi, atus, change, alter. 

N 
nam, conj., for. 
nanciscor, i, nactus or nanctus sum, 

get, obtain, find. 

narro, are, avi, atus, tell, relate, 
narrate. 

natio, onis,/, race, nation, people. 

natura, ae, /, nature, character, dis- 
position. 

nauta, ae, m., sailor. 

navigo, are, avi, atus, sail, set sail. 

navis, is, /, ship, boat. 

ne, conj., that not, that, lest ; tvith a 
participle, from ; ne . . . quidem, 
not . . . even. 

-ne, enclitic, used in asking questions. 

necesse, n. adj., necessary, unavoid- 
able. 

necessitiido, inis, /, necessity, alli- 
ance, friendship. 

nego, are, avi, atus, deny, say not. 

negotium, negoti, n., business, occu- 
pation; trouble, difficulty. 



382 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



nemo, dat. nemini, m. and f., no one, 

nobody. 
neque or nee, conj., and not, nor; ne- 

que . . . neque, neither . . . nor. 
Nervii, drum, m. pi., the Nervii, a 

warlike people of Gaul. 
nescio,. ire, Ivi, — , not know, be 

ignorant, 
neuter, tra, trum, adj., neither. 
nihil, n., indecl., nothing, 
nimium, adv., too much. 
nisi, conj., unless, if not, except, 
no, are, avi, — , swim. 
nobilitas, atis,/, nobility, nobles, 
noceo, ere, ui, iturus, injure, do harm 

to, w. dat. 
noctu, adv., by night. 
nolo, nolle, nolui, — , be unwilling, 

not to wish. 
n5men, inis, n., name. 
nSmino, are, avi, atus, name, call by 

name. 
non, adv., not ; non solum . . . sed 

etiam, not only . . . but also. 
nondum, adv., not yet. 
nonne, adv., not ? expecting an affir- 
mative answer. 
nonus, a, um, ord. num., ninth. 
nos, nostrum, pers. pron., we. 
noster, tra, trum, poss. pron. our, 

ours; nostri, orum, m. pi., our men. 
novem, card, num., nine. 
Noviodunum, I, n., Noviodunum, a 

city in Gaul. 
novus, a, um, adj., new, young. 
nox, noctis, /, night; prima nocte, 

at nightfall. 
nubes, is,/, cloud. 
nudus, a, um, adj., bare, stripped, ex- 
posed, deprived of. 



nullus, a, um, adj., none, no, not any. 

num, adv., in direct questions expects 
the ajts-cver no; in indirect it is 
translated whether. 

numerus, I, m., number, quantity. 

nunc, adv., now, at this time. 

nunquam (numquam), adv., never. 

niintio, are, avi, atus, announce, re- 
port, declare. 

nuntius, nunti, m., messenger. 

niiper, adv., recently. 



Ob, prep. w. ace, on account of. 
obses, idis, m. and f., hostage. 
obsideo, ere, sedi, sessus, besiege, 

blockade, 
obsisto, ere, stiti, stitiirus, stand in 

the way of, oppose, resist, w. dat. 
obsum, esse, fui, futurus, be a dis- 
advantage to, injure, w. dat. 
obtineo, ere, ui, tentus, hold, obtain, 

possess, occupy. 
OCCasus, us, m., setting, falling; 

occasus solis, sunset, 
occido, ere, cidi, cisus, strike down, 

kill. 
occupatus, a, um, adj., busy, occupied. 
occupo, are, avi, atus, seize, hold, 

occupy. 
occurro, ere, curri, cursiirus, run to 

meet, meet, come upon, hnd, 7cj. dat. 
OCtavus, a, um, ord. num., eighth. 
OCto, card, num., eight. 
OCulus, i, m., eye; ex oculis, out of 

sight. 
omnino, adv., altogether, wholly, at all. 
omnis, e, adj., all, every; sua omnia, 

n. pi., all their property. 
onus, eris, n., burden, weight. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



383 



opinio, onis,/, opinion, reputation. 
oppidani, orum, m. pi., townsmen, in- 
habitants of the town. 
oppidum, 1, n., town. 
opprimo, ere, pressi, pressus, oppress, 

crush, overwhelm, overpower. 
oppugno, are, avi, atus, storm, attack, 

assault, besiege. 
optimus, a, um, superl. adj., best. 
opus, eris, n., work, labor. 
ora, ae,/, shore, coast; ora maritima, 

seashore. 
oratio, onis,/, speech, oration. 
orator, oris, m., speaker, orator. 
ordo, inis, m., rank, row, order, 

arrangement. 
Orgetorix, igis, m., Orgetorix, leader 

of the Helvetii. 
orior, iri, ortus sum, arise, rise, begin. 
orno, are, avi, atus, adorn, equip, 

furnish, 
ostendo, ere, di, tus, show, display, 

exhibit. 



P., abbreviation for Publius. 

pabulum, i, «.-, fodder, forage. 

paco, are, avi, atus, pacify, subdue. 

paene, adv., almost, nearly. 

pagus, i, m., district, canton. 

paliis, udis,/, swamp, marsh. 

paratus, a, um, adj., ready, prepared. 

parco, ere, peperci, parsus, spare, w. 
dat. 

paro, are, avi, atus, get ready, pre- 
pare; procure. 

pars, partis,/, part, direction. 

parum, adv., too little, not enough. 

parvus, a, um, adj., small, little. 

passus, us, m., pace, consisting of jive 



Roman feet ; passus mille, thou- 
sand paces, (a Roman) mile. 

patefacio, ere, feci, factus, open, 
throw open. 

pater, tris, m., father. 

patior, i, passus sum, allow, suffer, 
endure. 

patria, ae, /., native country, father- 
land. 

pauci, ae, a, pi. adj., few. 

paucitas, atis, /, smallness, small 
number. 

pax, pacis,/, peace. 

pecunia, ae, /, money. 

pedester, tris, tre, adj., belonging to a 
foot soldier, pedestrian; pedestres 
cSpiae, infantry forces. 

Pedius, Pedi, m., Quintus Pedius. 

peior, ius, comp. adj., worse. 

pello, ere, pepuli, pulsus, beat, strike, 
rout, drive. 

per, prep. w. ace, through, over, 
across, by, during. 

perago, ere, egi, actus, finish, com- 
plete, accomplish. 

perduco, ere, duxi, ductus, lead 
through, lead, prolong. 

perfero, ferre, tuli, latus, bring 
through, bring to an end ; endure. 

perfringo, ere, fregi, fractus, break 
through, destroy. 

perfuga, ae, m., deserter. 

periculosus, a, um, adj., dangerous. 

periculum, i, n., danger. 

peritus, a, um, adj., experienced, 
skilled, familiar with. 

permitt5, ere, misi, missus, give up, 
intrust, permit. 

permoveo, ere, movi, motus, alarm, 
move thoroughly, excite. 



3^4 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



perpetuus, a, um, adj., perpetual, 

everlasting. 
perspicio, ere, spexi, spectus, see 

through, perceive. 
persuadeo, ere, suasi, suasurus, per- 
suade, w. dat. 
perterreo, ere, ui, itus, terrify 

thoroughly, frighten, 
pertineo, ere, ui, tentus, extend, 

pertain to, belong to. 
perturbo, are, avi, atus, throw into 

confusion, disturb. 
pervenio, ire, veni, ventiirus, come 

to, arrive at, reach. 
pes, pedis, m., foot. 
pessimus, a, um, superl. adj , worst. 
peto, ere, ivi or ii, itus, seek, beg, 

entreat, attack, 
phalanx, angis,/, phalanx, battalion. 
pilum, l, n., javelin. 
plane, adv., plainly, clearly, 
planities, el,/., plain. 
plebs, ebis,/, the common people. 
plurimus, a, um, superl. adj., very 

much, most ; pi., very many. 
plus, pluris, comp. adj., more. 
poeta, ae, m., poet. 
polliceor, eri, itus sum, promise, 
pono, ere, posui, positus, place, put, 

pitch, set, establish, 
pons, pontis, m., bridge. 
populor, an, atus sum, lay waste, 

ravage, devastate. 
populus, l, ;«., people. 
porta, ae,/, gate, door. 
porto ; are, avi, atus. carry, bear, 
posco, ere, poposci, — , demand. 
possessi5, onis,/, possession. 
possum, posse, potui, — , be able, 

can. 



post, prep. w. ace, after, behind; 

adv., after. 
posterus, a, um, adj., next, following. 
postquam, conj., after. 
postridie, adv., on the day after, w. 

gen. 
postulatum, l, n., demand, request, 
postulo, are, avi, atus, demand, 

request. 
potens, entis, adj., powerful, 
potentia, ae,/, power. 
potestas, atis, /., power, authority. 
potior, in, itus sum, become master 

of, get control of, w. abl. 
potius, adv., rather, more, 
prae, prep. w. abl., in front of, before, 
praebeo, ere, ui, itus, furnish, offer, 

show, present. 
praeceps, ipitis, adj., headlong. 
praedico, are, avi, atus, assert, 

declare. 
praefectus, us, m., prefect, a Roman 

officer. 
praefici5, ere, feci, fectus, place in 

command of, w. ace. and dat. 
praernitto, ere, misi, missus, send 

forward or ahead. 
praemium, praemi, n., reward. 
praesertim, adv., especially, par- 
ticularly. 
praesidium, praesidi, n., defense, 

guard, garrison, protection. 
praesto, are, stiti, stitus, stand out, 

be superior, excel. 
praesum, esse, fui, — , be at the 

head of, be over, command, w. dat. 
praeter, prep. w. ace, before, in front 

of, beyond. 
praeterea, adv., in addition, besides. 
primo, adv., at first, at the beginning. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



385 



primum, adv., first, in the first place; 
primum omnium, first of all. 

primus, a, um, adj., first. 

princeps, ipis, m., chief, leading man. 

principatus, us, m*, chief place, 
leadership. 

prior, ius, comp. adj., former, pre- 
vious. 

pristinus, a, um, adj., former. 

priusquam, conj., before ; often prius 
. . . quam. 

privatus, a, um, adj., private. 

privo, are, avi, atus, deprive, rob. 

pro, prep. w. abl., in front of, before, 
in behalf of, for, instead of, as. 

probo, are, avi, atus, approve. 

procedo, ere, cessi, cessiirus, go 
forward, advance, proceed. 

Procillus, i, m., Procillus. 

procul, adv., in the distance, at a 
distance. 

prodiico, ere, duxi, ductus, lead forth 
or forward, bring forward. 

proelium, proeli, n., battle; proelium 
committere, to engage or join in 
battle. 

profectio, orris, /, setting out, de- 
parture. 

proficiscor, i, fectus sum, set out, 
advance, depart, march. 

prohibeo, ere, ui, itus, restrain, hin- 
der, prevent, keep from, prohibit. 

proicio, ere, ieci, iectus, throw down, 
throw, fling forward; abandon. 

promitto, ere, misi, missus, send 
forth, promise. 

promove5, ere, movi, motus, move 
forward, advance. 

prope, adv., near, nearly. 

propero, are, avi, atus, hasten. 



propior, ius, comp. of prope, nearer. 
propter, prep. w. ace, because of, on 

account of. 
prosum, prodesse, fui, futurus, be of 

use, benefit, profit, w. dat. 
provideo, ere, vidi, visus, look be- 
fore, provide, foresee. 
provincia, ae, f, province. 
proxime, superl. adv., very near, most 

recently, last. 
proximus, a, um, superl. adj., very 

near, nearest, next, last. 
prudenter, adv., prudently, wisely. 
puella, ae,/, girl. 
puer, eri, m., boy ; pi., children. 
pugna, ae,/, battle, fight. 
pugno, are, avi, atus, fight ; pugna- 

tum est, they fought. 
pulcher, chra, chrum, adj., beautiful. 
pulchre, adv., beautifully. 
puto, are, avi, atus, think, suppose, 

reckon, consider. 



Q., abbreviation for Quintus. 

qua, adv., by which place, where; 
qua de causa, prepositional phrase, 
for this reason, therefore, why. 

quaero, ere, quaesivi or ii, itus, ask, 
seek, inquire. 

quam, conj., than; adv., how, as much 
as, as, than ; quam minimum, as 
small as possible. 

quamquam, conj., although, and yet. 

quando, adv., at what time, when. 

quantus, a, um, adj., how great. 

quare, adv., by what means, where- 
fore, why, therefore. 

quartus, a, um, ord. num., fourth. 

quattuor, card, num., four. 



386 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



-que, particle affixed to the word it 

annexes, and. 
qui, quae, quod, rel. pron., who, 

which, what, that. 
quidam, quaedam, quoddam, indef. 
pron., a certain, certain one, some. 
quidem, adv., indeed, even, 
quin, conj., that not, but that, lest ; 

with a participle, from. 
quindecim, card, num., fifteen. 
quingenti, ae, a, card, num., five 

hundred. 
quinquaginta, card, num., fifty. 
quinque, card, num., five. 
quintus, a, um, ord. num., fifth, 
quis, quae, quid, interrog. pron., \ 

who ? which ? what ? as indef. 

pron. after si, ne, num, any one, 

anything. 
quisquam, quaequam, quicquam or 

quidquam, indef. pron., any one, 

anybody, anything, 
quisque, quaeque, quodque or quid- 

que, indef. pron., each, every, each 

one, everybody, everything. 
quo, adv., whither, where. 
quod, conj., because. 
quondam, adv., once, at one time, 

formerly, 
quoque, adv., also, too, placed after 

the emphatic word. 

R 

ratio, onis,/, reason, method, plan, 

manner, 
recens, entis, adj., fresh, recent, 
recipio, ere, cepi, ceptus, take back, 

recover ; se recipere, to betake 

themselves, retire, retreat, 
reciiso, are, avi, atus, refuse, decline. 



reddo, ere, didi, ditus, give back, re- 
turn, restore, surrender. 

redigo, ere, egi, actus, lead back, 
render, reduce. 

redimo, ere, em!, emptus, buy off, 
release, ransom. 

reduco, ere, duxi, ductus, lead back. 

refero, ferre, rettuli, relatus, bear or 
bring back, report, announce. 

reficio, ere, feci, fectus, refresh, re- 
pair. 

refringo, ere, fregi, fractus, break 
open, break in pieces, break down. 

regina, ae,/, queen. 

regio, onis,/, region, district. 

regnum, i, n., royal power, throne, 
kingdom. 

rego, ere, rexi, rectus, rule, guide, 
direct, govern. 

relanguesco, ere, langui, — , grow 
languid or faint, become weary or 
weak. 

relinquo, ere, liqui, lictus, leave, 
leave behind ; pass., remain. 

reliquus, a, um, adj., remaining, rest 
of ; reliqui, drum, m. pi., the 
rest. 

remaneo, ere, mansi, mansiirus, re- 
main. 

Remi, orum, m. pi., the Remi, a 
people of Gaul. 

removeo, ere, movi, motus, remove. 

remus, i, m., oar. 

renovo, are, avi, atus, renew. 

repello, ere, reppuli, repulsus, drive 
back, repulse. 

repentinus, a, um, adj., sudden, un- 
expected. 

reperio, ire, repperi, repertus, find 
out, find, discover, ascertain. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



38; 



reprehendo, ere, 1, hensus, blame, 
censure, find fault with. 

res, rei, /, thing, matter, affair, fact, 
event, circumstances; res frumen- 
taria, /, grain supply; res mili- 
taris, /., military affairs. 

resisto, ere, stiti, — , resist, oppose, 
w. dat. 

respondeo, ere, spondi, sponsus, re- 
ply, respond, answer. 

responsum, 1, ;?., reply, response. 

restituo, ere, ui, utus, restore, rebuild, 
give back. 

retineo, ere, ui, tentus, hold back, 
restrain, retain. 

revertor, 1, versus sum, deponent 
except in the perf. system which has 
reverti, reverteram, etc., from re- 
verto, ere, i, turn back, return ; 
come or go back. 

revoco, are, avi, atiis, call back, 
withdraw. 

rex, regis, m., king. 

Rhenus, i, m., the Rhine, the dividing 
river between Gaul and Germany. 

Rhodanus, 1, m., the Rhone. 

ripa, ae,/, bank, river bank. 

rogo, are, avi, atus, ask, question. 

Roma, ae,yC, Rome. 

Romanus, a, um, adj., Roman. 

rosa, ae,/, rose. 

rumor, oris, m., rumor, report. 

rursus, adv., again. 

rus, ruris, n. t country {opposed to 
city). 



Sabinus, 1, m., Sabinus. 
saepe, adv., often. 
saepes, is,/, hedge. 



saepius, comp. ad%>., more often. 

sagitta, ae,/, arrow. 

Sagittarius, sagittari, m., archer, 
bowman. 

salus, utis,/, safety. 

salvus, a, um, adj., safe. 

sane, adv., by all means, truly, of 
course, certainly. 

sapiens, entis, adj., wise. 

sarcina, ae, /, bundle; pi., personal 
baggage. 

satis, adj. and adv., enough, suffi- 
ciently. 

scientia, ae, /., knowledge, skill, sci- 
ence. 

scio, ire, ivi, itus, know, understand. 

scribo, ere, scripsi, scrip tus, write. 

scutum, i, n., shield. 

se, see sui; se suaque omnia, them- 
selves and all their belongings. 

secundus, a, um, adj., second, favor- 
able. 

sed, conj., but. 

sedes, is, /, seat, abode, dwelling 
place. 

sedile, is, n., seat, abode. 

semper, adv., always. 

senatus, us, m., senate. 

senex, senis, adj., old, aged ; as subst., 
m , old man. 

senior, ius, comp. adj., older. 

sentio, ire, sensi, sensus, feel, know. 

septem, card, num., seven. 

Septimus, a, um, ord. num., seventh. 

Sequani, orum, m. pi., the Sequani. 

sequor, 1, cutus sum, follow, pursue. 

servitus, utis, /, slavery, servitude. 

servus, i, m., slave, servant. 

sescenti, ae, a, card, num., six hun- 
dred. 



388 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



sex, card, num., six. 

sextus, a, um, ord. num., sixth. 

si, conj., if. 

signifer, eri, m., standard bearer. 

signum, l, »., standard, signal. 

silva, see,/., wood, woods, forest. 

similis, e, adj., like, similar. 

simul ac, conj , as soon as. 

sine, prep. w. ad/., without. 

singularis, e, adj., singular, extraordi- 
nary, remarkable. 

singuli, ae, a, num. distributive adj., 
single, individual, separate ; one 
by one. 

sinister, tra, trum, adj., left. 

socius, soci, 7/1., ally. 

sol, solis, ;;/., sun. 

soleo, ere, itus sum, be wont, be 
accustomed, use. 

solus, a, um, adj., alone, only. 

Sontiates, um, m. pi., the Sontiates. 

soror, oris,/, sister. 

spatium, spati, n., space, distance, 
time. 

species, el,/., appearance, sight. 

speculator, oris, m., spy. 

spes, spei,/, hope. 

spiritus, us, 7ii., spirit, pride, inso- 
lence. 

sponte, abl., of one's accord, volun- 
tarily ; mea sponte, of my own 
accord. 

statim, adv., suddenly, immediately, 
at once. 

statura, ae,/, stature, height. 

stella, ae,/, star. 

stipendiarius, a, um, adj., tributary; 
pi., as subst., stipendiarii, 5rum, 
tributaries. 

strepitus, us, m. t noise, din, roar. 



studeo, ere, ui, — , desire, pay atten- 
tion to, iv. dat. 

studium, studi, 7i., desire, zeal. 

sub, prep. w. ace. and abl., under; 
sub monte, at the foot of the moun- 
tain. 

subito, adv., suddenly. 

subitus, a, um, adj., sudden. 

subsidium, subsidi, n., help, assist- 
ance, relief, reenforcement. 

succedo, ere, cessi, cessurus, come 
up, approach, take the place of, 
succeed. 

Suessiones, um, 7u.pl., the Suessiones. 

sui, sibi, se, se, rejlex. pron., of him- 
self, herself, itself, themselves ; 
inter se, to one another. 

sum, esse, fui, futiirus, be. 

summa, ae,/, leadership. 

summus, a, um, superl. adj , highest, 
top of, greatest, utmost. 

super, prep. w. ace. ajid abl., over, 
above, upon, on the top of. 

superior, ius, comp. adj., former, 
higher, upper. 

supero, are, avi, atus, overcome, 
conquer, surpass, pass over, as- 
cend. 

supersum, esse, fui, futiirus, be over, 
remain, survive. 

suppeto, ere, Ivi or ii, iturus, be at 
hand. 

supplex, icis, m. a/id f., suppliant. 

supplicatio, onis, /, supplication, 
prayer, entreaty, thanksgiving. 

supremus, a, um, see summus. 

sustineo, ere, ui, tentus, sustain, en- 
dure, hold out. 

suus, a, um, poss. pron., his, hers, its, 
her; their, theirs; his own, etc. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



389 



T., abbreviation for Titus. 

talis, e, adj., such a. 

tarn, adv., so. 

tamen, conj., yet, nevertheless. 

tandem, adv., at last, at length, 
finally. 

tantus, a, um, adj., so great. 

Tarusates, ium, m. pi., the Tarusates. 

telum, 1, n., missile, dart, weapon, 
javelin, spear. 

tempestas, atis, /., storm, tempest, 
weather. 

tempto, are, avi, atus, try, tempt, 
attempt. 

tempus, oris, n., time. 

teneo, ere, ui, tus, hold, keep, pos- 
sess. 

tergum, i, n., the back ; terga 
vertere, to turn the back, flee, 
retreat. 

terra, ae,/, land. 

terreo, ere, ui, itus, terrify, frighten. 

terror, oris, m., terror, fright. 

tertius, a, um, ord. num., third. 

testudo, inis,/, shed, shelter, tortoise- 
shaped covering ; roof of shields. 

Tigurinus, i, /;?., Tigurinus, a dis- 
trict in Helvetia. 

timeo, ere, ui, — , fear, be afraid of. 

timor, oris, m., fear. 

tormentum, i, n., an engine for hurl- 
ing missiles, hurling engine. 

totus, a, um, adj., whole, entire. 

trado, ere, didi, ditus, give up, sur- 
render. 

traduco, ere, diixi, ductus, lead or 
carry across, transport. 

trans, prep. w. ace, across, over, 
beyond. 



transeo, ire, ii or ivi, itus, go across, 

cross. 
transgredior, i, gressus sum, go over, 

cross. 
transporto, are, avi, atus, carry 

across or over, transport. 
tres, tria, card, num., three. 
Treveri, orum, m. pi., the Treveri. 
tribunus, i, m., tribune. 
triginta, card, num., thirty. 
triplex, icis, adj., threefold, triple, 
tristis, e, adj., sad. 
tu, tui, pers. pron., thou, you. 
tuba, ae,/, trumpet. 
turn, adv., then, at that time, 
tumultus, us, m., tumult, uprising, 

confusion. 
tumulus, i, m., mound, hill. 
turpitiido, inis,/, disgrace, shame, 
turris, is,/, tower. 
tuto, adv., safely, in safety, 
tutus, a, um, adj., safe, 
tuus, a, um, poss. pron., thy, thine, 

your, yours. 



ubi, conj., where, when. 
ullus, a, um, adj., any. 
ulterior, ius, comp. adj., farther, 
ultimus, a, um, superl. adj., last, 

farthest, most remote, 
ultra, prep. w. ace, on the other side, 

beyond, 
unde, adv., from which place, whence, 
undecim, card, num., eleven, 
undique, adv., from all sides. 
universus, a, um, adj., all together, 

whole, entire, 
unus, a, um, card, num., one. 
urbs, urbis,/, city. 



390 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



urgeo, ere, ursi, — , urge, press hard, 

beset. 
usque, adv., even, as far as, all the 

way to. 
usus, us, m., experience, use. 
ut, conj., that, in order that, so that; 

after verbs of fearing, that not; w. 

ind., as, when; w. subj., often 

translated by the present infinitive; 

ut primum, conj., as soon as, w. 

ind. 
uter, utra, utrum, adj., which of 

two. 
uterque, utraque, utrumque, adj., 

each, either, each one, both. 
utinam, adv. w. subj., I wish that ! 

would that ! 
utor, I, usus sum, use, enjoy, employ, 

w. abl. 



vadum, l, n., ford. 

valeo, ere, ui, iturus, be well, be 
strong, avail; vale, farewell. 

voiles or vallis, is, f, valley. 

vallum, I, n., wall, rampart. 

varius, a, um, adj., various, different. 

vasto, are, avi, atus, lay waste, devas- 
tate. 

vastus, a, um, adj., vast. 

vectigal, alis, n., tax, revenue, tribute. 

vehementer, adv., eagerly, violently, 
vehemently. 

veho, ere, vexi, vectus, carry, bear; 
pass., currii vehi, to ride in a 
chariot; equd or equis vehi, to 
ride on horseback. 

velum, l, n., sail. 

Veneti, orum, m. pi., the Veneti. 

venio, ire, veni, venturus, come. 



Verbigenus, I, w., Verbigenus. 
vereor, eri, itus sum, fear, be afraid. 
Vergilius, l, m., Vergil (70-19 B.C.), 

a great Latin poet. 
vergo, ere, — , — , turn, be situated, 

slope. 
vero, postpositive adv., in truth, 

surely, certainly, yes, but, though, 
vertex, icis, m., top, summit. 
verto, ere, 1, versus, turn; se vertere, 

to wheel about. 
vescor, 1, — , — , take food, eat, feed 

upon, w. abl. 
Vesonti5, onis, m., Vesontio, a city in 

Gaul, 
vesper, eri, m., evening; sub ves- 

perum, towards evening, 
vester, tra, trum, poss. pron., your, 

yours. 
vetus, eris, adj., old, former, of long 

standing, 
vexillum, 1, n., banner, flag, 
via, ae,/, road, way. 
victoria, ae, /, victory. 
vicus, i, vi., village. 
video, ere, vidi, visus, see; pass., be 

seen, seem, 
vigilanter, adv., watchfully, 
vigilantia, ae,/, vigilance, watchful- 
ness. 
vigilia, ae, /, watch of the night 

(fourth part of the night). 
viginti, card, num., twenty, 
villa, ae, f, farmhouse, 
vincio, ire, vinxi, vinctus, bind, 
vinco, ere, vici, victus, conquer, 

overcome, 
vinea, ae, f, shed (for protecting be- 
siegers'). 
vinum, i, n., wine. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



391 



vir, viri, m., man. 

virgo, inis,/, virgin, maid. 

Viridovix, icis, m., Viridovix, a chief 

of the Venelli. 
virtus, utis, /., manhood, bravery, 

courage, valor, virtue. 
vis, (vis),/, strength, force, power; 

pi., vires, ium, strength, 
vita, ae,/, life. 
vivo, ere, vixi, victiirus, live. 



vix, adv., hardly, scarcely, with diffi- 
culty. 
Vocates, ium, m. pi., the Vocates. 
voco, are, avi, atus, call, summon. 
V0l6, velle, volui, — , wish, be willing, 
vos, vestrum, pi. of tu., you. 
VOX, vocis,/, voice, word, 
vulgus, 1, n., crowd, common people. 
vulnero, are, avi, atus, wound. 
vulnus, eris, n., wound. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 



abandon, relinquo, ere, liqui, lictus. 
able : be able, possum, posse, potui. 
abode, sedes, is,/. 
about, de, w. abl. ; circum, w. ace. ; 

circiter, adv. ; about to, sign of first 

periphrastic conjugation. 
absent : be absent, absum, esse, afui, 

afutiirus. 
accept, accipio, ere, cepi, ceptus. 
accomplish, conficio, ere, feci, fectus. 
accord : of his own accord, of my 

own accord, sua sponte, mea sponte. 
account: on account of, propter, w. 

ace. ; abl. of cause. 
accustomed : be accustomed, perf. 

of consuesco, ere, suevi, consuetus; 

soleo, ere, itus sum. 
across, trans, w, ace. 
Aduatuci, AduatucI, orum, m. pi. 
advance, prdcedo, ere, cessi, cessurus. 
advise, moneo, ere, ui, itus. 
Aeduans, AeduT, 5rum, m. pi. 
affect, adficio, ere, feci, fectus. 
after, post, w. ace. ; postquam, conj. 
again, iterum. 

against, in or contra, w. ace. 
ago, ante. 

aid, auxilium, auxilT, r 
all, omnis, e; totus, a, um; at all, 

omnlno. 
Allobroges, Allobroges, um, m. pi. 
ally, socius, socl, m. 

392 



almost, paene, prope. 

along, per, w. ace. ; secundum, w. ace. 

Alps, Alpes, ium, / //. 

also, quoque, following emphatic 

word ; etiam. 
although, cum, w. subj. ; sign of abl. 

abs. 
always, semper, 
am, sum, esse, ful, futurus. 
ambassador, legatus, I, m. 
ambush, insidiae, arum, f. pi. 
among, in, w. abl. ; apud printer, w. ace. 
anchor, ancora, ae,/ 
and, et, -que, atque; and so, itaque. 
announce, nuntio, are, avi, atus ; 

praedico, are, avi, atus. 
annoy, lacess5, ere, l-VT, itus. 
annoying, molestus, a, um. 
another, alius, a, ud ; to one another, 

inter se; of another, alienus, a, um. 
answer, respondeo, ere, di, sponsus. 
any (person or thing), ullus, a, um; 

aliquis, qua, quid (quod); quis- 

quam, quidquam. 
approach, appropinquo, are, avi, atus; 

adeo, Ire, ii, itus; accedo, ere, cessi, 

cessurus. 
Aquitania, Aqultania, ae,/ 
Aquitanians (Aquitani), Aquitani, 

orum, m . pi. 
Arar, Arar, aris, in. 
Ariovistus, Ariovistus, T, m. 
arm, armo, are, avi, atus. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 



393 



armed men, armatl, orum, m. pi. 

arms, arma, orum, n. pi. 

army, exercitus, us, m. 

arrival, adventus, us, m. 

arrogance, adrogantia, ae, f. 

arrow, sagitta, ae, / 

as, ut, sign of double dat.; as soon 

as, simul ac or atque, cum primum. 
ask, quaer5, ere, slvl, situs. 
assault, oppugno, are, avi, atus; take 

by assault, expugno, are, avi, atus. 
assist, iuvd, are, iuvl, iutus, w. ace.; 

adsum, esse, ful, futurus, w. dat. 
at, ad, w. ace. ; sub, w. ace. ; in, w. 

abl. ; sign- of abl. 
Athens, Athenae, arum,///. 
attack, impetus, us, m. ; make an 

attack, impetum facio, ere, feci, 

factus, w. in and ace. 
attack, oppugn5, are, avi, atus; impe- 
tum facio, ere, feci, factus, w. in and 

ace. 
attempt, conatus, us, m. 
away: be away, absum, esse, afui, 

afuturus. 

B 

bad, malus, a, um; improbus, a, um. 

baggage, impedimenta, 5rum, n. pi. 

band, manus, us,/ 

bank (of river), rlpa, ae,/ 

barbarous, barbarus, a, um. 

battle, proelium, proell, n. ; pugna, 

ae,/ 
be, sum, esse, ful, futurus. 
bear, fer5, ferre, tull, latus. 
bear against, Infero, ferre, tull, latus, 

w. dat. 
bear away or off, aufer5, ferre, 

abstuli, ablatus. 



beast of burden, iumentum, I, n. 
beautiful, pulcher, chra, chrum. 
because, quod ; because of, propter, 

w. ace. 
become, flo, fieri, factus sum. 
become master of, potior, iri, itus 

sum, w. abl. 
become weak, relanguesco, ere, lan- 

gui, — • 
before, prae or pro, w. abl. ; ante, 

w. ace. ; adv., ante, 
beg : beg for, peto, ere, IvI or ii, Itus. 
begin, initium facio, ere, feci, factus ; 

began, coepl, isse. 
beginning, initium, initi, n. 
Belgae, Belgae, arum, m. pi. 
best, optimus, a, um. 
better, melior, ius. 
between, inter, w. ace. ; be between, 

intercedo, ere cessl, cessurus. 
beyond, praeter or ultra, w. ace. 
bind, delig5, are, avi, atus. 
blame, culpd, are, avi, atus ; repre- 
hends, ere, I, hensus ; incus5, are, 

avi, atus. 
blot out, deleo, ere, evl, etus. 
boar : wild boar, aper, aprl, m. 
boat, navis, is, / / cymba, ae, / 
body, corpus, oris, n. 
bold, audax, acis. 
boldness, audacia, ae,/ 
book, liber, brl, m. 
both, uterque, utraque, utrumque ; 

both . . . and, et . . . et. 
boy, puer, en, m. 
brave, fortis, e. 
bravely, fortiter. 
bravery, virtus, utis, / 
break down, refringo, ere, fregi, frac- 

tus. 



394 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



bridge, p5ns, pontis, m. 

briefly, breviter. 

bright, clarus, a, um. 

bring, ferS, ferre, tuli, latus ; ports, 

are, avl, at us. 
bring down, defers, ferre, tuli, latus. 
bring over, transports, are, avl, atus. 
bring to an end, cSntkiS, ere, feci, 

fectus. 
bring together, cSnferS, ferre, tuli, 

latus ; conduco, ere, duxl, ductus ; 

comporto, are, avl, atus. 
bring upon, infero, ferre, tuli, latus. 
bring up the rear, agmen claudS, ere, 

clausT, clausus. 
broad, latus, a, um. 
brother, frater, tris, m. 
build, faciS, ere, feci, factus; aedificS, 

are, avl, atus. 
building, aedificium, aedificl, n. 
but, sed, autem {postpositive) ; but 

that, quln, w. subj. 
by, a or ab, w. abl. ; abl. of means. 



Caesar, Caesar, aris, m. 

Call, voc5, are, avl, atus ; appellS, are, 

a vi, atus. 
call together, convocS, are, avl, 

atus. 
camp, castra, drum, n. pi. 
camp follower, calS, Snis, m. 
can, possum, posse, potui, — . 
captive, captivus, T, m. 
capture, capi5, ere, cepl, captus. 
care, cura, ae,yC 
carry, port5, are, avi, atus ; fero, 

ferre, tuli, latus. 
carry on, gero, ere, gessi, gestus. 
cart, carrus, I, m. 



cast, iacio, ere, ieci, iactus. 
cast down, deiciS, ere, ieci, iectus. 
cast into, inici5, ere, ieci, iectus. 
cavalry, equitatus, us, m. ; equites, 

um, m. pi. ; cavalry battle, proe- 

lium equestre, n.; cavalry forces, 

copiae equestres, copiarum eques- 

trium, f. pi. 
Celts, Celtae, arum, m. pi. 
centurion, centuriS, onis, m. 
certain, certus, a, um. 
certain : a certain one, quidam, 

quaedam, quoddam (quiddam). 
chain, catena, ae,/ 
chariot, currus, us, m. 
chief, prlnceps, ipis, m. 
chief command, summa, ae,yC 
chief men, principes, um, m. pi. 
children, liberl, 5rum, m. pi. 
citizen, civis, is, m. andf. 
city, urbs, urbis, f. 

close array, in, confertissimo agmine. 
cohort, cohors, ortis, / 
cold, frlgus, oris, «. / cold weather, 

frigora, um, pi. 
collect, comports, are, avl, atus. 
come, veniS, ire, venl, venturus. 
come out, eveniS, Tre, venl, venturus. 
come together, conveniS, Ire, venl, 

ventus. 
command, imperium, imperl, n. ; 

mandatum, I, n. 
command : be in command of, prae- 

sum, esse, ful, futurus, w. dat. 
commander, dux, ducis, m.; impera- 

tor, Sris, m. ; commander in chief, 

imperator, Sris, ;;/. 
concerning, de, w. abl. 
conference, conloquium, conloqul, n. 
congratulate, gratulor, arl, atus sum. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 



395 



conquer, vinc5, ere, vicl, victus ; 

supero, are, avi, atus. 
conspiracy, conhlratid, 5nis,/ 
conspire, coniur5, are, avl, atus. 
consul, consul, ulis, m. 
contend, contendo, ere, T, tentus. 
content, contentus, a, um. 
continually, continenter. 
continuous, continuus, a, um. 
country, terra, ae, // fines, ium, 

?n. pi. ; native country, patria, ae, 

/.; country {opposed to city), rus, 

ruris, n. 
courage, virtus, utis,/ 
crops of grain, fruges, um, / pi.; 

frumenta, orum, n. pi. 
cross, transeo, Ire, ii, itus ; trans- 

gredior, I, gressus sum. 
cross over, transeS, Tre, ii, itus. 
cut down, interscindo, ere, scidi, 

scissus. 
cut off, intercliido, ere, clusi, clusus. 



daily, cotldianus, a, um ; cotldie, 
adv. 

danger, perlculum, I, n. 

dangerous, perlculosus, a, um. 

dare, audeo, ere, ausus sum. 

daughter, filia, ae,/ 

day, dies, el, m. ; by day, interdiii ; 
every day, cotldie, in dies ; to 
the day, ad diem ; on the day 
after that day, postridie eius diei. 

decide, constituo, ere, ui, utus. 

decree, decerno, ere, crevi, cretus. 

deed : evil deed, maieficium, male- 
ficT, n. 

deep, altus, a, um. 

defend, defends, ere, I, fensus. 



defense, subsidium, subsidi, »./ prae- 

sidium, praesidi, n. 
delay, mora, ae,/ 
Delos, Delos, I,/ 
demand, postulatum, I, n. 
demand, postulo, are, avl, atus ; 

flagito, are, avi, atus ; posc5, ere, 

poposcl, — . 
dense, densus, a, um. 
depart, discedo, ere, cessi, cessurus. 
deprive, privo, are, avi, atus. 
desire, cupiditas, atis, // studium, 

studi, n. 
destroy, dele5, ere, evi, etus. 
destruction, internecid, onis,/ 
devastate, vasto, are, avi, atus. 
Diana, Diana, ae,/ 
difficult, dimcilis, e. 
disagreeable, molestus, a, um. 
disaster, calamitas, atis,/ 
disgrace, malum, i, n. ; turpitudo, 

inis, / 
disposition, animus, T, m. 
district, pagus, I, m. 
ditch, fossa, ae, / 
do, facio, ere, feci, factus ; ago, ere, 

egl, actus ; sign of present indica- 
tive. 
door, porta, ae,/ 
down from, de, w. abl. 
draw near, accedS, ere, cessi, cessurus. 
draw up, Instruo, ere, struxi, structus. 
drive, ago, ere, egl, actus ; pello, ere, 

pepuli, pulsus. 
drive out, expello, ere, pulT, pulsus. 
Dumnorix, Dumnorlx, Igis, m. 
during, per, w. ace. ; ace. of duration 

of time. 
dwell in, habit 5, are, avi, atus ; 

incol5, ere, colul, — , w. ace. 



396 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



each (of two), uterque, utraque, 

utrumque. 
each (one), quisque, quaeque, quid- 

que. 
each day, cotldie. 
eagerness, alacritas, atis,/ 
easily, facile. 
easy, facilis, e. 
embassy, legatio, onis, f. 
encamp, consldo, ere, sedl, sesstirus. 
encourage, cohortor, arl, atus sum. 
endure, sustineo, ere, ui, tentus. 
enemy, hostis, is, m. and f, generally 

in pi. 
enjoy, fruor, I, fructus sum, w. abl.; 

utor, 1, usus sum, w. abl. 
enough, satis. 

enroll, conscrlbo, ere, scrips!, scriptus. 
equip, 5rno, are, avi, atus. 
establish, confirms, are, avi, atus. 
even : not even, ne . . . quidem. 
even up to, usque ad, w. ace. 
evening, vesper, erl, m.; at or 

toward evening, sub vesperum. 
everything, omnia, ium, n. pi. 
evil deed, malehcium, maleficl, n. 
excel, praesto, are, stitl, — ; supero, 

are, avi, atus. 
excellently, egregie. 
extend, pertineo, ere, ui, tentus. 
eye, oculus, I, m. 



fail, deficio, ere, feci, fectus ; desum, 

deesse, deful, defuturus. 
faithful, fldus, a, um. 
false, falsus, a, um. 
famous, clarus, a, um. 
far, far away, longe. 



farmer, agricola, ae, m. 

farmhouse, villa, ae,/ 

father, pater, tris, m. 

favor, faveo, ere, favl, fauturus, w. dat. 

fear, timeo, ere, ui, — ; vereor, erl, 
itus sum. 

feel, sentio, Ire, sensl, sensus. 

fertile, fertilis, e. 

few, paucl, ae, a. 

field, ager, agrl, m. 

fierce, acer, acris, acre ; ferus, a, um. 

fiercely, acriter. 

fifth, qulntus, a, um. 

fight, pugno, are, avi, atus ; con- 
tends, ere, tendl, tentus. 

finally, denique, demum. 

find, inveni5, Ire, venl, ventus. 

find out, cognosc5, ere, novl, nitus. 

finish, conficiS, ere, feci, fectus. 

fire, ignis, is, m. 

five, qulnque, indecl. 

flee, fugi5, ere, fiigl, fugiturus. 

flight, fuga, ae,yC 

fodder, pabulum, I, n. 

foe, inimlcus, I, m. 

follow, sequor, I, cutus sum. 

foot, pes, pedis, m.; at the foot of, 
sub, zo. abl. ; on foot, pedibus. 

for, nam, enim, postpositive ; sign of 
dat. ; sign of ace. of duration of time ; 
sign of abl. of cause. 

forced marches, magna itinera, mag- 
norum itinerum, n. pi. 

forces, copiae, arum,///. 

ford, vadum, I, n. 

forest, silva, ae,/ 

former, prlstinus, a, um ; (in con- 
trast with latter) ille, a, ud. 

fortified, munltus, a, um. 

fortify, munio, Ire, IvI, itus. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 



397 



fortune, good fortune, fortiina, ae, / 

fountain, fons, fontis, m. 

four, quattuor, indecl. 

free, liber, era, erum. 

free, Hbero, are, avi, atus. 

frequent, creber, bra, brum. 

fresh, recens, entis; integer, gra, 

grum; with fresh strength, integrls 

viribus. 
friend, amicus, T, m. 
friendly, amicus, a, um. 
friendship, amlcitia, ae,/. 
frighten, terreo, ere, ui, itus. 
from, a or ab, w. abl.; de, w. abl.; 

ex, w. abl. 
fury, furor, oris, m. 



garrison, praesidium, praesidi, n. 

gate, porta, ae, / 

Gaul, Gallia, ae, /. 

Gauls, Galll, orum, m. pi. 

general, dux, ducis, m. ; imperator, 
5ris, m. 

generosity, Hberalitas, atis,/ 

Germans, Germa.nl, orum, m. pi. 

Germany, Germania, ae,/ 

girl, puella, ae, / 

give, do, dare, dedl, datus. 

give up, dedo, ere, didl, ditus; trad5, 
ere, didl, ditus. 

go, eo, Ire, il or IvI, iturus. 

go away, discedo, ere, cessl, cessu- 
rus; abeo, Ire, il, iturus. 

go out of, exeo, Ire, il, iturus. 

goddess, dea, ae,/ 

good, bonus, a, um. 

grain, frumentum, I, n. ; grain sup- 
ply, res frumentaria, rel frumen- 
tariae, / 



great, magnus, a, um. 
greatly, magnopere. 



hasten, propero, are, avi, atus; ma- 

tur5, are, avi, atus; contendo, ere, 

dl, tus. 
have, habeo, ere, ui, itus; sum, esse, 

ful, futurus, w. dat. of possessor. 
have to, sign of second periphrastic 

conjugation. 
he, is, ea, id; hie, haec, hoc; ille, a, 

ud. 
hear, audid, Ire, IvI, Itus. 
height, altitude, inis, / 
help, auxilium, auxill, n. 
help, adsum, esse, ful, futurus, w. 

dat.; iuvo, are, iuvl, iutus, w, 

ace. 
Helvetians (Helvetii), Helvetii, 

orum, m. pi. 
high, altus, a, um. 
higher, superior, ius. 
hill, collis, is, m. ; uphill, advers5 

colle. 
himself, see self, 
hinder, impedi5, Ire, IvI, Itus. 
his, eius, huius, illlus; reflex., his 

(own), suus, a, um. 
hither, hue; citerior, ius. 
hold, tene5, ere, ui, tus. 
hold back, retine5, ere, ui, tentus. 
home, domus, us or I,/; at home, 

doml; home supplies, res do- 

mesticae, rerum domesticarum, / 

pi. 
hope, spes, spei,/ 
horse, equus, I, m. 
horseman, eques, itis, m. 
hostage, obses, idis, m. and f. 



398 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



hostile, inimicus, a, um. 

hour, hora, ae, / 

house, domus, us or i,f. 

hundred, centum, indecl. 

hurl, iaci5, ere, ieci, iactus. 

hurl down, deici5, ere, ieci, iectus. 

hurling engine, tormentum, I, n. 



I, ego, mei. 

if, si; sign of the abl. abs. 

if not, nisi. 

immediately, statim. 

import, imports, are, avi, atus. 

in, in, w. abl. 

incite, incito, are, avi, atus. 

incredible, incredibilis, e. 

infantry forces, copiae pedestres, 

copiarum pedestrium,/ pi. 
inflict, Infero, ferre, tull, latus, w. dat. 

and ace. 
influence, gratia, ae,/ 
inform, certidrem facio, ere, feci, 

certior factus. 
inhabit, incol5, ere, uT, cultus; ha- 

bito, are, avi, atus. 
inhabitant, incola, ae, m. and f. 
injustice, iniuria, ae, f. 
inspire (in), inicio, ere, ieci, iectus, 

tv. dat and ace. 
intend to, sign of first periphrastic 

conjugation. 
into, in, w. ace. 

intrust, permitt5, ere, misi, missus, 
invasion, incursio, 5nis,yC 
island, insula, ae, / 
it, is, ea, id. 
Italy, Italia, ae, / 
itself, see self. 



javelin, telum, I, n. 

join battle, proelium committ5, ere, 

misi, missus. 
join with or together, coniungS, ere, 

iunxl, iunctus. 
judge, iudico, are, avi, atus. 
just, iustus, a, um. 
justice, iustitia, ae,yC 



keep apart, distineo, ere, ui, tentus. 
keep back, retineo, ere, ui, tentus; 

contineo, ere, ui, tentus. 
keep from, prohibeo, ere, ui, itus. 
keep in, contineo, ere, ui, tentus. 
kept, sign of imperfect of repeated 

action. 
kill, interficio, ere, feci, fectus; occido, 

ere, cidl, cisus. 
kindness, beneficium, benefici, n. 
king, rex, regis, m. 
know, intellegS, ere, lexi, Iectus; scio, 

Ire, Tvi, itus ; cognosco, ere, novT, 

nitus. 



Labienus, Labienus, I, m. 

lack, inopia, ae, /. 

lack : be lacking, desum, deesse, de- 

ful, defuturus, w. dat. 
lake, lacus, us, m. 
land, terra, ae,/ 
large, magnus, a, um. 
latter, hie, haec, hoc. 
law, lex, legis, / 
lay down, trado, ere, didi, ditus. 
lay waste, vasto, are, avi, atus. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 



399 



lead, duc5, ere, duxl, ductus. 
lead across, traduco, ere, duxl, ductus. 
lead away, abdiic5, ere, duxl, ductus. 
lead back, redvic5, ere, duxl, ductus. 
lead down, deduco, ere, duxl, ductus. 
lead forward, produco, ere, duxl, 

ductus. 
lead out, educo, ere, duxl, ductus. 
lead through, perduco, ere, duxl, 

ductus. 
lead together, conduco, ere, duxl, 

ductus. 
leader, dux, ducis, m. 
leadership, prlncipatus, us, m.; 

summa, ae, / 
learn, cognoscd, ere, novi, nitus. 
leave, relinqu5, ere, liqui, lictus. 
leave behind, relinqud, ere, liqui, 

lictus. 
left, sinister, tra, trum. 
legion, legi5, onis,/ 
less, minor, us. 
lest, ne, w. subj. 
let, sign of imperfect or of hortatory 

subj. 
liberality, liberalitas, atis, /. 
lieutenant, legatus, I, m. 
life, vita, ae,/. 
line of battle, acies, el,/ 
line of march, agmen, inis, n. 
little, parvus, a, urn, 
live, vlv5, ere, vixl, victurus. 
live in, incolo, ere, ui, cultus; habit5, 

are, avi, atus, w. ace. 
Loire, Liger, eris, m. 
long, longus, a, um; magnus, a, um; 

adv., diu ; long time, diu. 
longer, diutius ; any longer, diutius. 
lose, amitt5, ere, misi, missus. 
love, amo, are, avi, atus. 



M 

make, facio, ere, feci, factus; efficio, 
ere, feci, fectus ; make a march, 
iter facio. 

man, vir, virl, m. ; (human being) 
• homo, inis, m. and f 

manner, modus, i, m. 

many, multl, ae, a, pi. 

march, iter, itineris, n.; on the 
march, ex or in itinere. 

march, iter facio, ere, feci, factus. 

marsh, palus, udis, / 

meet, occurro, ere, curd, cursiirus, w. 
dat. 

memory, memoria, ae,/ 

merchant, mercator, 5ris, m. 

messenger, nuntius, T, m. 

middle of, medius, a, um. 

mile, mille passiis. 

military affairs, res militaris, rei 
militaris, / 

mind, mens, mentis,/ 

mine, meus, a, um. 

misfortune, malum, i, n. 

money, pecunia, ae,/ 

month, mensis, is, m. 

more, magis, adv. ; sign of comp. 

most, plurimus, a, um; sign of super I. 

mount, mountain, mons, montis, m. 

move, moveo, ere, movi, motus; com- 
move5, ere, movi, motus. 

much, multus, a, um; adv., multo, 
multum ; too much, nimium. 

must, sign of second periphrastic con- 
jugation. 

my, meus, a, um. 

N 
name, nomen, inis, n. 
native country, patria, ae,/ 



400 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



near, prope, ad, zv. ace. 

nearest, proximus, a, um. 

necessary, necesse, indecl. 

neighboring, finitimus, a, um. 

neighbors, finitimi, orum, m. pi. 

Nervii, Ner-vii, 5rum, m. pi. 

never, nunquam or numquam. 

new, novus, a, um. 

next, proximus, a, um. 

night, nox, noctis,// by night, noctii. 

nine, novem. 

no, non, zv. verb repeated. See 401. 

no (one), nobody, nullus, a, um ; 

nemo, dat. neminl. 
nobles, nobilitas, atis,/ 
not, non. 

not even, ne . . . quidem. 
not to, ne, zv. subj. 
not yet, nondum. 
nothing, nihil, iitdecl. 



0, O, interjection. 

oar, rem us, T, m. 

Occupy, occupo, are, avi, atus. 

Of, sign of gen. ; de, zv. abl. ; sign of 
abl. of description ; sign of double 
dat. 

often, saepe. 

on, in, w. abl. 

one, unus, a, um ; one . . . another, 
alius . . . alius ; the one . . . the 
other, alter . . . alter; to one 
another, inter se. 

Open, apertus, a, um. 

order, mandatum, 1, n. ; (rank) ordo, 
inis, 7?i. 

order, iubeo, ere, iussi, iussus, zv. in- 
finitive ; imper5, are, avi, atus, w. 
subjunctive. 



order : in order to or that, ut, w. subj. 
Orgetorix, Orgetorlx, Igis, m. 
Other, alius, a, ud. 
ought, debeo, ere, uT, itus ; sign of 

second periphrastic conjugation. 
our, noster, tra, trum ; our men, 

nostri, orum, m. pi. 
out of, e, ex, w. abl. 
outcry, clamor, 5ris, m. 
Over, in, w. abl. 
Over : be over, praesum, esse, fui, 

futurus, zv. dat. 
own : his, her, its or their own, 

suus, a, um. 



pace, passus, us, m. 

pardon, Ign5sc5, ere, novl, notus, w. 

dat. 
part, pars, partis,/ 
passionate, iracundus, a, um. 
peace, pax, pacis, f 
people, populus, I, m. 
perceive, intellego, ere, lexT, lectus. 
persuade, persuadeo, ere, suasi, sua- 

surus, zv. dat. 
pitch, pono, ere, posui, positus. 
place, locus, 1, m. ; pi, n., loca, orum. 
place, pon5, ere, posui, positus ; 

conlocS, are, avT, atus ; place in 

command of, praeficio, ere, feci, 

fectus, zv. ace. and dat. 
plain, campus, 1, m. ; planities, el,/". 
plan, consilium, consilT, n. 
pleasant, gratus, a, um ; iucundus, 

a, um. 
pleasing, gratus, a, um. 
position, locus, T, m. 
power, potestas, atis, f; royal 

power, regnum, I, n. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 



401 



powerful, potens, entis. 
practice, exercitatio, onis, / 
praise, laudo, are, avi, atus. 
precious, cams, a, urn. 
prefer, malo, malle, malul, — . 
prepare, paro, are, avi, atus ; com- 

paro, are, avi, atus. 
present : be present, adsum, esse, 

ful, futurus. 
prevent, prohibeo, ere, ul, itus. 
pride, spirit us, us, m. 
private, prlvatus, a, um. 
promptly, dlligenter. 
property : all their property, sua 

omnia, n. pi. 
protection, praesidium, praesidl, n. ; 

fides, ei,/ 
provide, comparo, are, avi, atus. 
province, provincia, ae,/ 
provisions, copiae, arum,/, pi. ; cora- 

meatus, us, m. 
provoke, lacess5, ere, IvI, Itus. 
prudent, prvidens, entis. 
purpose: for the purpose of, ad, 

w. ace. of gerund or gerundive. 
pursue, Insequor, I, ctitus sum. 
push up, ago, ere, egl, actus. 



quantity, numerus, I, m. 
queen, reglna, ae,/ 
quickly, celeriter. 
quite, sign of comp. degree. 



race, gens, gentis,/ 
rampart, vallum, I, n. 
rather, sign of comp. degree. 
read, lego, ere, legl, lectus. 



reason, causa, ae, / / for this rea- 
son, qua de causa, 
receive, accipio, ere, cepl, ceptus. 
redoubt, castellum, I, n. 
reduce, redigd, ere, egl, actus. 
reenforcement, subsidium, subsidl, n. 
refuse, recuso, are, avi, atus. 
rejoice, gaude5, ere, gavlsus sum. 
remain, maneS, ere, mansl, surus. 
Remi, Re ml, orum, m. pi. 
renew, renovo, are, avi, atus. 
repeatedly, identidem. 
reply, responsum, I, n. 
reply, responded, ere, spondl, spon- 

sus. 
report, nunti5, are, avi, atus. 
resist, resists, ere, stitl, — . 
rest of, reliquus, a, um. 
restore, restituS, ere, ul, utus. 
retain, retineS, ere, ul, tentus. 
retreat, recipio, ere, cepl, ceptus, w. 

reflex. 
return, redeo, Ire, il, iturus; revert or, 

I, versus sum; in the perf system, 

reverti, reverteram, etc. 
revenue, vectlgal, alis, n. 
reward, praemium, praeml, n. 
Rhine, Rhenus, I, m. 
ride,/«w. <?yveho, ere, vexl, vectus. 
ride on horseback, equo or equls 

vehor, vehl, vectus sum. 
ride towards or up, adequito, are, 

avi, atus. 
right, dexter, tra, trum. 
ripe, maturus, a, um. 
river, flumen, inis, n. 
river bank, rlpa, ae, / 
road, via, ae,/]/ iter, itineris, n. 
Roman, Romanus, a, um. 
Rome, Roma, ae,/ 



402 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



rose, rosa, a.e,f. 
royal power, regnum, I, n. 
rule, rego, ere, rexi, rectus. 
rumor, rumor, oris, ;;/. 
run down, decurr5, ere, cucurri or 
curri, cursurus. 



safety, salus, utis,/ 

sail, navigo, are, avi, atus. 

sailor, nauta, ae, m. 

sally, eruptio, onis,yC 

same, Idem, eadem, idem. 

save, servo, are, avi, atus. 

say, dico, ere, dixi, dictus. 

say not, nego, are, avi, atus. 

scarcity, inopia, ae,/! 

scout, explorator, oris, m. 

sea, mare, is, n. 

seashore, 5ra maritima, orae mari- 

timae, f. 
second, secundus, a, um. 
second : a second time, iterum. 
secretly, clam, 
see, video, ere, vidi, visus. 
seek, pet5, ere, Ivi, Itus. 
seem, videor, eri, visus sum. 
seize, occup5, are, avi, atus ; capio, 

ere, cepi, captus. 
select, deligo, ere, leg!, lectus. 
self, ipse, a, um, intensive ; sul, reflex. 
senate, senatus, us, m. 
send, mitto, ere, misT, missus, 
send ahead or forward, praemittS, 

ere, mis!, missus. 
Sequani, SequanI, 5rum, m. pi. 
serious, gravis, e. 
seriously, graviter. 
set on fire, incendS, ere, di, census, 
set out, proficiscor, I, fectus sum. 



seventh, septimus, a, um. 

she, ea ; ilia. 

shed, vlnea, ae,yC 

shield, scutum, I, n. 

ship, navis, \s,f. 

short, brevis, e. 

show, demonstr5, are, avi, atus. 

sight, conspectus, us, m. 

signal, signum, i, n. 

since, cum, w. subj.; abl. abs. 

sister, soror, 5ris, / 

six, sex, indecl. 

skill, exercitatio, onis,y. 

slope, vergo, ere, — , — . 

small, parvus, a, um. 

so, ita, tarn; so great, tantus, a, um. 

soldier, miles, itis, m. 

some (one), aliquis, qua, quid (quod) ; 

some . . . others, alii . . . alii; some 

in one direction, some in another, 

alii aliam in partem, 
son, filius, fili, m. 
soon, mox; as soon as, simul atque 

or ac; cum primum. 
spare, parc5, ere, peperci, parsurus, 

w. dat. 
speak, loquor, i, cutus sum; dlc5, ere, 

dlxi, dictus. 
spear, telum, I, n. 
speed, celeritas, atis,^/C 
spy, speculator, oris, m. 
standard, signum, I, n. 
standard bearer, signifer, eri, m. 
star, stella, ae,/ 
state, civitas, atis,yC 
station, statuo, ere, ui, utus ; dispono, 

ere, posui, positus. 
stature, statura, ae, / 
steep, arduus, a, um. 
storm, tempestas, atis,/ 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 



403 



storm, oppugno, are, avl, atus. 

strange, alienus, a, um ; mlrus, a, um. 

strength, vis, (vis),// with fresh 
strength, integrls vlribus. 

sudden, subitus, a, um. 

suitable, id5neus, a, um. 

sunset, solis occasus, us, m.; at sun- 
set, sub occa.su solis. 

suppliant, supplex, icis, m. and f 

supplies from home, res domesticae, 
rerum domesticarum,///. 

supply, c5pia, ae,/ 

surrender, dediti5, orris,/ 

surrender, trado, ere, didi, ditus. 

surround, circume5, Ire, il, itus; cir- 
cumveni5, Ire, venl, ventus. 

survive, supersum, esse, ful, futurus. 

swift, celer, eris, ere. 

sword, gladius, gladl, m. 



take, capiS, ere, cepl, captus. 

take by assault or storm, expugn5, 

are, avl, atus. 
talk, loquor, I, cutus sum. 
tall, magnus, a, um. 
ten, decern, indecl. 
tenth, decimus, a, um. 
terms, condicio, onis,/ 
terrify, terreo, ere, ul, itus. 
terrify greatly or thoroughly, per- 

terre5, ere, ui, itus. 
territory, fines, ium, m. pi. 
terror, terror, oris, m. 
than, quam ; abl. after conip. 
thanksgiving, supplicati5, onis,/. 
that, is, ea, id ; ille, a, ud ; rel., qui, 

quae, quod ; in order that, so that, 

ut, w. subj.; but that, quln, zv. 

subj.; after verbs of fearing, ne, 



w. subj.; that not, ne, ut non, w. 

subj. 
their, suus, a, um, reflex. ; eorum, 

earum, eorum, gen. pi. of'xs. 
themselves, see self, 
then, turn, deinde. 

there, adv. , ibi ; expletive, not trans- 
lated. 
therefore, itaque, quare, qua de causa, 
they, illl, ae, a ; il, eae, ea. 
thing, res, rel,/. 
think, exlstimo, are, avl, atus ; puto, 

are, avl, atus. 
third, tertius, a, um. 
thirty, trlginta. 
this, hie, haec, hoc. 
thousand, mllle ; pi., mllia, ium, n. ; 

six thousand, sex mllia, ium, n. 
three, tres, tria. 
through, per, w. ace. 
thus, ita. 

till, dum, w. subj. ; usque ad, w. ace. 
time, tempus, oris, n. 
time : long time, dm. 
to, sign of dat. ; ad, w. ace. ; sign of 

subj. of purpose. 
too, sign of cemp. adj. or adv. 
too much, nimium. 
top, vertex, icis, m. 
top of, summus, a, um. 
toward (towards), ad, w. ace. 
tower, turris, is,/ 
town, oppidum, I, n. 
townsman, oppidanus, I, m. 
trench, fossa, ae,/ 
tribe, gens, gentis,/ 
tribune, tribunus, I, m. 
triple, triplex, plicis. 
troops, copiae, arum,///. 
trouble, negotium, negotl, n. 



404 



A FIRST YEAR LATIN COURSE 



trust, c5nfido, ere, flsus sum, w. abl. 
turn aside, averto, ere, verti, versus. 
two, duo, ae, o. 
two hundred, ducenti, ae, a. 

U 

unarmed, inermis, e. 

under, sub, w. ace. or abl. 

uneven, inlquus, a, um. 

unfavorable, inlquus, a, um. 

unfriendly, inimlcus, a, um. 

unharmed, incolumis, e. 

uniformly, aequaliter. 

unless, nisi. 

unlike, dissimilis, e. 

until (till), usque ad, w. ace 

unwilling : be unwilling, nolo, 

n5lle, nolul, — . 
uphill, advers5 colle. 
upon, in, w. ace. and abl. 
MS, proper form 0/nos, nostrum. 
use, usus, us, m. 
use, utor, T, visus sum, w. abl. 
used to, sign of i?nperfect tense. 



valor, virtus, litis, / 
value : of less value, deterior, ius. 
vast, vastus, a, um. 
very, sign of super I. adj. or adv. 
victory, vict5ria, ae,/! 
village, vicus, I, m. 
violently, vehementer. 
visit, adeo, Ire, if, itus ; adficio, ere, 
feci, fectus. 

W 

wage, ger5, ere, gessT, gestus ; wage 
war, bellum gero ; bello, are, avi, 
atus. 



wall, murus, I, m. ; vallum, T, n. 

war, bellum, I, n. 

warlike, bellic5sus, a, um. 

warn, mone5, ere, ui, itus. 

waste : lay waste, vast5, are, avi, 
atus. 

watch, vigilia, ae,/ 

watchfully, dlligenter ; vigilanter. 

way, via, ae, / 

we, n5s, nostrum, pi. 

weapon, telum, T, n. 

weather, tempestas, atis,/ 

what, rel., qui, quae, quod ; interrog., 
quis, quae, quid. 

when, rel. and interrog., cum, ubi. 

where, rel. and interrog., ubi, quo. 

which, rel., qui, quae, quod; in- 
terrog., quis, quae, quid. 

while, dum. 

who, qui, quae ; quis, quae. 

whole, t5tus, a, um. 

whose, cuius, sing. ; quorum, quarum, 
quorum, //. 

why, cur, quare, qua de causa. 

wicked, improbus, a, um. 

wide, latus, a, um. 

width, latitudo, inis,/ 

wild animal, fera, ae,yC 

willing : be willing, volo, velle, 

volui, . 

willingly, libenter. 

wine, vlnum, I, n. 

wing, cornu, us, n. 

winter, hiemo, are, avi, atus. 

winter quarters, hiberna, 5rum, n. pi. 

wise, sapiens, entis. 

wish, volo, velle, volui, — . 

with, cum, 7f. abl.; abl. alone. 

within, intra, iu. ace. ; sign of abl. of 

time. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 



405 



Without, sine, w. abl. 

wonder at, miror, arl, atus sum. 

wont : be wont, per/, of consuesco, 

ere, suevi, suetus ; sole5, ere, itus 

sum. 
woods, silva, ae,/. 
work, opus, eris, n.; labor, oris, m. 
would that, utinam, w. subj. 
wound, vulnus, eris, n. 
wound, vulnero, are, avT, atus. 
wretched, miser, era, erum. 



year, annus, 1, m. 

yes, see 401. 

yet, tamen. 

yoke, iugum, 1, n. 

you, tu, tui ; vos, vestrum. 

younger, minor, us. 

your, tuus, a, um ; vester, tra, trum. 



zeal, studium, studi, n. 



INDEX 



(The numbers refer to the sections in the main part of the book.) 



Ablative Case, 41 
Absolute, 236-240 
of Accompaniment, 180, 181 
of Cause, 265, 266 
of Degree of Difference, 459, 460 
of Description or Quality, 211, 212 
of Manner, 217, 218 
of Means or Instrument, 136, 137 
of Personal Agent, 167, 168 * 
of Place, 450, 451 
of Separation, 119, 120 
of Specification, 154, 155 
of Time at or within Which, 313, 314 
with Certain Deponents, 407, 408 
with Certain Prepositions, 42 
with quidam and Cardinals, 483, 484 

Accent, 14 

Accompaniment, Ablative of, 180, 181 

Accusative Case, 27-29 
of Direct Object, 27-29 
of Duration of Time and Extent of 

Space, 289, 290 
of Place to Which, 452, 453 
Two Accusatives, 186, 187 

acer, declension of, 194 

Active Personal Endings, 68, 72 

Active Voice, 60 

adeor, conjugation of, 620-624 

Adjectival Clauses of Purpose, 283, 284 

Adjectives, 17, 48, 49, 51 
Agreement of, 48, 49 
as Nouns, 188, 189 
Comparison of, 342-344, 360 
Dative with, 363, 364 
Irregular (ullus, nullus, etc.), 376 
of Order and Succession, 361, 362 
of the 1 st and 2d Declensions in -er, 
-a, -urn, 134, 135 



of the 1st and 2d Declensions in -us, 

-a, -um, 113, 114 
of the 3d Declension, 193 
of the 3d Declension of one termina- 
tion, 196 
of the 3d Declension of two termina- 
tions, 195 
of the 3d Declension of three ter- 
minations, 194 
Tables of, 576-582 
Adverb, 17 

Adverbial Clauses of Purpose, 283, 284 

of Result, 369, 370 

Adverbs, formation and comparison of, 

385-387 
Agent, Ablative of the Personal, 167, 168 

Dative of the, 551, 552 
Agreement of Adjectives, 48, 49 

of Verb, 38, 39 
aliquis, declension of, 479, 590 
alius and alter, 380, 381 
Alphabet, 1-3 
Answers, 401 
Antecedent, 255 

Base, 22 

Cardinal Numerals, 287, 288 

Ablative with, 483, 484 
Case, 23 

Ablative, 41 

Accusative, 27-29 

Dative, 33, 34 

Genitive, 25, 26 

Locative, 454, 455 

Nominative, 23, 24 

Vocative, 43 
Causal Clauses with cum, 461, 462 



407 



408 



INDEX 



Cause, Expressions of, 265, 266 
certiorem facere, 501 
Classes of Pronouns, 319 
Classification of Sentences, 190 
Clauses of Purpose, Adjectival, 283, 284 
Adverbial, 283, 284 
Substantive, 295, 296 

of Result, Adverbial and Substantive, 
369, 37o 

with postquam, ubi, simul ac and ut 
temporal, 490, 491 
Commands and Prohibitions, 527 
Comparatives and Superlatives, Special 

Uses of, 347, 348 
Comparison of Adjectives, 342-344, 360 
of Adverbs, 385-387 
Table of, 584 
Complementary Infinitive, 125, 126 
Completed Action, Tenses of, 204 
Compounds, Dative with, 473, 474 

of sum, 467 
Concessive Clauses with cum, 461, 462 
Conditional Sentences, 507 
Conditions Contrary to Fact, 514-516 

of Fact, 508, 509 

of Possibility, 521 
Conjugation, 59 

First, 70-80, 95, 207, 264 

Second, 83, 84, 95, 216, 264 

Third, 118, 166, 216, 264 

Third in -io, 158, 171, 216, 264 

Fourth, 152, 153, 166, 216, 264 
Conjugations, Table of, 591-625 

Periphrastic, 549 
Conjunction, 17 

Constructions of Place, 450-455 
cum, Ablative with, 180, 181 
cum, Causal and Concessive, 461, 462 

Temporal, 493, 494 

Dative Case, 33, 34 

Double, 297, 298 

of the Agent, 551, 552 

of the Indirect Object, 35, 34 

of the Possessor, 160, 161 

with Adjectives, 363, 364 

with Compounds, 473, 474 

with Special Verbs, 415, 416 
dea, declension of, 57 



Declension, 20 
a or First, 55~57 
o or Second, nouns in -us and -um, 

104-106 
o or Second, nouns in -ius and -ium, 

109, no 
o or Second, nouns in -er and -ir, 

123, 124 
Third, Consonant Stems, 141-143, 

147-149 
I-Stems, 176-179 
General Rules for Gender, 306 
u or Fourth, 253, 254 
e or Fifth, 312 
Tables of, 569-575 
Degree of Difference, Ablative of, 459, 

460 
Demonstrative Pronoun, 243 
is, 243-245 
hie, ille, idem, 421 
Deponent Verbs, 406 

Ablative with Certain, 407, 408 
Semi-deponents, 414 
Description, Genitive of, 212 
Description or Quality, Ablative of, 211, 

212 
Direct Object, 27-29 
Questions, 400 
do, conjugation of, 613-624 
domus, declension of, 254 
Double Dative, 297, 298 
duo, declension of, 288, 583 
Duration of Time, 289, 290 

ego, declension of, 320 
eo, conjugation of, 499 
Expressions of Cause, 265, 266 

of Purpose, 544 
Extent of Space, 289, 290 

facilis, declension of, 195 

ferax, declension of, 196 

fero, conjugation of, 472, 534 

filia, declension of, 57 

fio, conjugation of, 500 

Formation and Comparison of Adverbs, 

385-387 
Future Perfect Tense, 204 
Future Tense, 79, 80 



INDEX 



409 



Gender, 46-, 47 

General Rules for, 306 
Genitive Case, 25, 26 

of Description, 212 

of Possession, 25, 26 

of the Whole, 481, 482 

with Ordinals, 483, 484 
Gerund, 426-429, 435, 436 
Gerundive, 434-437 

hie, declension of, 421 
How to translate, 102 

idem, declension of, 421 
ille, declension of, 421 
Imperative Mood, 526, 527, 534 
Imperfect Tense, 77, 78 
Indefinite Pronouns, 479, 480 
Indicative Mood, 62 

Indirect Discourse, 223-230, 354, 556-558 
Object, 33, 34 
Questions, 394, 395, 550 
Infinitive, 63, 210, 353, 354 

as object, 127, 128 

as subject and predicate, 129, 130 

Complementary, 125, 126 
Inflection, 20 

Intensive Pronoun, 319, 421 
Interjection, 17 

Interrogative Pronoun, 392, 393 
ipse, declension of, 421 
Irregular Adjectives, 376 

Verbs, 472, 489, 499, 500, 534, 
603-624 
is, declension of, 244 
iter, declension of, 307 

Locative Case, 454, 455 

maid, conjugation of, 489 

Manner, Ablative of, 217, 218 

Means or Instrument, Ablative of, 136, 

i37 
mille, declension of, 288, 583 
Mood, 61 

Imperative, 526, 527, 534 

Indicative, 62 

Infinitive, 63, 210, 353, 354 

Subjunctive, 269 



nolo, conjugation of, 489, 534 
Nominative Case, 23, 24 
nonne, num, -ne, 400 
Noun ; 17 

Nouns, Adjectives used as, 188, 189 
1st Declension, 55-57 
2d Declension in -us and -urn, 

104-106 
2d Declension in -ius and -ium, 

109, no 
2d Declension in -er and -ir, 123, 

124 
3d Declension, Consonant Stems, 141- 

143, 147-149 
3d Declension, I-Stems, 176-179 

General Rules for Gender, 306 
4th Declension, 253, 254 
5th Declension, 312 
Number, 35, 67 
Numerals, Cardinal, 287, 288 
Ablative with, 483, 484 
Ordinal, 311 

Genitive with, 483, 484 

Object, 28 

Optative Subjunctive, 271 

Order and Succession, Adjectives of, 

361, 362 
Ordinal Numerals, 311 

Participial Stem, 264 
Participle, 64, 233 

Future, 434-437 

Perfect, 234 

Present, 197-199 
Participles, Table of, 234, 595, 602 
Parts of Speech, 17 
Passive Personal Endings, 92 
Passive Voice, 60 
Perfect Endings, 206 

Infinitive, 210 

Participle, 234 

Stem, 205 

Tense, 204 
Periphrastic Conjugations, 549 
Person, 67 

Personal Agent, Ablative of, 167, 168 
Personal Endings of Active Voice, 68, 72 



4io 



INDEX 



Personal Endings of Passive Voice, 92 
Personal Pronouns, 320, 321 
Place, Ablative of, 450, 451 

Accusative of, 452-453 

Constructions of, 450-455 
Pluperfect Tense, 204 
Possession, Genitive of, 25, 26 
Possessive Pronouns, 246-248 
Possessor, Dative of the, 160, 161 
possum, conjugation of, 355 
Potential Subjunctive, 271 
Predicate, 18 

Appositive, 96, 97 

Nominative, 96, 97 
Prepositions, 442-444 

with Ablative, 42 
Present Stem, 69, 75 
Tense, 66, 70 
Principal Parts, 74, 91 
Prohibitions, 527 
Pronoun, 17 
Pronouns, Classes of, 319 

Demonstrative, 243, 421 

Indefinite, 479, 480 

Intensive, 319, 421 

Interrogative, 392, 393 

Personal, 320, 321 

Possessive, 246-248 

Reflexive, 321 

Relative, 255-258 

Table of, 585-590 
Pronunciation, 4-6 
prosum, conjugation of, 467 
Purpose, Clauses of, 283, 284, 295, 296, 
544 

Quality, Ablative of, 211, 212 
Quantity, 12, 13 
Questions, Direct, 400 

Indirect, 394, 395, 550 
qui, declension of, 255 
quidam with Ablative, 483, 484 
quis (indefinite), declension, of, 479 

(interrogative), declension, of, 393 

Reflexive Pronouns, 321 
Relative Pronouns, 255-258 
Result, Clauses of, 369, 370 
Rules of Syntax, 626-693 



Semi-deponent Verbs, 414 
Sentence, 16 

Sentences, Classification of, 190 
Separation, Ablative of, 119, 120 
Sequence of Tenses, 277-278 
Special Uses of Comparatives and Super- 
latives, 347, 348 
Specification, Ablative of, 154, 155 
Stem, 21 

Participial, 264 

Perfect, 205 

Present, 69, 75 
Subject, 18 
Subjunctive, 269 

in Indirect Questions, 394, 395, 550 

of 1st Conjugation, 276 

of 2d Conjugation, 282 

of 3d Conjugation, 294 

of 3d Conjugation in -io, 302 

of 4th Conjugation, 302 

of Characteristic, 377, 378 

of Purpose, 283, 284, 295, 296 

of Result, 369, 370 

Table of, 592, 599, 609, 614, 621 

Uses of, 271 

with Verbs of Fearing, 303 
sui, declension of, 321 
sum, conjugation of, 159, 208, 270 

Compounds of, 467 
Superlatives, 343, 344, 348 
Supine, 539~543 
suus and eius, 247, 248 
Syllables, 7-1 1 
Synopsis, 173 

Table of Partial, 172 



Temporal Clauses, 490-494 
Tense, 65 

Future, 79, 80 

Future Perfect, 204 

Imperfect, 77, 78 

Perfect, 204 

Pluperfect, 204 

Present, 66, 70 
Time at or within Which, 313, 314 

Duration of, 289, 290 
tres, declension of, 288, 583 
tu, declension of, 320 





INDEX 


ullus, declension of, 376 




Word List, 100 


uter, declension of, 376 




I, IOI 


utinam with Subjunctive, 271 




II, 140 


utor, use of, 407, 408 




III, 165 

IV, 203 


Verb, 17 




V, 27s 


■vis, declension of, 307 




VI, 318 


Vocative Case, 43 




VII, 375 


Voice, 60 




VIII, 413 


Volitive Subjunctive, 271 




IX, 449 


volo, conjugation of, 489 




X, 506 
XI, 533 


Whole, Genitive of the, 481, 482 




XII, 568 


Word Formation, 325-341 




Word Order, 85-88 



411 



